Good morning! Here is your news briefing for Tuesday March 23, 2021
1.) THE DAILY SIGNAL
March 23 2021
Good morning from Washington, where Democrats hope to kill the Senate filibuster to help them force the left’s agenda into reality. The hypocrisy reeks, Tom Jipping writes. What’s the so-called Minneapolis Effect behind the jump in violent crime? Jarrett Stepman has the answer. On the podcast, we get the lowdown from the head of the think tank that unearthed the New York nursing home scandal. Plus: a transition looms at The Heritage Foundation; an Asian American rebuts the current hate narrative; and government’s dehumanizing influence. On this date in 1983, President Ronald Reagan proposes that the United States develop anti-missile technology, previewing what will be called the Strategic Defense Initiative.
When Republicans, then in the majority, considered terminating the filibuster in 2005, then-Sen. Barack Obama defended it as a vital part of the legislative process.
One study showed that for every dollar of lobbying spent by organizations seeking earmarks in the federal budget, they received on average $28 of taxpayer funding.
Tim Hoefer, president of Empire Center, explains why it took so long for the truth about New York’s nursing home deaths to come to light, and what may be next for Cuomo.
You are subscribed to this newsletter as rickbulow1974@gmail.com. If you want to receive other Heritage Foundation newsletters, or opt out of this newsletter, please click here to update your subscription.
2.) THE EPOCH TIMES
3.) DAYBREAK
Your First Look at Today’s Top Stories – Daybreak Insider
Having trouble viewing this email? View the web version.
As one more migrant makes it clear Biden brought this on (Washington Examiner). Meanwhile, Biden’s effort to keep the press at bay is starting to falter. From Jake Tapper: “Today we saw this rare look inside these facilities since the Biden administration has not granted a news media access to the facilities, citing COVID restrictions, despite the president’s promise in his inaugural distress to always level with you. Blocking access to the news media is not leveling with the American people, Mr. President” (Daily Caller). In a typically bizarre and awkward Kamala Harris moment, she responded to a reporter’s question about whether she plans to visit the border with a “not today” and a cackle (RedState).
2.
The Left Once Again Comes After Cake Baker Jack Phillips
He is back in court defending his religious rights. From the story: “Jack is being targeted for his religious beliefs,” says Kristen Waggoner, general counsel for the Alliance Defending Freedom, who defended Mr. Phillips in his first case and continues to represent him. “His opponents are weaponizing the law to punish and destroy him because he won’t create expression that violates his Christian faith. They want to make the law an arm of cancel culture.” The final quote from Waggoner in the story: “Today it’s Jack. Tomorrow it could be you.”
Leaked Documents Show Obama Blew Chance to Rein in Google
The antitrust violations were clear, according to the story, but the company that helped elect Obama was left unscathed (Politico). From Rachel Bovard: In short, where we find ourselves today — with Google as the primary filter of the world’s information, engaging in a network of exclusionary contracts and anti-competitive conduct, and subject to an antitrust lawsuit led by the Department of Justice and joined by 48 state attorneys general — could have, and should have, been avoided. That it wasn’t, however, provides key takeaways about where we are now with Big Tech, and, in particular, the method of enforcement of our antitrust laws, whose application has become too tightly wrapped around the axle of price, and captured by the speculative science of economic forecasting. It also reveals just how politicized antitrust enforcement has become — influenced by the siren song of internet exceptionalism and the powerful tug of Google, one of the world’s richest companies (The Federalist).
4.
Democrat Breaks from Pelosi: Does Not Want House to Change Iowa Election
Pelosi is toying with tossing the election of Mariannette Miller-Meeks in an ugly House maneuver. But Democrat Dean Phillips tweeted “Losing a House election by six votes is painful for Democrats. But overturning it in the House would be even more painful for America. Just because a majority can, does not mean a majority should” (Washington Examiner). From the Wall Street Journal editorial board: …as the reality of Mrs. Pelosi’s Iowa bloody-mindedness sets in, vulnerable Members are facing questions. On Monday Politico listed four Democratic Congressmen who have spoken publicly against reversing Iowa’s election in the last week. Another said anonymously that expelling Ms. Miller-Meeks would be “political malpractice. While we would gain one seat, we would lose a lot more next year” (WSJ).
5.
Illinois City Passes Reparations
Just outside Chicago, Evanston was first city to do so. From the story: The first part of the plan, approved by an 8-1 vote on Monday, will make $400,000 available in $25,000 homeownership and improvement grants to black residents who can show they have directly descended from someone who lived in the city between 1919 and 1969.
Remember when Biden called the policy “neanderthal thinking”? Jim Geraghty points out “Since ending the statewide mask mandate, Texas rate of new cases per day has dropped, as has the number of active cases.”
Church of England Ponders Racial and Ethnic Quotas for Clergy
Also from the story: The number of confessing Christians in the United Kingdom has plummeted by half in the past three decades, in stark contrast to the country’s rising number of Muslims and atheists. From 2012 to 2014, the Church of England hemorrhaged nearly two million parishioners, prompting Lord Carey, the former Archbishop of Canterbury, to predict the institution is “one generation away from extinction.” Some English churches have gone so far as to install carnival, helter-skelter rides in an attempt to attract visitors in recent years.
Enabling the spending spree. From the story: The Fed is moving the goal posts, giving itself more permission to keep the game going. Gold, crypto, forex, and inflation-protected treasury bonds all were up in response, though there were reversals subsequently, especially on Thursday when markets reacted to other news, including an unexpectedly weak jobless-claims report and rising concerns about global supply chains. Markets sifted through the new data and sold off treasuries (raising yields) and stocks, particularly tech stocks that tend to be more interest-rate sensitive because of long time horizons. Perhaps investors are looking at both the Fed and the economy and realizing that there are limits to how much real economic good money creation can accomplish.
This newsletter is never sent unsolicited. It is only sent to people who signed up from one of the Salem Media Group network of websites OR a friend might have forwarded it to you. We respect and value your time and privacy.
Unsubscribe from The Daybreak Insider
OR Send postal mail to:
The Daybreak Insider Unsubscribe
6400 N. Belt Line Rd., Suite 200, Irving, TX 75063
Most Floridians say education savings accounts should be available to all parents and the vast majority say students should have access to education options tailored to their needs, a new poll found.
The poll, commissioned by Americans for Prosperity-Florida and yes. every kid., found 54% of Florida voters think ESAs should be available to all parents, which is only slightly below the 56% who said they would back ESAs if they were limited to parents who have low incomes or children with unique abilities.
Support for universal ESAs was strongest among Floridians with a child in public school (68%), followed by voters 35 to 64 years old. There was little partisan divide, with 52% of Democrats and 55% of Republicans in favor.
After telling voters some of the common critiques of ESAs, support only dipped by a few points.
AFP-FL and yes. every kid. said the results showed ESAs are “durable” even though “special interests have tried to tarnish, diminish, and belittle education freedom in Florida.”
According to new polling, most Floridians want parents and students to have a range of education choices.
The poll also asked voters if they believed every child deserved access to education options that would allow them “to realize their full potential” and whether they thought all children deserved access to a “publicly funded education.” More than eight out of 10 agreed with the first question, while 95% said “Yes” to the second.
Opinions on how the state would go about providing more education options were more varied.
Just under two in five favored giving students more flexibility within the traditional public school system, while 31% favored a system where the government funds a child’s education but places few restrictions on how that child and their family use the money.
Again, party affiliation had little bearing — 70% of registered Democrats and 73% of Republicans embraced one of those two visions.
In other notes:
🦠🏻 — Coronavirus thanks Gov. DeSantis: Calm down, it’s satire. But like most satire, it’s hilarious. AndyBorowitz, in his satirical column in The New Yorker, poked fun at Florida’s Governor, noting the novel coronavirus offered him an “exuberant endorsement” for “making me feel so welcome at Spring Break.” The facetious write-up comes after South Florida officials were forced to all but shut down Miami Beach as hoards of partygoers wreaked havoc on the city, bucking even some semblance of COVID-19 precaution. Read with a sense of humor here.
— Mark your calendar; a big report is coming: The Tampa Bay Times is releasing on Wednesday a massive investigation into the state’s only lead smelter, located in East Tampa. A teaser on the investigation highlights elevated lead levels that one-third of all respirators assigned to workers are unable to filter. It also teases the grave consequences, ending with a photo of a former worker who died at age 56 from complications doctors believe were the result of consistent lead exposure.
🏻♀ — Making Florida HERstory: The Tallahassee Democrat is spotlighting Women’s History Month with a feature on the record number of women serving in the Florida Legislature — 40 in the House and 15 in the Senate — including women in leadership roles, such as Senate including Rules Chair KathleenPassidomo, Republican Leader DebbieMayfield, and Appropriations chair KelliStargel. Women weren’t elected to the House until 1928 and not to the Senate for another 34 years after that. Read more here.
Tweet, tweet:
—@SContorno: Nothing against Buc-ees, but we keep hearing that Florida is a beacon for businesses because of its low taxes/lax regs and yet Florida’s Governor is attending the ribbon opening for a convenience store. When are the Fortune 100 companies moving here? When does a big HQ open?
—@divasocials: I think they thought that Bright Futures demographic was something other than what is it. They stepped on their supporter’s toes.
—@LMower3: We’re not even halfway through Florida’s Legislative Session and the Senate’s pandemic committee has already stopped meeting.
Tweet, tweet:
—@Carlos_Frias: Why is Miami so packed? I just met two Brooklyn tourists who paid $46 for a RT ticket to Miami. New York is closed and sad, so they decided to get out of town for the week. Ya tu sabes.
—@ValCrowder: Career Update: This week, I’ll start producing and hosting the afternoon drive time state/local newscasts for public radio listeners in @WFSUNews coverage area. I’m very grateful for this opportunity. It’s a dream come true!
Days until
‘Godzilla vs. Kong’ premieres — 3; 2021 Florida Virtual Hemp Conference — 4; 2021 Florida Derby — 4; California theme parks begin to reopen — 9; MLB Opening Day — 9; Easter — 12; RNC spring donor summit — 17; 2021 WWE WrestleMania 37 begins — 18; Disneyland to open — 38; ‘Black Widow’ rescheduled premiere — 45; Mother’s Day — 47; Florida Chamber Safety Council’s inaugural Southeastern Leadership Conference on Safety, Health and Sustainability — 48; ‘A Quiet Place Part II’ rescheduled premiere — 66; Memorial Day — 69; Father’s Day — 89; ‘Top Gun: Maverick’ rescheduled premiere — 101; 4th of July — 103; Disney’s ‘Shang Chi and The Legend of The Ten Rings’ premieres — 110; MLB All-Star Game in Atlanta — 112; new start date for 2021 Olympics — 122; ‘Jungle Cruise’ premieres — 130; St. Petersburg Primary Election — 154; ‘The Many Saints of Newark’ premieres (rescheduled) — 185; ‘Dune’ premieres — 192; MLB regular season ends — 194; ‘No Time to Die’ premieres (rescheduled) — 200; World Series Game 1 — 217; St. Petersburg Municipal Elections — 224; Disney’s ‘Eternals’ premieres — 227; Steven Spielberg’s ‘West Side Story’ premieres — 262; ‘Spider-Man Far From Home’ sequel premieres — 269; ‘Doctor Strange in the Multiverse of Madness’ premieres — 367; ‘Thor: Love and Thunder’ premieres — 409; ‘Spider-Man: Into the Spider-Verse’ sequel premieres — 563.
Dateline Tallahassee
“Gov. Ron DeSantis proposes $75 million in initiatives to boost Florida workforce” via Eric Rogers of Florida Today — DeSantis announced a proposal for $75 million in career training initiatives to boost vocational education throughout the state. The programs would help fast-track high school students and adults with or without a high school degree into high-paying skilled-labor jobs in growth industries like technology and manufacturing, DeSantis said. Funding would come from pots of money allocated over the last year through the various federal coronavirus relief bills, including $15 million designated for K-12 education relief and $25 million from the Governor’s emergency education response fund, he said. These “Get There Faster” initiatives would provide an alternative to the traditional four-year college career path for many students, DeSantis said.
Ron DeSantis is promoting a major career training initiative.
“House Republicans’ election law updates clear first hurdle” via Renzo Downey of Florida Politics — The House Public Integrity and Elections Committee has approved its draft of a bill to build on Florida’s election laws after what Republicans called a successful 2020 cycle. The bill, carried by Rep. Blaise Ingoglia, touches on ballot security, accessibility and voting transparency. The panel approved the measure by an 11-6 party-line vote on Monday. That comes despite Republicans, including DeSantis, touting Florida’s 2020 election cycle as one of the smoothest and most secure in recent history. Ingoglia helped spearhead the state’s original dropbox law. Democrats say the bill creates hurdles for voters, but Ingoglia said it would keep elections offices from writing their own rules for monitoring drop boxes and handling ballots.
“Online tax plan moving forward amid stimulus” via the News Service of Florida — A windfall of federal stimulus money won’t slow a deal between state House and Senate leaders that includes requiring out-of-state online retailers to collect sales taxes on purchases made by Floridians. Senate President Wilton Simpson said the proposal to use currently uncollected online sales tax money to replenish the state’s unemployment compensation trust fund is going forward. The surge in demand for jobless benefits during the coronavirus pandemic caused Florida businesses to face an increase in unemployment taxes that took effect in January, with additional increases expected in the coming years unless some other source of money is used to replenish the unemployment system trust fund.
“Senate committee recommends Dane Eagle confirmation as DEO director” via Jacob Ogles of Florida Politics — The Senate Commerce and Tourism Committee recommended Eagle be confirmed as Director of the Department of Economic Opportunity by the full Senate. The positive vote came after a cordial hearing Monday and after Eagle has served in the capacity for months. During the hearing, Eagle said the agency has continued to move forward after challenges during the pandemic. Most notably among those for the DEO was the failure of the state unemployment system to handle a massive wave of claims last year, something that led to previous DEO Director Ken Lawson’s resignation. Eagle was House Republican Majority Leader when the pandemic reached Florida.
“Is ‘cancel culture’ real on Florida college campuses?” via Divya Kumar of the Tampa Bay Times — A controversial bill that has alarmed university faculty leaders passed through the House on Thursday, 77-42, and its counterpart moved favorably through the Senate Appropriations Committee. HB 233, introduced by Republican Rep. Spencer Roach of Fort Myers, and SB 264, introduced by Republican Sen. Ray Rodrigues of Estero, seek to “protect intellectual freedoms” and “the expression of diverse viewpoints” at state colleges and universities. In House committee discussions, proponents of the bills expressed fears of “cancel culture” — the idea of facing backlash for expressing unpopular beliefs. They said they believed a pervasive intolerance of uncomfortable ideas exists on college campuses across the country. Roach said students and faculty members often censor themselves out of fear of repercussions.
“‘Remove Ron’ committee launches DeSantis radio hit blasting ‘Vaccine Auction’” via Janelle Irwin Taylor of Florida Politics — A political committee opposing DeSantis’ 2022 reelection campaign is launching a new radio ad attacking DeSantis for what the ad describes as a pay-for-play scheme with COVID-19 vaccinations. The Remove Ron committee’s one-minute radio spot, entitled “Vaccine Auction,” spotlights pop-up vaccination sites in two wealthy Florida communities that have been criticized for prioritizing DeSantis donors over others eligible to receive the vaccine. “Welcome to Florida’s vaccine auction, sponsored by Ron DeSantis,” the ad opens. “Now, here are the ground rules: only political supporters and fancy, rich campaign donors to DeSantis are eligible to bid.”
Tweet, tweet:
Tally 2
“Bill to curb Chinese influence heads to final House panel” via Renzo Downey of Florida Politics — A DeSantis-backed bill that would require groups to disclose funding from China and other adversarial countries when seeking large grants from Florida now heads to its final committee. The House Education and Employment Committee voted unanimously to advance that measure (HB 7017), carried in the House by Vero Beach Republican Rep. Erin Grall, to its penultimate committee stop. Besides China, the list of flagged countries includes Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Russia, Syria and Venezuela. The legislation would force state agencies, local governments and colleges and universities to disclose donations and grants from those countries worth $50,000 or more.
“‘A slap in the face’: Legislation rejecting hypothetical Joe Biden gun control measures clears committee” via Kelly Hayes of Florida Politics — Legislation that seeks to formally reject Biden’s efforts on gun control cleared its first committee Monday on a party-line vote. Sponsored by Republican Sen. Travis Hutson, the Senate Memorial (SM 1630) was met with a heated back-and-forth between the bill’s sponsor and Senate Judiciary Committee Democrats. The legislation voices the Legislature’s stance against Biden’s gun control proposals, calling the measures “unconstitutional.” The memorial goes on to communicate the Legislature’s intent to use “all lawful means necessary to resist and overturn any federal gun-control measures that violate the right of Floridians to keep and bear arms.”
“Internet data privacy proposal loads in the Senate” via Renzo Downey of Florida Politics — Legislation to protect internet users’ data passed its first Senate panel Monday. The measure (SB 1734), carried by Fleming Island Republican Sen. Jennifer Bradley, would give consumers the right to control how their personal online data is shared and sold. That data helps businesses know more about individual consumers and helps make things like targeted ads possible. The Internet’s landscape has shifted rapidly, according to Bradley, who called the internet today a one-way street of intimate information. Companies achieve financial success by selling someone else’s data without their consent, she told the Senate Commerce Committee.
Jennifer Bradley is pushing for more privacy. Image via Colin Hackley.
“Josie Tomkow broadband bill clears first committee, but not without concerns” via Haley Brown of Florida Politics — When Rep. Tomkow presented her bill seeking to encourage broadband companies to expand in underserved areas, it got a thumbs-up, but not without questions. The bill stipulates that any disputes over the new pole attachments like rates, terms, and conditions between broadband providers and local utilities would be adjudicated in circuit court. “I am concerned with the idea that a government-owned pole that works perfectly fine for the purpose they want to use it for, if someone else wants to use it, they have to eat the costs of doing it. It simply doesn’t seem fair,” Rep. Randy Fine said. “I also don’t think the local government should be able to rip off the cable companies either.”
“House committee clears bill overhauling workforce programs and services” via Jason Delgado of Florida Politics — The House Appropriations Committee advanced a bill (HB 1507) on Monday that would overhaul Florida’s Workforce Development System. Republican Rep. Clay Yarborough’s proposal contains a slew of provisions that aim to put a “better focus on the job seeker.” Among them, the bill seeks to broaden access to job placement services, create job training program assessments and harmonize various agencies and programs. The bill would also authorize the Governor to seek federal waivers to exercise greater spending flexibility regarding the state’s implementation of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA). “If we truly want to improve every Floridian’s opportunity to achieve self-sufficiency, we must take a systemwide approach,” Yarborough said.
“Bill creating penalties for unauthorized DNA analysis heads to final Senate panel” via Renzo Downey of Florida Politics — Legislation to create criminal penalties for handling another person’s DNA data without their consent is nearing its final stages in the Senate. The Senate Commerce Committee on Monday gave its unanimous approval to Estero Sen. Ray Rodrigues‘ measure (SB 1140), building off a new Florida law expanding protections against those who could potentially use people’s genetic information. The proposal would make submitting another person’s DNA sample for DNA analysis or conducting the analysis a third-degree felony. Disclosing another person’s DNA analysis to a third party would also be a third-degree felony. Collecting or retaining another person’s DNA sample with the intent to perform a DNA analysis would be a first-degree misdemeanor.
Ray Rodrigues is calling for stricter penalties for mishandling someone else’s DNA. Image via Colin Hackley.
“Vacation rentals bill postponed” via The News Service of Florida — The House Ways & Means Committee was slated to take up the controversial proposal (HB 219), but Chairman Bobby Payne announced the postponement without further explanation. The House bill would prevent local ordinances or regulations requiring licensure or inspections of vacation rental properties. Regulation of vacation rentals would be allowed if such regulation also would apply to all residential properties — a concept that local governments have fought. The postponement came after the Senate Appropriations Committee on March 11 watered down the Senate version (SB 522), including stripping out a provision that would have blocked local governments’ ability to license and inspect the properties.
Tally 3
“Senate committee delays vote on alimony reform bill after public testimony” via Kelly Hayes of Florida Politics — A seemingly perpetual bill seeking to revamp Florida’s alimony laws made its first appearance in its return to the Legislature this year. Sarasota Republican Sen. Joe Gruters sponsored this year’s bill (SB 1922), which was initially scheduled to be voted on Monday in the Senate Judiciary Committee, but when the committee ran out of time, the bill was delayed until next week. The legislation, which has been proposed for the past several years, would eliminate permanent alimony and would set the presumption of child custody time-sharing at 50-50. If passed, Florida would join 44 other states that have enacted reform laws to ban perpetual alimony.
Joe Gruters is this year’s anti-alimony champion. Image via Colin Hackley.
“Bill would let victims track rape kit processing” via Brendan Farrington of The Associated Press — A Florida rape victim whose sexual assault test kit went untested for more than 30 years told her powerful story before the House Criminal Justice & Public Safety Subcommittee unanimously approved a bill Monday that would require a tracking system for the kits. Gail Gardner was raped in 1988 by an intruder in her home while her youngest son was in the room. She reported the crime and DNA evidence was taken during an exam. But the kit wasn’t processed until 2019. Last November, she learned her attacker was linked to the sexual assaults of 15 other women. The attacker is serving two life sentences, but Gardner said she lived in terror for decades, not knowing where he was.
“Business groups eye rules for next crisis” via Jim Turner of News Service of Florida — Lobbying groups for small businesses, restaurants, hotels and retailers expressed a need to senators Monday for statewide rules for the next health crisis, with a focus on mask mandates. Officials with the National Federation of Independent Business-Florida, the Florida Restaurant & Lodging Association, and the Florida Retail Federation told members of the Senate Select Committee on Pandemic Preparedness and Response that a wide range of city and county regulations has been among the biggest issues they have faced since the pandemic began slightly more than a year ago. Florida Retail Federation President & CEO Scott Shalley said his group was monitoring 164 different county and city mask ordinances, of which a number, specifically one imposed in St. Petersburg, were “fairly draconian.”
“Committee likes, industry hates, tourist tax bill to address climate change” via Scott Powers of Florida Politics — A bill offering local governments the power to use tourist development taxes to address sea level rise floated through a House committee Monday despite steadfast opposition from the tourism industry. “The tourism industry, the only way they would support this bill is if it were dead. Let’s be honest,” HB 1429 sponsor Republican Rep. Bryan Avila of Miami Springs told the House Ways and Means Committee Monday. “So they will constantly advocate that this is not the right course of action. But in reality, this might turn out to be their saving grace.” Avila’s bill would give local governments the power to use money raised through the tourist development tax or the convention development tax for flooding mitigation and improvements.
“Bill broadening police drone use clears first committee” via Jason Delgado of Florida Politics — A House bill that would allow police to use drones more broadly cleared its first committee stop Monday. The House Criminal Justice & Public Safety Subcommittee advanced the bill (HB 1049) unanimously. Republican Rep. Mike Giallombardo of Cape Coral is the bill sponsor. Currently, state law permits law enforcement to use drones under limited circumstances. Use is restricted to search warrants, prisoner escapes, and when preventing an “imminent loss of life,” according to Florida statute. State law also limits police usage to countering terrorist attacks. The proposal, however, would broaden usage to include traffic management, evidence collection and crowd monitoring of groups of 50 or more.
Tally 4
“Attorney warns COVID-19 liability protection legislation could backfire, hurting businesses” via Karen Murphy of The Capitolist — Angela de Cespedes, with Saul Ewing Arnstein & Lehr of Miami, says the COVID-19 liability protection bills could provide a road map for personal injury and wrongful death attorneys to successfully prosecute these claims. De Cespedes explained that the current legislation allows for the defendant to have too much out-of-pocket cost upfront before the person filing the suit has to provide any proof that the defendant caused the plaintiff’s pandemic-related death or hospitalization. She said proving that is almost impossible, but the defendant would potentially spend tens of thousands of dollars just to get to that point. She said defendants would most likely decide to settle, rather than go through all the upfront expenditures.
“Voting rights advocates decry Republican-sponsored ‘voter suppression’” via Haley Brown of Florida Politics — Voting rights advocates banded together Monday to criticize Senate and House Republican-sponsored election bills. Earlier in the day, the House Public Integrity and Elections Committee approved a proposal sponsored by Rep. Blaise Ingoglia to rewrite certain state election rules. Democrats decried the effort, labeling the additional hurdles to voter registration and enhanced security measures at ballot drop boxes as voter suppression. But Republicans, who praised a successful 2020 election, say the changes are necessary to get ahead of merely the possibility of voter fraud.
Blaise Ingoglia is causing a ruckus with his plan to rewrite voting laws. Image via Colin Hackley.
“You might not lose your full roof replacement insurance after all” via Ron Hurtibise of the South Florida Sun-Sentinel — Homeowners worried they’ll have to foot most of the cost to replace their roofs if they get damaged should be able to relax for at least another year — unless they need to find a new insurer. The sponsor of a House bill removed a proposal to free insurers from having to pay the full cost to replace roofs damaged by windstorms, fire, fallen trees or other calamities. A Senate version with the proposal, meanwhile, is likely headed to the full Senate. Chances are dimming that the proposal will survive any compromise bill that clears the full House and Senate, said Paul Handerhan, president of the Federal Association for Insurance Reform, a consumer-focused watchdog group based in Fort Lauderdale.
Florida TaxWatch urges caution on tourism tax uses — Florida TaxWatch warned members of the House Ways and Means Committee that expanding the ways tourist development taxes can be used is a “slippery slope.” The comments were in reference to a bill (HB 1429) that would allow local governments to use TDT collections to address sea-level rise. FTW president and CEO Dominic Calabro said that it is a “legitimate” use of public money, “but core government functions with wide-ranging benefits lend themselves more to general government revenue than designated tourism dollars. It is akin to raiding state trust funds to balance other parts of the budget.” … “It would be wise to ‘not eat our tourism seed corn’ by diverting tourist development taxes to even more uses.”
“Florida TaxWatch gets behind bill promoting swimming education for kids” via Ryan Nicol of Florida Politics — Florida TaxWatch is backing legislation to promote awareness and resources to make sure children know how to swim. HB 1119 requires schools to ask whether an incoming student has completed a water safety course. If not, the school must offer information on free or low-cost swimming lessons available in their region. The Senate version (SB 358) requires incoming students to submit a certification showing they’ve completed a water safety course, though parents can opt-out. “We need to make sure that every child in this state can swim, and this is a great way to do it that’s not a burden on government but is a benefit to the people of Florida,” FTW Chairman George LeMieux said.
Environmental groups appeal to DeSantis to block seaport preemption — Two dozen environmental groups signed a letter Monday urging DeSantis to help stop legislation that would overturn three referendums Key West voters approved in November to limit the size of cruise ships at their port in order to protect the coral reef and its ecosystem. The groups said the legislation (SB 426/HB 267) would “implement an overbroad and unnecessary statewide preemption in response to a single community’s recent referenda.” The groups said the preemption could damage the reef, which has been designated a State Area of Critical Concern. Groups signing the letter include 1000 Friends of Florida, Florida Conservation Voters, the Sierra Club and numerous local environmental organizations.
Optometry scope-of-practice expansion teed up for first House committee — The House Professions & Public Health Subcommittee will take up a bill that would allow optometrists to perform some surgeries and prescribe medications when it meets Tuesday at 12:45 p.m. HB 631, sponsored by Rep. Alex Rizo, is vociferously opposed by ophthalmologists, who argue that optometrists — who are not medical doctors — lack the qualifications to safely perform surgeries or prescribe medications. Optometrists, meanwhile, claim the bill would boost health care access for Floridians seeking eye care. The companion bill, SB 876 by Sen. Manny Diaz Jr., has passed two committees and awaits its final hearing in the Senate Appropriations Committee.
“Insurance reform supporters warn of rising rates coming like speeding train” via Jacob Ogles of Florida Politics — Insurance industry advocates launched a new ad campaign urging support for legislation aimed at cutting court costs for providers. Floridians for Lawsuit Reform released the 30-second “Rate Train” video that says higher premiums will hit homeowners unless the Legislature acts. “Skyrocketing insurance bills. Without real reform, they’re coming fast,” a narrator states as a train steamrolls toward a dark tunnel. The industry association backs legislation sponsored by Sen. Jim Boyd, a Bradenton Republican, that would effectively eliminate multiplier fees for attorneys and allow insurers to offer policies covering the depreciated cost of roofs older than 10 years old.
Laura Lenhart, GrayRobinson: Alliance for Safety and Justice
Ryan Matthews, Peebles Smith & Matthews: Florida Stormwater Association
Joshua Truitt: Stetson University
Jason Steele, Smith & Associates: Mangata
John David White, Catalyst Consulting Group: Medical Outcomes Research Analytics
Leg. sked
The Senate Transportation, Tourism and Economic Development Appropriations Subcommittee meets to consider SB 138, from Sen. Jeff Brandes, to bolster the use of electric vehicles, 8:30 a.m., Room 110, Senate Office Building.
The House Civil Justice and Property Rights Subcommittee meets to consider HB 1559, from Reps. Anthony Rodriguez and Alex Andrade, to reform the state’s alimony laws, ending “permanent alimony,” 9:15 a.m., Room 404, House Office Building.
The House Secondary Education and Career Development Subcommittee will consider a proposal HB 1031, also from Rodriguez, to make changes in charter-school laws, 9:15 a.m., Morris Hall, House Office Building.
The House Insurance and Banking Subcommittee meets to consider HB 305, from Rep. Bob Rommel, to make changes to property-insurance laws, 9:30 a.m., Room 212, Knott Building.
The Senate Education Appropriations Subcommittee will consider a proposal SB 86, from Sen. Dennis Baxley, to reduce Bright Futures scholarships for students who pursue degrees that would not lead to jobs, 10:30 a.m., Room 412, Knott Building.
The Senate Children, Families and Elder Affairs Committee meets to consider SB 1132, from Sen. Aaron Bean, to allow nursing homes to use apprenticeship programs for personal care attendants in an effort to meet minimum staffing requirements, 12:30 p.m., Room 37, Senate Office Building.
The Senate Criminal Justice Committee will consider a proposal SB 1826, from Diaz, to expand the scope of human trafficking offenses and set up privileged communications between human trafficking victims and advocates, 12:30 p.m., Room 110, Senate Office Building.
The Senate Education Committee meets to consider SB 582, from Sen. Ray Rodrigues, to clarify parental rights on issues such as education and health care, 12:30 p.m., Room 412, Knott Building.
The House Early Learning and Elementary Education Subcommittee meets to consider HB 849, from Rep. Susan Valdes, to codify illnesses to be included in school attendance policies, 12:45 p.m., Reed Hall, House Office Building.
The House Local Administration and Veterans Affairs Subcommittee meets to consider HB 919, from Rep. Tomkow, to preempt local governments from restricting the types of fuel that utilities can use, 12:45 p.m., Room 212, Knott Building.
The House Professions and Public Health Subcommittee meets to consider HB 631, from Rep. Alex Rizo, to expand the scope of practice for optometrists on treatment issues such as administering and prescribing drugs, 12:45 p.m., Room 306, House Office Building.
The Senate Military and Veterans Affairs, Space and Domestic Security Committee meets to consider SB 1892, also from Diaz, to create an “emergency preparedness and response fund” within the Governor’s office, 3:30 p.m., Room 37, Senate Office Building.
The Senate Regulated Industries Committee meets to consider SB 284, from Sen. Keith Perry, to preempt local governments from regulating building-design elements on homes, 3:30 p.m., Room 412, Knott Building.
The House Children, Families and Seniors Subcommittee meets to consider HB 689, from Rep. David Borrero, to create criminal penalties for maliciously releasing information about the locations of domestic violence centers, 4 p.m., Morris Hall, House Office Building.
The House Environment, Agriculture and Flooding Subcommittee meets to consider HB 539, from Reps. Cord Byrd and Rick Roth, which expand the definition of renewable energy to include “renewable natural gas.” Tuesday, 4 p.m., Room 404, House Office Building.
Assignment editors — House Speaker Chris Sprowls, joined by Rep. Coleen Burton and other legislators, will hold a news conference for an announcement about maternal health care, 11:45 a.m. portico outside of the House Building.
Assignment editors — Sen. Randolph Bracy and Jasmine Burney-Clark of Equal Ground will hold a news conference to announce a partnership with Orange County community and faith-based organizations to distribute the Pfizer vaccine, 3 p.m. Zoom link here.
Competition is well underway for Round 2 of TallyMadness, where 32 in-house lobbyists face off in a March Madness-style competition to decide the “best” lobbyist in Florida.
With more than 37,000 votes already cast (so far), there are a handful of tight races, which proves every vote counts.
TallyMadness Round 2 has some close races, so every vote counts.
Among the closest races are:
— Adam Babington of Disney World versus Jake Farmer with the Florida Retail Federation; only six points separate the two.
— Another six points separate Albie Kaminsky with Spectrum Communications and Janet Owen of UCF.
— The match between the Florida Trucking Association’s Alix Miller and Allison Kinney with HCA Healthcare also has a nine-point spread.
— A really tight race is Justin Thames of the Florida Institute of CPAs and Leticia Adams, who reps Walt Disney World. Just two points separate them.
— One more tight contest is a battle of schools: only a few votes could decide Chris Cantens of FIU and Mary Ann Hooks of UF.
Who gets to the Sweet 16? Only you can decide. Take your shot today — TallyMadness Round 2 voting ends Thursday night.
Statewide
“‘I know my way around rest stops’: DeSantis welcomes, praises latest Buc-ee’s location” via Jason Delgado of Florida Politics — DeSantis on Monday traveled to Daytona Beach to attend the grand opening of the latest gas station chain to break ground in Florida. Flanked by executives, an army of elected officials and a larger-than-life inflatable beaver, DeSantis described Buc-ee’s, the Texas-based chain, as the “Shangri-La” of gas stations. “As somebody who used to drive 95 up and down this congressional district and driven all over the state, I know my way around rest stops and service stations,” DeSantis said. The 120-pump gas station marks the second Buc-ee’s location in Florida. The chain prides itself on running the cleanest restrooms in America. “These bathrooms are the cleanest bathrooms you’ve ever seen in your life,” DeSantis said. “It’s like a five-star restaurant in there.”
“DeSantis, Richard Corcoran eye virus relief money for vo-tech initiative” via A.G. Gancarski of Florida Politics — The proposal to spend $75 million on so-called “Get There Faster” initiatives, with money from COVID-19 relief funds doled out during the Donald Trump administration, would earmark two-thirds of the money for high school students and the remainder for adult learners, some without GED certificates. The $50 million for current students would come from the CARES Act-funded Elementary and Secondary School Relief Fund, money already being proposed to fund a $116 million revamp of civics education in the state. The money would help defray tutoring, transportation, and other soft costs that can be deal-breakers. The $25 million for postsecondary education would come from the Governor’s Emergency Education Relief Fund.
“Pandemic gives Florida ‘golden opportunity’ to re-imagine senior care, advocate says” via Bailey LeFever of the Tampa Bay Times — The pandemic has forced a conversation about the state’s aging population and the best way to care for seniors. The pandemic created new problems, said Jeff Johnson, state director for AARP Florida, but also exacerbated existing ones — inadequate staff training and management in care facilities and a shortage of community services for those who remain at home. Over the next five years, Johnson hopes the state Legislature will fund more home- and community-based care, and add new types of long-term care to the mix. “We need the Legislature to step up and show the creativity and courage of developing a new vision,” he said. “And they didn’t do that this year, at least not so far.”
“Data: Florida’s texting-while-driving law rarely enforced” via Christopher Cann of Fresh Take Florida — With a flourish, DeSantis signed a new law in 2019 making texting while driving a primary traffic offense in Florida, with a $30 fine for a first offense that routinely climbs to over $100. “It’ll make our roads safer,” DeSantis said. But the new law against texting is rarely enforced, according to official state figures. Florida also has failed its requirements under the law to track comprehensively how many drivers are ticketed statewide — and whether police are targeting minorities. Those in charge of writing tickets also complained that the young law has too many loopholes.
“Hurricane season is approaching. What are FDOT, Skanska doing to prevent a Sally repeat?” via Emma Kennedy of the Pensacola News Journal — With the 2021 hurricane season approaching without an operational bridge between Pensacola and Gulf Breeze, questions have turned to how Skanska will handle their equipment if another storm swirls in the Gulf. Skanska did have a hurricane plan in place during Sally, but lawyers working on behalf of impacted businesses and homeowners in the area have filed documents showing the company did not follow that plan. An FDOT official sent an email to Skanska officials as the hurricane was hitting that accused Skanska of failing to secure its barges. However, it does not appear there will be any additional levels of oversight as the 2021 hurricane season draws near.
One of Skanska’s barges was intentionally unmoored during Hurricane Sally. could it happen again? Image via the Pensacola News Journal.
“UF Summer B and Fall 2021 semesters will have more in-person classes” via Manny Rea of The Alligator — UF will return to a nearly normal Summer B and Fall 2021 course offering, but mandatory COVID-19 testing and masking are still up in the air. More than 70% of course credits will be in person in the fall, which is similar to pre-pandemic offerings, UF Provost and Senior Vice President Joe Glover said at the March 18 UF Board of Trustees meeting. The university based its plan on recommendations from UF Health epidemiologists. Dr. Michael Lauzardo, the head of UF Health’s Screen, Test & Protect program, also said at the meeting that if masking and vaccine efforts lessen cases in the coming months, his program will recommend full capacity classrooms, no physical distancing and fewer masks for fall.
Corona Florida
“Florida adds 2,862 coronavirus cases, 39 deaths Monday” via Romy Ellenbogen of the Tampa Bay Times — Florida recorded 2,862 coronavirus cases and 30 deaths Monday, bringing the state’s death toll to 33,408. The state has tracked 2,011,211 coronavirus cases over the yearlong pandemic, according to the Florida Department of Health. The weekly case average is up slightly to about 4,511 infections announced per day. The weekly death average dropped to about 64 deaths announced per day. About 53,000 tests were processed Sunday, resulting in a daily positivity rate of 6.69%.
“Kamala Harris visits Florida as fears rise about a new surge in cases” via Katie Rogers of The New York Times — Vice President Harris traveled to Jacksonville, to tour a vaccination center and host an event at a food pantry, two stops designed to promote the Biden administration’s pandemic stimulus package to Americans in a state where officials fear another coronavirus surge. Amid tensions over how best to contain the virus in Florida, Harris toured one of the federally supported vaccination centers, the Gateway Town Center shopping complex, that have administered tens of thousands of shots in recent days.
Kamala Harris and Nikki Fried talk COVID-19 vaccinations in Jacksonville. Image via Twitter.
“A brief one-on-one interview with Harris” via Nate Monroe of The Florida Times-Union — The White House told me I’d have five minutes to speak to Harris one-on-one after the events. I wanted to know how far Harris would go in criticizing DeSantis, who has kneecapped local officials; elevated fringe characters who believe that masks don’t work; and who believes he — and he alone — has ably navigated Florida through the deadly pandemic. Harris wouldn’t bite: “One of the reasons I’m here and back in Jacksonville … is to remind people of the importance of getting the vaccine when it’s your turn,” she told me when I asked her what she’d tell Floridians who are hearing diametrically opposite things from their Governor and their President. I tried again. “Masks work,” she said.
“Florida ranks 36th for those receiving at least one vaccine shot as cases hold steady” via Mike Stucka of USA Today — Florida reported 31,541 new cases of coronavirus in the week ending Sunday, from 31,813 the week before of the virus that causes COVID-19. Florida ranked 11th among the states where coronavirus was spreading the fastest on a per-person basis. Within Florida, the worst weekly outbreaks on a per-person basis were in Miami-Dade, Broward and Hillsborough counties. The worst increases from the prior week’s pace were in Orange, Hillsborough and Volusia counties. Florida ranked 36th among states in share of people receiving at least one shot, with 23.8% of its residents at least partially vaccinated. The national rate is 24.5%, a USA Today analysis of CDC data shows.
“Federal vaccine sites in Florida to continue administering first doses” via Kelly Hayes of Florida Politics — The four federally-supported vaccination sites in Jacksonville, Orlando, Tampa and Miami will still be able to administer first doses of the Pfizer vaccine, the Florida Division of Emergency Management announced Monday. Previously, the state announced the vaccination sites would only be able to administer second dose shots beginning March 24. But, now, the sites will administer 500 first doses per day from March 24 through April 7. The shift came after the state evaluated vaccine supply and determined that previously unused first doses from federal sites could be redistributed to continue administering first dose shots for the allotted time. The vaccines will only be offered at the select sites to eligible populations.
“Charlie Crist blasts DeSantis’ vaccine rollout, proposes ‘Successful Shots’ plan” via Kelly Hayes of Florida Politics — The initiative proposes a system counter to that currently being implemented by DeSantis. Under the Governor’s current plan, an individual is eligible to receive a vaccine if they are 60 years old or older, have a doctor’s note, are a health care worker, or are a schoolteacher, firefighter or law enforcement officer 50 years old or older. The plan brought by Crist seeks to address site underutilization by giving all Floridians the chance to wait in the general line for a vaccine while creating a Fast Pass line so seniors and vulnerable groups get priority access.
Charlie Crist blasts Ron DeSantis with his own Florida vaccination proposal.
“Some Florida seniors are worried the coronavirus vaccine isn’t free” via Bailey LeFever of the Tampa Bay Times — Florida’s most sought-after ticket this year isn’t for a concert. It’s for a vaccine appointment. But a small percentage of older Floridiansare hesitatingbecause they think they have to pay for the shot, according to a recent report. In fact, coronavirus vaccines are available at no cost to Americans. A report released by MedicareAdvantage.com on March 9 found that 34,126 people aged 65 and older in Florida, of the 4.5 million surveyed, said they will decline the vaccine for that reason.
“Is there a secret waitlist at pharmacies for the COVID-19 vaccine? Probably not.” via Elizabeth Djinis of the Sarasota Herald-Tribune — Each day, more and more people post photos of their vaccination cards on social media with a beaming smile and an ecstatic message. But many of us who see those photos are left wondering: What risk group do they fall into? And if they aren’t eligible, then how did they get a vaccine? The answer lies in the number of doses in a vial of vaccines. Each contains a certain number of doses that must be used once the seal is broken. If someone doesn’t show up for their vaccine appointment or a store can’t find enough eligible people to vaccinate, unsuspecting customers might come in for a late-night snack and walk out with a vaccine.
Corona local
“Jerry Demings to DeSantis: Let locals tailor vaccination strategies” via Scott Powers of Florida Politics — Demings broke with state policy last Thursday when he announced Orange County would go to 40 as a minimum age, compared with 50 for the state. That disagreement on minimum age requirements led to a back-and-forth. DeSantis grumbled that it wasn’t Demings’ decision to make. Demings responded that he’s not sorry. In particular, Demings took issue with DeSantis’ assertion that Orange County’s vaccination rate among seniors wasn’t high enough yet to justify expanding the age pool all the way to 40-year-olds. Who’s fault is that? “At the end of the day, if our numbers are below other counties, it is the result of decisions made somewhere else other than here,” he said.
Jerry Demings tells Ron DeSantis that vaccinations should be a local strategy.
“As 40 and older can get COVID-19 vaccine in Orange County, 7,000 appointments gobbled up in minutes” via Stephen Hudak of the Orlando Sentinel — It took just 13 minutes on Monday for 7,000 vaccine appointments to fill after Orange County opened up shots for people 40 and older, officials said. “That’s good news,” Mayor Demings said. “That speaks to the demand.” He noted the drive-through vaccination site at the Orange County Convention Center had repeatedly fallen far short of its goal of inoculating 3,000 people a day when state eligibility guidelines limited vaccines to people 65 years or older, health workers with direct patient contact, and teachers, law enforcement officers, firefighters and paramedics.
“FEMA site at MDC North was moving to second doses only. That’s been postponed” via Michelle Marchante and Ben Conarck of the Miami Herald — Days after announcing the plan to wrap up operations at four Florida mega vaccine sites, state and federal officials on Monday morning reversed course, announcing that the sites in Miami, Tampa, Orlando and Jacksonville would continue administering first doses of the Pfizer-BioNTech vaccine. The reversal came on the same day Vice President Harris flew to the Jacksonville site, which is jointly operated by the Federal Emergency Management Agency and the state of Florida, and commented on DeSantis’ lowering of the minimum age requirement to those 50 and over.
“South Florida records just seven COVID-19 deaths Monday” via Ryan Nicol of Florida Politics — South Florida’s tri-county area may finally be seeing sustainable progress in containing the COVID-19 death toll, as the region recorded just seven deaths Monday. That comes after only five deaths were reported in South Florida in Sunday’s Department of Health COVID-19 report. Monday marks the fourth straight day the region — Miami-Dade, Broward and Palm Beach counties — has seen 20 or fewer deaths. That’s encouraging progress for the area, which saw a more than four-week stretch earlier this year, with at least 30 deaths reported nearly every day. As of Monday’s report, the average number of daily deaths over the past seven days is down over the prior seven-day span in all three major South Florida counties.
“Omni Healthcare seeks role in distribution of COVID-19 vaccines in Brevard” via Dave Berman of Florida Today — Omni Healthcare CEO Dr. Craig Deligdish says Omni can administer 1,000 vaccines a day, six days a week, at each of three of its locations — Melbourne, Merritt Island and Palm Bay. The Brevard County Commission plans to discuss Omni’s proposal at its meeting Tuesday. In his proposal, Deligdish said Omni would not charge Brevard County to administer vaccines at its locations. Rather, Omni would “seek funding to support vaccine administration from a variety of non-county sources” such as medical insurance, the CARES Act; the American Rescue Plan; and FEMA. Deligdish said Omni will not charge patients without insurance and will not charge patients with insurance any copays or deductibles for the administration of vaccines.
“Santa Rosa reports no COVID-19 deaths last week; new cases in Escambia at 9-month low” via the Pensacola News Journal — For the first time in at least seven months, no new coronavirus-related deaths were verified in Santa Rosa County last week, according to the Florida Department of Health. At the same time, Escambia County last week reported its lowest number of new COVID-19 infections in a single week in more than nine months. Escambia County reported 148 new positive cases from March 15 to 21, according to the state’s daily report issued Monday. That’s the lowest weekly infection rate since early June 2020. Santa Rosa County, meanwhile, reported 132 new infections last week to mark its lowest number of new infections since early October.
“A year into pandemic, an unprecedented number are calling 211 for help in Sarasota-Manatee” via Angie DiMichele of the Sarasota Herald-Tribune — Requests logged by Suncoast 211 show unprecedented numbers of people are calling the helpline who are facing economic hardships since the start of the pandemic. The resources available have helped to stave off financial disasters for thousands, many of whom have never needed help before. Catherine Rea, vice president for 211 at Heart of Florida United Way, said the contact center, which covers 14 counties including Sarasota, Manatee and DeSoto, received four to five times its normal call volume within the first few months of the pandemic. More than 4,300 people called for help in a single day, Rea said. That happened more than once.
COVID-19 has prompted an avalanche of calls for economic assistance. Image via Sarasota Herald-Tribune.
“More than 1 in 3 St. Johns County residents have at least 1 vaccine dose” via Ty Hinton of The St. Augustine Record — More than 1 in 3 St. Johns County residents have received at least one COVID-19 vaccine, the Florida Department of Health reported Monday. St. Johns County administered 141 COVID-19 vaccinations Sunday, for a total of 79,542 with at least one shot, or 33.8% of residents 16 and older. Among residents receiving at least one shot, the county ranks fifth in the state, behind Sumter (53,213, 44%), Sarasota (152,122, 37%), Charlotte (64,355, 36%) and Indian River (52,469, 35%). With 55,215 residents fully vaccinated, St. Johns County has the second-highest completion percentage in the state with 23.5%, behind Sumter County, which has 28.2%. That total includes those completely vaccinated, either with a single Johnson & Johnson vaccine or the second in a series of two-shot vaccines.
“How to vaccinate homebound seniors? Take the shots to them.” via Roni Caryn Rabin of The New York Times — When public health officials drew up plans for distributing vaccines, priority was given to the roughly five million residents and employees of congregate settings like nursing homes. A vast majority of Americans over 65, however, do not live in nursing homes or assisted living facilities, but in the community, where it’s more challenging to reach them. There is no central registry of the homebound elderly. Geographically dispersed and isolated, they are often difficult to find. There is no system in place for reaching the homebound. In the absence of a centrally coordinated campaign targeting the homebound, local initiatives have sprung up around the country.
Corona nation
“COVID-19 cases rise across more than half the U.S. as country races to vaccinate” via Will Feuer of CNBC — New cases of COVID-19 are once again on the rise across more than half the United States as officials race to vaccinate additional people before highly contagious variants become prevalent in the country. As of Sunday, the seven-day average of new cases rose by 5% or more in 27 states, according to a CNBC analysis of data compiled by Johns Hopkins University. Across the U.S., the nation logged an average of 54,308 new cases per day over the past week, a 1% rise from the prior week after months of rapidly declining case numbers.
“As variants spread and travel increases, the CDC director urged caution to prevent ‘another avoidable surge.’” via Noah Weiland of The New York Times — CDC Director Rochelle Walensky again warned Americans on Monday about the spread of the coronavirus, saying that with increased travel, looser pandemic restrictions and worrisome variants bearing down on the country, another surge could erupt if Americans did not take protection efforts seriously “for just a little bit longer.” Virus variants are making up a bigger share of cases. A fast-spreading variant first located in Britain is now responsible for 9% of cases in New Jersey and 8% of cases in Florida, she said. “We are at a critical point in this pandemic, a fork in the road, where we as a country must decide which path we are going to take. We must act now,” Walensky said.
Rochelle Walensky is still urging Americans to stay vigilant against COVID-19, despite increased travel and larger gatherings. Image via AP.
“Virus variants mean our COVID-19 winter isn’t over. Don’t ease restrictions now.” via Ashish K. Jha of The Washington Post — Vaccination numbers are climbing steadily, and coronavirus cases have been declining. The end of the pandemic is in sight. But the latest national data, which show the case rates have plateaued, indicate that we are not there yet. Over the past week, we have seen about 50,000 new cases reported daily. That’s not far from the height of the surge last summer. Blame it on the variants. Consider what’s happening in Florida, where thousands are celebrating Spring Break without masks or social distancing. Right now, the rate of cases and deaths in Florida is about the same as nationally, and the number of daily infections is holding steady. But the B.1.1.7 variant now represents more than half Florida’s cases.
“AstraZeneca’s U.S. trial shows coronavirus vaccine is 79% effective” via William Booth and Carolyn Y. Johnson of The Washington Post — Oxford University and AstraZeneca reported on Monday that their coronavirus “vaccine for the world” was safe and 79% effective overall, according to data from a long-awaited clinical trial in the United States, alongside other studies in Chile and Peru. The two-shot regimen was completely effective at preventing severe cases of illness. In a news release, the Oxford researchers, who developed the easily transported $4 shot for the British-Swedish pharmaceutical giant AstraZeneca, said their coronavirus vaccine is “safe and highly effective, adding to previous trial data from the United Kingdom, Brazil and South Africa, as well as real-world impact data from the United Kingdom.”
“Vaccine mystery: Why J&J’s shots aren’t reaching more arms” via Erin Banco and Rachel Roubein of POLITICO — Johnson & Johnson’s single-shot COVID-19 vaccine was supposed to be the catalyst for the country’s return to normal. Instead, it’s sparking confusion and finger-pointing between the states and the Biden administration over why millions of doses are sitting unused. Almost three weeks after the FDA authorized the shots, no one appears to be able to explain why immunizations are lagging. Some states are thought to be intentionally holding back shots, while others say it takes time to inoculate populations like the homebound. What is clear is that around 2.3 million of the 4.3 million doses of the vaccine delivered have actually been administered.
Why are Johnson & Johnson vaccines not getting into the number of arms as they should? Image via AP.
“Drug companies defend vaccine monopolies in face of global outcry” via Christopher Rowland, Emily Rauhala and Miriam Berger of The Washington Post — The drug companies that developed and won authorization for coronavirus vaccines in record time have agreed to sell most of the first doses coming off production lines to the United States, European countries and a few other wealthy nations. But drug companies have rebuffed entreaties to face the emergency by sharing their proprietary technology more freely with companies in developing nations. They cite the rapid development of new vaccines as evidence that the drug industry’s traditional business model, based on exclusive patents and know-how, is working. The companies are lobbying the Biden administration and other members of the World Trade Organization against any erosion of their monopolies on individual coronavirus vaccines that are worth billions of dollars in annual sales.
“Are women making many of the vaccine appointments for the men in their lives?” via Katherine Ellison of The Washington Post — In Berkeley sociologist Arlie Russell Hochschild’s 1989 book “Second Shift” by the same name, she detailed how even as women were moving into the labor force, they were still doing much of their workload at home, including the most disagreeable tasks, such as cleaning the toilets. The frantic hunting and pecking for vaccines, with its life-or-death consequences, is also the kind of disagreeable, anxiety-provoking job — distinguished by deadlines, unpredictability and lack of control — that researchers have found is more commonly assigned to, or volunteered for, by women. There may also be other documented gender differences at play. Women of all age groups are more likely than men to see a doctor about their own health concerns, as research consistently has shown.
“In this part of rural Donald Trump country, COVID-19 vaccine is an easy sell — for now” via Laura Vozzella of The Washington Post — “I’ll be the last in line to get it,” Cindy Stidham, a political conservative from the reddest corner of Virginia, told herself as the first two vaccines, developed with uncommon speed, won FDA approval late last year. Yet there she was last week at a clinic at Mountain Empire Community College, in an Appalachian county where Trump won 80% of the vote in November, sweeping her long hair off to one side so her arm could get jabbed. A similar about-face could be unfolding across mountainous far southwestern Virginia, which has some of the highest coronavirus vaccination rates in the state, despite national surveys showing rural Republicans are the most reluctant to receive it.
Corona economics
“Biden determined to tax the rich after windfalls from COVID-19 crisis” via Nancy Cook of Bloomberg — Biden’s economic team at the White House is determined to make good on his campaign pledge to raise taxes on the rich, emboldened by mounting data showing how well America’s wealthy did financially during the pandemic. With Republican and business-lobby opposition to the administration’s tax plans stiffening, Democrats need to decide how ambitious to be in trying to revamp the tax code in what’s almost certain to be a go-it-alone bill. Interviews with senior officials show there’s rising confidence at the White House that evidence of widening inequality will translate into broad popular support for a tax-the-wealthy strategy. Biden himself has become convinced of the need, saying last week that those earning over $400,000 can expect to pay more in tax.
Joe Biden is laser-focused on raising taxes on the rich. Image via Getty.
“Recast as ‘stimmies,’ federal relief checks drive a stock-buying spree” via Matt Phillips of The New York Times — Abraham Sanchez knew exactly how he wanted to spend his stimulus check. Like millions of Americans, he had begun dabbling in the stock market during the pandemic. So, soon after $1,400 from the federal government landed in his bank account last week, Sanchez, a 28-year-old trumpet player in Sacramento, moved all but $200 of it into his Robinhood online trading account. He then used most of it to buy 80 shares of AMC Entertainment, the struggling movie theater chain. “I was like: ‘You know what? Whatever. I’ll give it a shot,’” he said. When the stock rose last week after AMC announced it was preparing to reopen theaters in California, Sanchez gained $170 on paper.
“Credit cards slash $99 billion from spending limits during pandemic” via Shahien Nasiripour of Bloomberg — The 14 lenders that dominate U.S. credit cards slashed $99 billion from their customers’ spending limits in 2020, mostly affecting financially troubled households. It’s the equivalent of cutting $2,000 in financing to 50 million people — many of whom lean on cards for emergencies. Capital One Financial Corp., known for its “What’s in your wallet?” slogan, led the way by paring $30 billion from limits by the end of 2020. Larger rivals Citigroup Inc. and JPMorgan Chase & Co. each saw their totals fall by $19 billion. While the retreat set off flurries of frustrated posts on social media, its scope remained a mystery because numbers aren’t typically disclosed in corporate earnings reports.
“The business case for vaccine passports” via the Bloomberg editorial board — Once people have been vaccinated against COVID-19, they’re safer to dine out, fly on airplanes, attend concerts and movies, work out at the gym, go to the office, cross borders and otherwise move about. How can they demonstrate that they have this protection? By showing a “vaccine passport,” perhaps in the form of a smartphone app. Israel, the U.K., the European Union and other governments are creating such digital documents, as are private organizations. Biden is assessing whether the U.S. should have them. Yet vaccine passports have been met with concerns over privacy and potential inequality. These concerns ought to be addressed, but they shouldn’t veto a useful tool for speeding a post-COVID-19 return to normal life.
More corona
“Some people are developing psychotic symptoms after COVID-19 infections: ‘The most terrifying thing I’ve ever experienced in my life’” via Pam Belluck of The New York Times — A phenomenon that doctors are increasingly reporting: psychotic symptoms emerging weeks after coronavirus infection in some people with no previous mental illness. Doctors say such symptoms may be one manifestation of brain-related aftereffects of COVID-19. Along with more common issues like brain fog, memory loss, and neurological problems, “new-onset” psychosis may result from an immune response, vascular issues, or inflammation from the disease process, experts hypothesize. Sporadic cases have occurred with other viruses, and while such extreme symptoms are likely to affect only a small proportion of COVID-19 survivors, cases have emerged worldwide.
“Hugs, at last: Nursing homes easing rules on visitors” via Philip Marcelo, Patty Nieberg and Kimberlee Kruesi of The Associated Press — Nursing homes, assisted living facilities and other kinds of elderly residences battered by COVID-19 are easing restrictions and opening their doors for the first time since the start of the pandemic, leading to joyous reunions around the country after a painful year of isolation, Zoom calls and greetings through windows. The vaccination drive, improved conditions inside nursing homes, and relaxed federal guidelines have paved the way for the reunions. There have been welcome-back parties, birthday celebrations, coffee hours on the patio and more in recent days, giving older Americans and their families a glimpse into what life may look like in a post-vaccine world.
Hugs are starting to return to nursing homes. Image via AP.
“Some schools have been open for months. Here’s what they learned.” via Sarah Toy and Douglas Belkin of The Wall Street Journal — Parents, cities and teachers in many places continue to wrangle over how to reopen their schools safely. Meanwhile, teachers and administrators whose buildings have been open for many months have come to some hard-earned conclusions about how to make it all work. Some of what they learned is consistent with what many scientists have been touting — that masking, ventilation, distancing and regular testing when possible are effective ways to reduce transmission of COVID-19 in schools. Other once-lauded tactics, such as daily temperature checks and deep cleaning of surfaces, have become lower priorities. They also have learned that teachers, not their students, are likely the primary transmitters of the virus in grade schools.
“The missing students of the pandemic” via Eli Saslow of The Washington Post — It had been a year since the pandemic closed Indio High School and its 2,100 students began to disappear, first from the hallways and then from virtual classes as attendance dropped from 94% down to as low as 70%. The school was like hundreds of others hit hardest by COVID-19 — mostly low-income and mostly Latino, with a vulnerable population that had suffered disproportionately from the virus and its injustices. Half of Indio’s students lived with family members who had gotten sick. A third lacked stable housing. A quarter had begun working full time or caring for younger siblings who were also home from school. At least 350 students were regularly failing to attend class.
“‘I want to be protected’: Nurses still worried about dangerous work conditions, COVID-19 mutations” via Isaac Morgan of the Florida Phoenix — COVID-19 devastated the nation last year and put a strain on health care systems across the country, particularly at hospitals where doctors and nurses worked around the clock to treat patients with a highly contagious virus. Marissa Lee, a registered nurse in Florida, recalls that time during the pandemic, when she and other colleagues faced dire conditions, staff shortages and lack of personal protective equipment. Lee works at Osceola Regional Medical Center in Kissimmee and is a member of the National Nurses United, a union representing registered nurses nationwide. NNU has praised the Biden administration’s national plan to expand access to COVID-19 vaccines and testing.
“DoorDash to provide on-demand delivery of at-home COVID-19 test collection kits” via Ivana Saric of Axios — DoorDash has launched a new initiative to provide same-day on-demand delivery of FDA authorized COVID-19 test collection kits. The initiative could go a long way in helping make at-home COVID-19 testing more accessible, as many Americans prepare to reenter workplaces and schools. DoorDash has partnered with digital health companies Vault Health and EverlyWell for the initiative. Vault Health’s COVID-19 Saliva Test Kit or EverlyWell COVID-19 Test Home Collection Kit DTC will be available in “12 DashMart locations across the U.S.,” DoorDash’s convenience store service. These locations include Baltimore, Chicago, Cleveland, Dallas, Denver, Minneapolis, and Phoenix, and there are plans to expand to other cities later in the year.
Now, there are on-demand COVID-19 tests.
“How much weight did we gain during lockdowns? 2 pounds a month, study hints.” via Roni Caryn Rabin of The New York Times — Soon after the pandemic started over a year ago, Americans started joking about the dreaded “quarantine 15,” worried they might gain weight while shut in homes with stockpiles of food, glued to computer screens and binge-watching Netflix. The concern is real, but assessing the problem’s scope has been a challenge. Now a very small study using objective measures — weight measurements from Bluetooth-connected smart scales — suggests that adults under shelter-in-place orders gained more than half a pound every 10 days. That translates to nearly two pounds a month, said Dr. Gregory Marcus, senior author of the research letter. Americans who kept up their lockdown habits could easily have gained 20 pounds over the course of a year, he added.
Presidential
“The Biden agenda doesn’t run through Washington” via Ronald Brownstein of The Atlantic — Biden can’t expect a lot of cooperation from Texas. That much has been made clear by state Republicans’ behavior in just the past three months. But the leadership in Harris County, Texas, the third-largest county in the country and home to Houston, responded to Biden’s ascendance with a very different attitude. The county’s chief elected official, Lina Hidalgo — a Democrat, Colombian immigrant, and 30-year-old Stanford graduate — views the Biden administration as something like the arrival of the cavalry. Hidalgo’s enthusiasm about working with Biden illustrates the president’s opportunity to fundamentally rethink the way the federal government pursues its domestic goals. Biden could advance his agenda by channeling his policies through major metros, without relying on states as his principal partners.
“How Biden quietly created a huge social program” via Annie Linskey of The Washington Post — Democratic Sen. Michael F. Bennet of Colorado tapped out the longest text messages he’d ever written one night in January, urging Susan Rice, a top Biden aide and a friend, to include a full-scale anti-child poverty measure in the coronavirus rescue plan to be unveiled within days. Democratic Rep. Rosa L. DeLauro of Connecticut was making the same case to a different senior Biden official, using language that the official later described as “somewhat juicy.” And Democratic Sen. Cory Booker of New Jersey tried flattery, urging Biden staffers to adopt what he told them would be a “legacy” program earning them a place in history.
Joe Biden’s massive anti-child poverty measure will be his ‘legacy.’ Image via AP.
“Biden team prepares $3 trillion in new spending for the economy” via Jim Tankersley of The New York Times — Biden’s economic advisers are pulling together a sweeping $3 trillion package to boost the economy, reduce carbon emissions and narrow economic inequality, beginning with a giant infrastructure plan that may be financed in part through tax increases on corporations and the rich. After months of internal debate, Biden’s advisers are expected to present the spending proposal to the president and congressional leaders this week, as well as begin outreach to industry and labor groups. On Monday, Biden’s national climate adviser, Gina McCarthy, discussed his infrastructure plans in a meeting with oil and gas industry executives.
“Biden moves rapidly to shore up Obamacare and erase Trump’s changes” via Tami Luhby of CNN — Biden is wasting no time establishing his vision for the Affordable Care Act and reversing many Trump-era measures aimed at weakening it. In his first two months in office, Biden has taken several steps to bolster the landmark health reform law, which marks its 11th anniversary on Tuesday, and to embed it even more firmly in the nation’s health care system. Former President Barack Obama is scheduled to speak Monday about how the Affordable Care Act has benefited Americans and how the Democrats’ $1.9 trillion relief package, which Biden signed into law earlier this month, has strengthened the law.
“Biden administration releases nearly $1 billion in education funds for Puerto Rico” via Syra Ortiz-Blanes and Alex Roarty of the Miami Herald — The U.S. Department of Education will release nearly $1 billion in federal funds to help Puerto Rico respond to both the pandemic and a series of natural disasters in the Biden administration’s latest move to reset relations with the island, officials said Monday. The U.S. territory will immediately be able to access $912 million in education funds that had previously been held up by grant restrictions imposed by the Trump administration, U.S. Secretary of Education Miguel Cardona said.
“Despite flurry of attention, Jill Biden is not leading family reunification effort” via Anita Kumar and Eugene Daniels of POLITICO — Less than a week after her husband was sworn into office, First Lady Biden told a group of young Latinos during a virtual chat that her new chief of staff “will be working” on an effort to reunify migrant children separated from their families. The remark was followed by a series of headlines proclaiming that Biden herself would monitor or lead a task force to help the families separated under Trump. Some articles even said Biden would reunite the children. First Lady Biden actually has “no formal role” in the effort. Among lawyers and advocates helping the families, her lack of involvement reinforces a broader concern about the slow pace of reunification efforts under Biden.
“Boston Mayor Marty Walsh is confirmed to lead Labor Department” via Eli Rosenberg of The Washington Post — Boston Mayor Walsh was confirmed Monday by the Senate as Secretary of Labor, setting the stage for him to take the reins of an agency that is central to Biden’s worker-friendly agenda. Walsh, 53, a friend of the President’s who was a favored candidate of organized labor groups such as the AFL-CIO, will be the first labor secretary to come from a union background in nearly 50 years. He rose to prominence in Boston through the building-trades unions after dropping out of college early to work in construction. He also served in the Massachusetts House of Representatives. Walsh’s nomination was relatively uncontroversial. He was approved on a 68-to-29 vote.
Newly confirmed Marty Walsh is key to Joe Biden’s worker-friendly agenda. Image via AP.
“Pro-Biden group won’t disclose donors” via Hans Nichols of Axios — A pro-Biden group, operating with the White House’s blessing, plans to raise unlimited funds as it prepares to promote and protect the president’s agenda from the outside. By not capping anonymous contributions, the group, called Building Back Together, will have an easier time raising money, ahead of its anticipated launch next month to defend Biden’s policies, including his $1.9 trillion relief package. “We will work collaboratively with existing groups who are working toward those same goals,” read a statement from the organization. But allies of Trump didn’t abide by those conventions when they established their groups four years ago and raised unlimited funds from anonymous donors.
“Activists call on Biden to issue a new TPS for Haitians as nation’s turmoil deepens” via Jacqueline Charles of the Miami Herald — Immigration advocates called on Biden Monday to end deportations to Haiti and offer a new Temporary Protected Status designation for Haiti, a move that would provide immigration protection to thousands of additional migrants already living in the United States from the troubled Caribbean nation. Haiti, they said, is no longer safe enough for them to return. “What’s happening in Haiti right now, it is scary,” said Marleine Bastien, executive director of the Family Action Network Movement. “This is a country under lock. This is unprecedented.” The U.S. provided Temporary Protected Status to Haitians after the country’s devastating 2010 earthquake. The Trump administration tried to end TPS for Haitians and a legal battle continues in federal court.
Epilogue: Trump
Must-read — “Trump, my dad and the rightward shift of Latino men” via Eric Garcia of The Washington Post — Between 2016 and 2020, Trump improved his overall support among Latinos by four points, while Biden’s support declined from Hillary Clinton’s by one point — and in some places, the change was even more significant. In Florida, Biden won Latinos by just five points, a massive swing from Clinton’s 27-point margin in 2016. To many progressives, the trend was a shock — but it was also a wake-up call. For a generation, Democrats have taken comfort in the assumption that long-term demographics were on their side. The growing Latino vote was a linchpin of this thinking. This means that if Latinos are drifting from Democrats, it constitutes an emergency for the party, one that could haunt them in 2022, 2024 and beyond.
“Trump looks to take down Brad Raffensperger in Georgia,” via Alex Isenstadt and Zach Montellaro of POLITICO — Trump is expected to endorse Rep. Jody Hice in a campaign to unseat Georgia’s Secretary of State in next year’s Republican primary, according to three people familiar with Trump’s decision. Trump publicly seethed about Raffensperger after the November election, when the Secretary of State refused to support Trump’s false claims that Georgia’s 16 electoral votes were stolen from him. Top Raffensperger aides had publicly rebuked the president’s conspiracy theories, warning in early December that it would lead to potential violence.
Brad Raffensperger is facing the wrath of Donald Trump. Image via AP.
“GOP hopefuls crank up the ‘if-Trump-doesn’t-run’ primary” via David Siders of POLITICO — Mike Pompeo and Rick Scott are headed to Iowa this week and next, followed by Tim Scott in mid-April. Mike Pence plans to visit the early primary state of South Carolina, while DeSantisappears to be conducting a soft launch in his home state of Florida. Jeff Kaufmann, chair of the Iowa Republican Party, said he’s never seen so much interest so early in a presidential election cycle. But what’s truly unique about the Republicans’ pre-presidential primary is the contingent framework that is unfolding around it. It’s a primary — but a wholly conditional one.
“Trump will use ‘his own platform’ to return to social media after Twitter ban” via Martin Pengelly of The Guardian — Trump will soon use “his own platform” to return to social media, an adviser said on Sunday, months after the former President was banned from Twitter for inciting The Capitol riot. Trump has chafed in relative silence at his Mar-a-Lago resort in Florida since losing his Twitter account and the protections and powers of office. Recently he has released short statements, which many have likened to his tweets of old. Speculation has been rife Trump might seek to create his own TV network in an attempt to pry viewers from Fox News.
“Why Trump would make the most boring social media site ever” via Jack Shafer of POLITICO — Standing up a social media platform is so completely outside of Trump’s areas of business expertise that if he does succeed in launching it, there’s very good reason to expect it will flame out the way his other dilettantish forays into airlines, sports, education and booze did: with losses and lawsuits. When Trump’s Twitter account was revoked in January, he had almost 90 million followers. Surely, some of those will follow him to a new social media site, but even millions following one guy won’t be enough to make the site viable. If you want to follow one guy, signing up for his email service is enough. If too identified with Trump, the new platform would become an anti-social media site and repulse people.
A Donald Trump social media site could join a long list of failed endeavors. Image via AP.
“Trump predicted news ratings would ‘tank if I’m not there.’ He wasn’t wrong.” via Paul Farhi of The Washington Post — Of all Trump’s prophecies and predictions — that Mexico would pay for a border wall, that coronavirus would spontaneously disappear, that he would be easily reelected — at least one wasn’t entirely wrong. “Newspapers, television, all forms of media will tank if I’m not there,” he augured in 2017, “because without me, their ratings are going down the tubes.” Barely two months into the post-Trump era, news outlets are indeed losing much of the audience and readership they gained during his chaotic presidency. In other words, journalism’s Trump bump may be giving way to a slump.
“Facing defamation, Sidney Powell says ‘no reasonable person’ thought her election fraud claims were fact” via Jacqueline Thomsen of Law.com — Attorneys for Powell are asking a federal judge to dismiss a defamation lawsuit filed against her, claiming that “no reasonable person” thought the pro-Trump lawyer’s statements about the 2020 election results were factual. Dominion Voting Systems in January sued Powell over her statements alleging the voting company helped rig the election against Trump. In a motion to dismiss filed Monday, Powell’s attorneys wrote that a judge must determine whether her statements could be proved and if “reasonable people” would believe they were factual, given the context and other factors surrounding the comments.
Crisis
“Justice Dept. prepares to engage in plea talks with many Capitol riot defendants” via Spencer S. Hsu and Devlin Barrett of The Washington Post — Two months into one of the biggest criminal investigations in U.S. history, prosecutors are preparing to start plea discussions as early as this week with many of the more than 300 suspects charged in the U.S. Capitol riot — even as investigators race to piece together larger conspiracy cases against those suspected of the most serious crimes. The planned plea talks follow efforts by the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the District of Columbia, which is overseeing the prosecutions, to first create a system for efficiently organizing what they expect will be upward of 400 criminal cases. “We hope to start extending plea offers within the next week or so,” said one person familiar with the investigation.
— Harrowing play-by-play of the insurrection: A new New York Times video shows a shocking timeline, juxtaposed with police radio chatter, showing how pro-Trump protesters breached the U.S. Capitol on Jan. 6. The video, which we warn is hard to watch, shows terrified-looking officers trying desperately to maintain order, and audio highlights the sheer terror as law enforcement leaders realize their forces aren’t enough to stop the onslaught. The worst of the surge came, audio shows, only after Trump concluded his speech.
Of course, he does — “Roger Stone keeps appearing in Capitol breach investigation court filings” via Spencer S. Hsu, Manuel Roig-Franzia and Devlin Barrett of The Washington Post — Stone’s name and image were invoked by prosecutors and defendants in court filings over the last week, underscoring the increasingly visible presence of Trump’s political confidant in the Jan. 6 Capitol breach investigation. On Wednesday, U.S. prosecutors produced a photograph showing two Florida members of the right-wing Oath Keepers group posing with someone who appears to be Stone at a book signing. The defense attorney for a third charged Oath Keepers co-defendant, Jessica Watkins, wrote Thursday separately that her client was planning only to provide security for Stone in Washington. Although investigators continue to bump into Stone, it remains unclear what that means as prosecutors review what influence Stone, other high-profile right-wing figures or Trump associates had on them.
“The rioter next door: How the Dallas suburbs spawned domestic extremists” via Annie Gowen of The Washington Post — Over the past two decades, Collin County, north of Dallas, more than doubled its population to 1 million, with newcomers drawn by the mild weather, good schools, low taxes and the arrival of several big employers and new corporate headquarters. But this utopia on the Dallas North Tollway has its fissures, which have deepened in the last year, with the debate over pandemic restrictions, the country’s racial reckoning, and divisive 2020 presidential election. Frisco Realtor Hava Johnston said some residents feel the area has become “too diverse.” … “They created this perfect little bubble of the way they wanted things … now we’ve got true diversity, and those Christian nationalists are afraid of losing their power.”
D.C. matters
“Eleven years after its signing, the Affordable Care Act is drawing hundreds of thousands of enrollments.” via Sheryl Gay Stolberg of The New York Times — Eleven years after Obama signed the Affordable Care Act, the reach of the law is growing, with hundreds of thousands flocking to its marketplace and even deeply conservative states considering its Medicaid expansion. More than 200,000 Americans signed up for health insurance under the law during the first two weeks of an open enrollment period created by Biden, a sign that those who lost insurance during the pandemic remain in desperate need of coverage. And a provision in the President’s $1.9 trillion stimulus law to make Medicaid expansion more fiscally appealing has convinced deep-red Alabama and Wyoming to consider expanding the program.
“Speedy House vs. slower Senate: Dems struggle to balance on Biden agenda” via Marianne Levine and Sarah Ferris of POLITICO — Democrats control all of Washington for the first time in more than a decade, but their ability to quickly enact Biden’s agenda is running into an age-old culture clash between the House and Senate. The problem starts with schedules: House Democrats have sped more than a dozen major bills over to the Senate during less than three months in session, but the upper chamber is preoccupied with confirming Biden’s Cabinet. That’s not to mention the operational constraints that mean Senate Democrats likely will need several days this week to approve a routine extension for a bipartisan pandemic aid program.
“Gus Bilirakis named Florida’s most effective congressional Republican” via Kelly Hayes of Florida Politics — U.S. Rep Bilirakis has ranked Florida’s Most Effective House Republican, according to the Center for Effective Lawmaking’s recently released list of lawmakers in the U.S. House. The independent project issues rankings of lawmakers based on each’s “Legislative Effectiveness Score,” which is calculated using 15 indicators that capture the ability of a lawmaker to advance their agenda. Bilirakis scored +1.713, the highest of any Florida Republican House member. The study also found Bilirakis, who represents areas of north Pinellas and Pasco counties, to be the most effective House member from the Tampa Bay area.
Congrats to Gus Bilirakis, the most effective Republican in Congress.
“Bill Nelson’s nomination to head NASA draws both cheers and jeers” via Rachael Joy of Florida Today — Nelson is set to be the next NASA administrator while the agency prepares to send the first woman to the moon. His nomination was greeted by cheers from some who pointed to Nelson’s long career as a champion of the space industry. Others worried that Nelson is too tied to an old NASA culture that was highly skeptical of commercial space companies such as SpaceX. And they point to his role in pushing NASA’s Space Launch System, which is years behind schedule and billions of dollars over budget. Nelson’s allies say the delays and budget problems had nothing to do with him. Still, critics say Nelson is responsible for setting NASA on the path to creating SLS.
“DC’s long-simmering statehood push begins in Congress” via Ashraf Khalil of The Associated Press — Supporters of the District of Columbia’s quest for statehood believe the time is right to bring this long-simmering and racially charged idea to fruition. But Washington Mayor Muriel Bowser’s clashes with Republicans at a House hearing Monday made clear that the issue is far from settled, even with Democrats controlling the presidency and Congress. With a new statehood bill working its way through Congress, outnumbered Republicans are marshaling their defenses — complaining about a cynical Democratic power play, claiming statehood was never the intention of the country’s Founding Fathers and insisting that Congress doesn’t even have the right to grant statehood to D.C.
2022
“Florida Democrats, with help from Michael Bloomberg, raise $2 million” via Gary Fineout of POLITICO — Buoyed by large donations, Florida Democrats have stabilized their finances and are poised to move ahead with ambitious plans to expand their operations ahead of the 2022 elections. Florida Democratic Party Chair Manny Diaz helped raise $2 million in the two months since he took over — enough to let the party wipe out much of its debts. Party officials say that Bloomberg gave $500,000, while Mike Fernandez, who was once a large Republican donor before Trump was elected, kicked in $100,000.
Local notes
“Miami’s South Beach confronts disastrous Spring Break” via Kelli Kennedy and Cody Jackson of The Associated Press — Florida’s famed South Beach is desperately seeking a new image. With more than 1,000 arrests and nearly 100 gun seizures already during this year’s Spring Break season, officials think it may finally be time to cleanse the hip neighborhood of its lawbreaking, party-all-night vibe. The move comes after years of increasingly stringent measures have failed to stop the city from being overrun with out-of-control parties and anything-goes antics. “We definitely want people to come and have fun,” Miami Beach Commissioner Ricky Arriola said Monday. “It’s a nightlife city … But we can’t tolerate people thinking they can come here and act out a scene from ‘Fast and the Furious,’ speeding down the streets and shooting guns in the air.”
After an insane and mostly maskless Spring Break, South Beach is desperate for a new image. Image via AP.
“2 Spring Breakers drugged, raped woman, then partied, cops say. She died in South Beach hotel” via David Ovalle of the Miami Herald — Two North Carolina men visiting South Beach have been arrested and accused of drugging and raping a woman who later died in her hotel room, police say. The men, Evoire Collier and Dorian Taylor are also accused of stealing the woman’s credit cards to spend money on their trip to South Beach. Investigators are trying to determine whether the woman died of an overdose, possibly from a pill the men supplied. The Miami-Dade Medical Examiner’s Office said Monday it is conducting further tests, and no cause of death has been determined. The arrests come as Miami Beach police and city officials have been grappling with the overwhelming Spring Break crowds, instituting an 8 p.m. curfew aimed at cracking down on rowdy revelers on the streets.
“South Beach curfew and causeway closures extended for the rest of Spring Break” via Martin Vassolo of the Miami Herald — Curfews and causeway closures to control unruly Spring Break crowds in South Beach will be extended through April 12, the Miami Beach City Commission unanimously decided Sunday during an emergency meeting. An 8 p.m. curfew in South Beach’s entertainment district and a 10 p.m. shutdown of the eastbound lanes of the MacArthur, Julia Tuttle and Venetian causeways will remain in effect Thursday through Sunday for the remainder of Spring Break. Residents, hotel guests and local business employees are exempt from causeway closures on the MacArthur and Tuttle. The Venetian is resident-only during the causeway shutdown hours, which were initially set at 9 p.m.
“Asian Americans in Central Florida raise hate-crime concerns after spa shooting, increased anti-Chinese sentiment” via Adelaide Chen and Desiree Stennett of the Orlando Sentinel — Though local law enforcement agencies say there has not been a spike in violence against Asian Americans, the data from Stop AAPI Hate show that the vast majority of incidents recorded were verbal attacks, deliberate avoidance and online harassment, actions unlikely to be reported to police. Since the Atlanta attack, Central Florida residents have opened up about harassment that has largely not escalated to physical violence but made them feel less safe in recent months.
“Mayor plans to dissolve Pensacola’s police advisory committee. Will City Council save it?” via Jim Little of the Pensacola News Journal — The Pensacola Citizens Police Advisory Committee is turning to the City Council to continue its existence after Mayor Grover Robinson made it clear that the committee will be dissolved after completing its report of recommendations at the end of the month. Robinson created the committee last year in response to a 2019 grand jury report following the killing of Tymar Crawford by a former Pensacola Police Department officer and public protests after the Minneapolis police killing of George Floyd. In response, Robinson prioritized creating the 12-member committee, which he charged with completing a report of recommendations to improve the PPD by the end of March 2021. The committee voted 9-1 last week to ask the City Council to keep the committee.
“Prosecutors pursue hate crime charges against Florida doctor” via The Associated Press — Miami-Dade State Attorney Katherine Fernandez Rundle announced her office is charging Dr. Jennifer Susan Wright, 58, with felony counts of battery with prejudice, criminal mischief with prejudice and tampering with a victim or witness. Wright is accused of attacking a Hispanic man at a supermarket. While waiting in line at a Hialeah supermarket on Jan. 20, Wright became angered after the victim asked her in Spanish to keep her distance because of COVID-19 guidelines, officials said. Wright ignored him, so he repeated it in English, according to authorities. Once outside, Wright walked up to the man in the parking lot, and he asked her to back up, officials said, adding the doctor then uttered racial and other insults against him.
“Money from arrest goes missing, 3 deputies resign” via The Associated Press — Former Polk County deputies John Raczynski, 24, Jamal Lawson, 29, and Garrett Cook, 26, are facing charges after several hundred dollars seized during an arrest went missing, officials said Monday. The three deputies were involved in the arrest of a woman on drug charges in December. Raczynski was the arresting officer, while Lawson and Cook joined him as backup, officials said. The deputies seized $723, which was suspected to be related to drug sales, according to authorities. Raczynski logged the money in an incident report and probable cause affidavit but never submitted the money into property and evidence.
“Fort Myers roofer Casey Crowther pleads guilty on two counts in fraud case; trial starts” via Michael Braun of the Fort Myers News-Press — Crowther pleaded guilty Monday to two of seven counts of a federal indictment in the fraud case against him. A trial in the federal fraud case against Crowther then began with jury selection before Judge John Steele in U.S. District Court in Fort Myers. The judge had heard from Crowther that he was pleading guilty to counts 5 and 6 of the indictment. Crowther could get up to 30 years in prison during sentencing, to be scheduled later. Federal prosecutor Trent Reichling and defense attorneys Nicole Waid and Brian Dickerson began the trial about 9 a.m.
“Tampa Bay rents keep rising, while in some cities they’re falling. Why?” via Emily L. Mahoney of the Tampa Bay Times — The median rent in the Tampa Bay metro area was around $1,375 per month in January 2021, a 6.9% increase compared to the same month last year, according to data from home search site Realtor.com. Of course, rising rents are hardly atypical for an area where that’s been the norm. But in the past pandemic year, some cities have seen their rents move in the opposite direction. The San Francisco and San Jose, California, metro areas both saw double-digit declines. The reason? According to Realtor.com economist George Ratiu, it’s because people are moving away from dense, expensive urban cores, and to more affordable areas like Tampa Bay. That drives rents up in these residents’ new home cities.
Housing costs are falling around the country, but not in the Tampa Bay area. Why?
“Collier County’s tourism industry still fighting to recover from COVID-19” via Laura Layden of the Naples Daily News — This season is like no other in Southwest Florida. Visitor data for Collier County continues to tell that story. The latest monthly report — for February — shows the tourism industry is still fighting to recover from the coronavirus pandemic. Before the pandemic hit last year, the county saw record-breaking visitation in January and February. So comparisons to this year seem particularly painful for hoteliers. Here’s what tourism looked like in Collier this February, when compared to a year ago, according to Tampa-based consultant Research Data Services: 187,400 visitors, down 17%; 227,500 room nights booked, down 20.8%; $263 million in economic impact, down 19.9%; 72.1% occupancy, down 20.2%; $380.68 average daily rate, down 3.9%.
More local
“Orange County leaders worry impact-fee legislation could lower revenue here” via Stephen Hudak of the Orlando Sentinel — When Orange County leaders try to raise impact fees, they often face backlash from homebuilders and developers. But they now have a new opponent — the Florida Legislature. Two bills before lawmakers in Tallahassee, Florida House Bill 337 and Senate Bill 750, would put new restrictions on the ability of Florida counties and cities to increase the one-time fees intended to offset the impact of new homes and businesses on government services, including schools, roads and public safety. “I believe that it is good governance for growth to pay for itself and one way to do that is through the enactment of impact fees,” Demings said.
Jerry Demings is worried the Legislature will choke off a county revenue stream.
“Orlando seeks NASA help to bring flying taxis downtown” via Alex Soderstrom of the Orlando Business Journal — Orlando plans to apply to a NASA program that will give the city input from NASA scientists and experts on how to build an air transportation system to usher people and goods across an urban area. The city council will consider a proposal to request to be part of NASA’s Advanced Air Mobility Research and Demonstration Program. A collaboration with the federal space agency may lead to the future development of an air taxi system in Orlando, something city officials have envisioned in the past. The region is already positioning itself as a leader in air taxis, as Tavistock and German startup Lilium Aviation Inc. will build a 56,000-square-foot vertiport in Orlando’s Lake Nona.
“Miami Mayor Suarez envisions Elon Musk-built mass transit system” via Rob Wile of the Miami Herald — Suarez believes Musk’s Boring Company tunnel-makers could build a new mass transit system in Miami’s urban core, a considerably larger vision than the original Brickell Avenue tunnel Musk initially proposed. Suarez and other local officials Friday visited Musk’s tunnel system under Las Vegas. In a Monday news conference outside city hall, Suarez said the visit helped clarify how exactly the tunnels could be used in Miami. Suarez’s new vision involves a pedestrian transportation system connecting commuters from Brickell to as far north as Little Haiti, with multiple stops between.
“New Panama City Beach City Manager Drew Whitman says he will be man for the people” via Nathan Cobb of the Panama City News Herald — Beach Police Chief Whitman says he doesn’t want the council to show him any favoritism when he takes over as the new city manager. More than a month after former city manager Tony O’Rourke was randomly fired during a city council meeting, Whitman was selected as his replacement out of a pool of more than 90 applicants from across the country. At 52 years old, Whitman described himself as someone who leads by example, likes to surround himself with a team of well-educated people and takes pride in being honest. “I just want to make sure the community knows I (have) an open door and they can come to me with anything they want to talk about,” he said.
“Spring Breakers flock to St. Johns County beaches as uptick in local tourism continues” via Colleen Michele Jones of The St. Augustine Record — With signs of recovery over the past several months, St. Johns County’s tourism industry is prepared for what it is shaping up to be a promising Spring Break season. While St. Augustine has not traditionally been a big destination for the kind of college party scene associated with Panama City or Fort Lauderdale, it still attracts some young people wanting to unwind in a quieter Florida beach town. More than that, though, the city’s Old-World charm, cultural scene and sandy shoreline have made it a popular spot for families with younger kids looking for a short getaway to break up the school year.
Top opinion
“DeSantis on the pandemic year: Don’t trust the elites” via Ron DeSantis for The Wall Street Journal — The COVID-19 pandemic represented a test of elites in the U.S., from public-health experts to the corporate media. The results have been disappointing. For months we were told to “trust the experts,” but far too often over the past year those who were most influential in our society — in public health, government and media — proved incapable of rising to the moment. Florida cut against the grain of elite opinion and bucked the media narrative. The result is open schools, comparatively low unemployment, and per capita COVID-19 mortality below the national average. We cannot simply undo the harm caused by flawed policies advocated by our elites, but we can resolve that we never let this happen to our country again.
Opinions
“Biden chooses prosperity over vengeance” via Adam Serwer of The Atlantic — Trump was a punishment. Conservatives saw him that way, and Trump saw himself that way, too. After his upset victory over Clinton in the 2016 election, some conservatives started to respond to any perceived liberal excess with a simple phrase: “This is why Trump won.” If that was a convenient deflection, a way to rationalize Trumpian malice as the left’s responsibility, it was also a concise expression of Trump’s appeal to them. Trump was not a successful President. But as a form of punishment, he was everything conservatives dreamed of. Whereas Trump entered office and immediately sought to use the power of the state to crush the rival party’s constituencies, Biden and the Democratic Party are doing the opposite.
“Bring back public shame about racism and prejudice. It should unite all of us” via Val Demings for USA Today — Today I watch some elected officials wear their racism, sexism and prejudice as a badge of honor. They call Black Lives Matter activists “terrorists” while ignoring social ills in Black communities. They proudly use racial slurs like “Kung flu” and use demeaning language against LGBTQ Americans. They publicly support the White nationalist insurrectionists who attacked the Capitol on Jan. 6, like Wisconsin Sen. Ron Johnson. I still care about what our children and grandchildren think. I want them to treat people with dignity and respect regardless of who they are or where they live.
“Amend Florida’s constitution to slow theft of power from cities, counties” via the Orlando Sentinel editorial board — As usual, Florida lawmakers are cooking up lots of new ways this year to seize more power from cities and counties. One bill would prohibit local governments from giving preference to companies that pay decent wages or provide benefits. Another would make it harder for governments to regulate home-based businesses. Another would prohibit signing contracts with Amazon, Facebook, Twitter or Google. Another would handcuff counties trying to pay for growth through impact fees on new development. Another, written by the America Natural Gas Association, would impede local efforts to convert to clean energy sources.
“How education savings accounts support education choice” via redefinED — Education savings accounts (ESAs) empower parents to customize education for their children. Traditional vouchers pay for private school tuition, but education savings accounts are more flexible. The state transfers a portion of a child’s funds from the state education formula to a state-approved nonprofit organization which puts these funds into an account for each child. Parents then apply to this nonprofit for permission to use their child’s ESA funds to buy state-authorized educational services and products. Florida currently has two ESAs: the Gardiner Scholarship for students with special needs, and the Reading Scholarship for public school students in grades 3-5 who struggle with reading.
“John Padget: Part-time enrollment will benefit students, districts” via Florida Politics — COVID-19 has complicated learning for many Florida students and their families. Not only were students forced to learn from home during the spring of 2020 when schools closed and shifted to online classes, but many students did not return to school. A simple solution to increase student access to high-quality learning is to use part-time enrollment in public schools. With a part-time enrollment option, schools accept students for specific classes. This option would enable students to learn some courses from home-school, virtual school or private school, and take advantage of courses offered at public schools. SB 1000 filed by Sen. Dennis Baxley and HB 1607 filed by Rep. Linda Chaney grow this option for students to enroll part-time.
“THC caps is bad medicine for my patients” via Dr. Sasha Noe for Florida Politics — THC cap proponents claim their proposals are based on science and an urgent public health need. Those claims are simply — and objectively — false. You might be saying to yourself, “Who is this lady? I think the Legislature really knows what is best for medical marijuana patients.” I am a Florida physician who currently certifies medical marijuana treatments for my patients. I am also the only known physician in the nation holding a Ph.D. in medical microbiology and immunology with a specialization in molecular and cellular cannabinoid research for over two decades. I don’t say all of that to brag but to establish that, perhaps unlike the folks in the legislature writing these proposals, I know a great deal about medical marijuana.
“ASR Technology is key to restoring Florida’s Everglades” via Denise Palmatier of Okeechobee News — Restoring Florida’s Everglades, Lake Okeechobee and Florida’s delicate coastal estuary systems is a much-needed environmental stewardship effort that will help secure Florida’s water future. Thankfully, Florida has an opportunity right now to champion long-term, sustainable water and environmental policies by expanding on existing Everglades restoration efforts taking place south of Lake Okeechobee, to also include water flows north of Lake Okeechobee. One of the best ways to continue strengthening Everglades restoration efforts is through Aquifer Storage and Recovery (ASR) technology, a process that captures, treats, and stores excess water during the rainy season for later use during periods of drought.
“Matt Willhite: Paving over paradise” for Florida Politics — In 2019, a controversial proposal to develop land near the Mall at Wellington Green came before the Village of Wellington’s Planning, Zoning and Adjustment Board. The proposal would have removed nearly 5 acres of preserved wetlands. Nearly two and a half years later, the proposal is back and scheduled on the Wellington council’s agenda. I oppose the plan now, just as I did in 2019. Allowing this development to begin would be to abandon many of the characteristics that have solidified Wellington’s reputation as an environmentally friendly community. Leaving a graveyard of businesses that have faded into the past is not a good look on the Village. The Village Council now has the responsibility to do the right thing.
“George Riley: Energy preemption bills hurt small businesses, shift policymaking to the courts” for Florida Politics — The language of SB 1128 and HB 919 is so overwhelmingly broad that it would create a cascading series of unintended — and undesirable — consequences. This legislation could affect policies ranging from residential zoning designations and the location of industrial pipelines to minimum safety setbacks and the placement of massive solar farms. But absent from the legislation is any clarity about the specifics or conversation about its impact on small businesses. That’s an invitation for one thing: lawsuits. They would invite legal challenges related to any number of current or future policies. Defense of those lawsuits would come out of the pockets of local residents and small businesses, costing millions of dollars that would benefit trial lawyers, but not taxpayers.
“Terence Phillips: Power Florida forward” via Florida Politics — I own one of the 70,000 businesses across Florida that rely on natural gas to power my business. I support SB 1128 by Sen. Travis Hutson and HB 919 by Rep. Tomkow because this legislation will ensure I have the power to support my business in the years to come. Natural gas provides us with a savings of 25% or 30% in monthly recurring charges when compared to other energy sources. What’s more, natural gas appliances are less expensive than electrical appliances, and they’re less expensive to maintain. In more than 20 other cities across the nation, bans on natural gas have already been implemented. I cannot imagine what we would do without natural gas.
“Preserve property tax exemptions for Florida nonprofits” via Ron Christaldi for the Tampa Bay Times — Mote Marine Aquarium, Selby Botanical Gardens and the Florida Studio Theatre are among the nonprofits in Sarasota County that have long been exempt from paying property taxes. Now, Sarasota Property Appraiser Bill Furst wants those revered institutions and other nonprofits to start paying property taxes and potentially face new tax bills ranging anywhere from 3% to 100% of their property value, blowing a big hole in their budgets and jeopardizing their ability to perform their missions. If allowed to stand, this denial of exempt status will have broad implications to the fiscal health and vitality of our key cultural institutions and will have significant impacts on not only our Tampa Bay community but on the entire state.
On today’s Sunrise
In Tallahassee, the effort to put new limits on voting by mail is front and center. Republicans who support the election bills say it’s all about safety and security — opponents call it voter suppression.
Also, on today’s Sunrise:
— DeSantis cuts the ceremonial ribbon outside a new Buc-ee’s convenience store in Daytona Beach. Apparently, he is a major fan of their bathrooms.
— The Governor also made a stop in Melbourne, where he pushed back when reporters asked about Publix getting a contract for vaccines after donating $100,000 to his reelection campaign.
— And finally, a Florida Man pulled a gun on a cop who was nice enough to give him a ride home.
“COVID-19 vaccine motivation: Krispy Kreme is giving away free doughnuts for showing vaccination card” via Kelly Tyko of USA Today — Krispy Kreme is providing a sweet incentive to encourage more people to roll up their sleeves for the COVID-19 vaccine: Free doughnuts through the end of 2021. Starting Monday, consumers who show a valid COVID-19 vaccination card at locations nationwide will get a free Original Glazed doughnut, the Winston-Salem, North Carolina-based chain announced. The freebie is valid at all 369 Krispy Kreme shops located in 41 states and available “anytime, any day, every day for the rest of the year,” Dave Skena, Krispy Kreme chief marketing officer, told USA Today. No purchase is necessary.
The perks of vaccination, a Krispy Kreme doughnut every day in 2021.
“Florida gasoline prices: Statewide increases continuing to 2018 levels” via Karl Etters of the Tallahassee Democrat — The steady rise in gas prices in Florida continued last week with costs at the pump topping out more than $2.90 on average. The statewide average rose more than 5 cents last week, according to the AAA-Auto Club South in its weekly state briefing. That’s the highest gasoline prices have been since May 2018. Prices have been on the rise since the start of the year, climbing at least 70 cents since Jan. 1. March has seen the steepest increase with average prices rising 30 cents. Despite sharp increases, there is optimism that prices will begin to drop. Those hopes are linked to tight crude oil supplies globally and anticipation that, as more people become vaccinated, fuel demand will balloon.
“The $99 watch with $20,000 ambitions” via Cole Pennington of Bloomberg — A G-Shock knows nothing of ostentation. It doesn’t care about the distinction of its wearer. It’s remarkably unfussy. There’s something about a G-Shock that goes against the core principles of purist watch obsessives: It works off a small circuit board, it’s made from tech-forward materials, and it was born in 1983, centuries after the era when the first watchmakers started writing the history of the mechanical timepiece. And yet, the G-Shock GA2100 1-A-1 is perhaps the single G-Shock that’s most likely to convert people who don’t generally embrace the line of rugged watches. And it does that all for $99.00.
Happy birthday
Best wishes to Sen. Kelli Stargel and Jenna Kotas.
Unsubscribe Having trouble viewing this email? View in browser
Good morning. For the second time in a week, we must begin this newsletter by acknowledging another mass shooting in the country. Yesterday afternoon, a gunman killed 10 people, including a police officer, at a grocery store in Boulder, Colorado. Police said a suspect has been taken into custody.
Covid: New York is expanding its vaccine eligibility to residents 50 years or older, Arizona is opening up appointments to anyone 16 and older, and New Jersey is pausing its reopening due to a recent uptick in cases.
Markets: Tech shares had a good day for a change, leading the stock market higher.
If you haven’t felt the itch to check Twitter 24/7, skim your preferred news site, or keep cable news humming in the background since President Trump left office, join the club. A few months into the new Biden administration, news consumption has significantly declined, according to the Washington Post.
TV: CNN lost almost half of its primetime viewership in the key 25–54 demographic in the period between President Biden’s inauguration and March 15.
Online: From January to February, unique visitors to the NYT’s website dropped 17%, while the Washington Post clocked in a 26% decline over the period, per audience tracking firm ComScore.
Trump’s dramatic time in office was like San Francisco in 1849 for media companies that covered politics. The NYT started his presidency with 3 million paying subscribers and ended it with 7.5 million. CNN had its best year ever in 2020 and drew more viewers aged 25–54 than Fox for the first time in 19 years in Q4. Throw in the onset of a global pandemic and door-busting subscription deals, and news companies were inundated with traffic.
But now, strategies are shifting
The NYT warned last November that its subscriber gains would start to slow once No. 45 left office. Now, it’s investing more resources into its Games and Cooking divisions in order to push beyond news content into more anchovy content.
The Washington Post is going the opposite route. It’s bringing on 150 new employees in the outlet’s biggest hiring spree ever, pushing its newsroom to well over 1,000. It plans to use the extra bodies to expand reporting on issues of race and international news.
Bottom line: With DC going from House of Cards to C-SPAN 2, the focus is shifting from filibusters to stonks. Politics consumption on major new sites dropped 28% from January to February, according to analytics company SimilarWeb, but interest in business and finance news only slightly declined over the same period.
Leon Black, cofounder of investment juggernaut Apollo Global Management, has stepped down as chairman following an independent investigation into his ties with Jeffrey Epstein.
What happened: Over a five-year period, Black paid Epstein $158 million for advisory services, including tax and estate planning. While Black was cleared of wrongdoing, the optics around his relationship with an accused sex trafficker didn’t look…great.
Black was already stepping down as CEO, and his replacement and fellow cofounder, Marc Rowan, has assumed the position early. Former SEC head Jay Clayton replaces Black as non-executive chairman.
For Black, it’s more of a “cya l8r.” With an 18% stake, he’s still Apollo’s largest shareholder and plans to return to the company.
What’s Apollo?
Just one of Wall Street’s most successful private equity firms, with $455 billion in assets.
Like Berkshire Hathaway in 2008, Apollo recently cemented its reputation as “responder of last resort,” the FT reports. The firm has helped companies including Hertz, United, and Expedia weather pandemic-era financial troubles.
Zoom out: This leadership shuffle comes during a larger transition as Apollo acquires insurance giant Athene Holding. The deal will give Apollo even more $$$ to pour into investments.
The wealthiest 1% of US households fail to disclose 21% of their income, according to a new study by IRS researchers and economists.
What’s going on: Some types of income, like wages, are automatically reported to the IRS. But other income streams can slip by the agency’s auditors with “sophisticated” strategies including…
Offshore accounts, which helped the top 1% evade an estimated $15 billion in taxes.
Pass-through businesses, like LLCs and partnerships, that are popular with family firms, investment funds, and real estate businesses. They’re perfectly legal, but since their income isn’t taxed at the corporate rate, it’s easier to hide, and some politicians want to raise taxes on those companies.
Enforcement also isn’t what it used to be.Audit rates have slipped over the last decade as the IRS lost 15,000 staffers. The agency’s commissioner, Charles Rettig, asked Congress for more funds, arguing every $1 spent on enforcement returns $5–$7.
Zoom out: Collecting unpaid income taxes from the 1% could bring $175 billion into the Treasury annually, the study concludes.
Five hundred twenty-five thousand six hundred ways to .
Well, maybe not exactly that many; point is, H&R Block lets you file your taxes however you want, no matter your situation.
And that’s why we teamed up with H&R Block this tax season to bring you the knowledge you need to file your taxes easily. Even if you took on a side gig, got a promotion (congrats, btw), or want to expense a Norwegian ergonomic cushion, .
Block’s got many options for you this season, so you can file:
However: We cool millennials can go the DIY route and do everything on a smartphone.
Wherever: File from the couch or head to one of Block’s offices across the country.
Whenever: Block’s open early and late. Make an appointment or just stop in.
Stat: Almost half (49%) of American adults feel uneasy about resuming in-person interactions after the pandemic winds down, according to a new survey from the American Psychological Association.
Quote: “The basic property and task for a central bank and central-bank currency is to provide stability in the value of money and in the system, and that is not done by bitcoin.”
Norway’s central bank governor told Bloomberg that he’d never consider swapping out the country’s currency for bitcoin. Apparently it was International Central Bankers Bashing Bitcoin Day yesterday, because Fed Chair Jerome Powell also said crypto is “not really useful as a store of value.”
Read: Meet the 61-year-old Dutch guy behind those crazy wellness routines adopted by athletes and entrepreneurs. (WSJ)
While Krispy Kreme probably isn’t the first company you think of when you read the words “public health,” the donut maker is putting its hydrogenated soybean oil to good use with a creative promo: Anyone who shows a vaccine card at a participating Krispy Kreme gets a free glazed donut.
The “best” part? The offer is valid until the end of 2021, so a vaccinated person could theoretically obtain a free glazed donut every day for the next 284 days.
Vaccine promos are everywhere
A brewery in Cleveland is offering 10-cent beers to the first 2,021 people who show proof of vaccination through its “Beer and the Shot” promo.
Uber and Lyft have been providing free and discounted rides to and from vaccine sites.
A luxury hotel in Dubai is offering 25% discounts to fully vaccinated UAE residents.
Bottom line: Brands have struggled to strike the right tone throughout the pandemic. But supporting the vaccine rollout so everyone can return to normal life is like saying you love fluffy corgis—not particularly controversial.
WHAT ELSE IS BREWING
Microsoft is in talks to acquire the messaging platform Discord for more than $10 billion, per Bloomberg.
Microsoft will also start bringing workers into its Seattle-area HQ on March 29.
President Biden’s economic advisers will present him with a plan to spend up to $3 trillion on new initiatives, per the NYT.
Researchers from the cybersecurity group Citizen Lab found that TikTok’s algorithm provided no immediate national security threat.
Goldman Sachs’s CEO David Solomon said the company is taking steps to address the mental health of junior bankers after a survey revealed a severe work-life imbalance.
It’s barely 2021, don’t pay interest until late 2022. When you complete a balance transfer to this card, you get 0% interest for 18 months. That means you can save up to $1,863 in interest charges. Apply here.*
Long-term wealth wasn’t built in a day. Because day trading might not help you achieve long-term goals. M1 helps you focus on the big picture; no distractions, no clutter, no management fees. Get $30 when you fund your account with $1,000 today.*
Everyone loves a good doc. Here are the top 10 documentaries of 2021, from Tiger Woods to Billie Eilish.
Is that a Marlinspike Hitch? You’ll know after you’ve read this comprehensive, step-by-step guide to knot-tying.
Tech Tip Tuesday: If you’re still moving your mouse to reply to an email, you’re doing it wrong. Here are the Gmail shortcuts to save you time and wrist soreness.
The shooting started sometime after 2:30 p.m. in the parking lot of the store at 3600 Table Mesa Drive. A livestream video, taken by local videographer Dean Schiller, who had just walked out of the store, showed what appeared to be victims and a man wearing a King Soopers employee uniform saying the shooter was inside the store.
…
Outside, law enforcement from all over [the area] was quick to respond. Authorities over a loudspeaker said the building was surrounded and that “you need to surrender.” About an hour into the livestream, a bearded man was taken out of the store by police in handcuffs, wearing no shirt and no shoes, just a pair of black elastic-waist shorts and his right leg bloodied. It wasn’t known as of Monday night if this was the shooter.
…
The suspect, a man, was in custody and being treated for injuries, Boulder County District Attorney Michael Dougherty said, but he was not identified nor any motive ventured as of Monday night. The FBI is helping investigate at the request of Boulder police. Officials said it would take days to investigate the large crime scene and to notify families that their loved ones had been killed.
All votes are anonymous. This poll closes at: 9:00 PST
YESTERDAY’S POLLIs a 10 year maximum prison sentence for toppling a statue fair?
Yes
33%
No
59%
Unsure
8%
373 votes, 73 comments
BEST COMMENTS“Yes – People have been taught to think destruction of property, violence in aggressive protest are ok. Regardless of the cause, it is most certainly not ok. Crossing those lines should put you in a cell for long enough to learn that lesson.”
“No – We can’t have hasher justice for assaulting ob…”
“Unsure – Statues, even offensive ones like those of Confederate figures, are someone…”
In Boulder, Colorado, ten people have been killed in a massacre at King King Soopers grocery store, including a Boulder police officer. The suspect is in custody, and no reason has yet been given for the purpose of the killing spree. Democrat Representative Hakeem Jeffries has used the incident to call for support of the criminal background check gun bill.
Has the sun risen in the west? Has the taxman decided to give Americans a break? In other unlikely news, the American Fourth Estate has decided that House Democrats are finally open to criticism. With efforts to overturn Iowa’s 2nd congressional district election results, the media is finally calling out the hypocrisy of lawmakers who railed at Republicans for trying to overturn the 2020 election results. Does Nancy Pelosi now have a legacy media target on her back?
SAY WHAT? Built by Obama, Blamed on Trump, Backfiring on Biden
Ten people were killed in a shooting spree in Boulder, Colorado. The suspect was injured and is under arrest. No motive has been suggested by local law enforcement.
The Biden administration is reportedly looking for new methods to curb the flow of immigrants at the border. Rather than looking to ring back Trump-era regulations, it seems the White House team is thinking of more ways to create legal pathways to citizenship.
In an anonymous ballot, the House voted to bring back earmarks. The practice that was banned in 2011 passed with the support of more than 100 Republicans.
Earmarks and the GOP: When Money Talks, Integrity Walks
Something political to ponder as you enjoy your morning coffee.
In a new study, the Center for Immigration Studies estimates that 2.65 million illegal immigrants are in possession of social security numbers and, therefore, will be receiving roughly $4.3 billion in stimulus payouts. With many more bills approaching that seek to give ongoing payments to every resident of the United States, is it any wonder that thousands of people are trying to make their way across the southern border?
Republicans and Democrats both need to see the resulting crisis of confidence as a reason to recommit to our democracy and its institutions — to work together to restore public trust, reform our election systems where that’s required, and abide by the outcomes that our elections produce.
If the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention expects Americans to follow its guidance, it has to be more transparent and get the public invested in how these decisions are made.
Over the past several months, Recep Tayyip Erdoğan has furthered his purge, removing democratically elected Kurdish mayors, replacing them with his own appointees, and imprisoning more Peoples’ Democratic Party leaders.
The Joe Biden administration should use, rather than avoid, congressional demands that it follow the law and impose sanctions to meet the twin tests posed by Moscow and Berlin.
“The House Administration Committee is reviewing a challenge brought by defeated Iowa Democrat Rita Hart against freshman Republican Rep. Mariannette Miller-Meeks, who won the race by just six votes… Hart’s team alleges that there are 22 ballots that should have been counted in the election and that if they had, she would have won by nine votes… The race was certified by the Iowa State Board of Canvassers — with bipartisan support — after a full recount.” NPR
The Constitution states that “Each House shall be the Judge of the Elections, Returns and Qualifications of its own Members.” Thus, “Losing candidates dissatisfied with state recount procedures may petition the relevant chamber of Congress to decide the outcome. These high stakes determinations are immune from judicial review.” National Constitution Center
Many on both sides call on the House to reject the challenge:
“By Hart’s own account, [the] alleged problems were all evident in November, before Iowa’s deadline for certifying the result. Yet instead of promptly raising these issues in Iowa’s courts, where they could be quickly adjudicated by a neutral judge under Iowa law and the Constitution, Hart and her lawyer took a very different approach: They waited three more weeks and then appealed directly to the House of Representatives itself, asking the House to nullify Iowa’s own election process…
“Trying to turn Congress into a national election board proved disastrous last month; and while a single congressional race might not seem to raise the same stakes as a presidential contest, Congress must take the longer view: If it grants Hart’s request to nullify Iowa’s entire process for adjudicating ballot disputes, then it will invite similar petitions from every other losing candidate who happens to be a member of the party that controls the House at a given moment.” Adam J. White, The Bulwark
“Instead of going to the courts or another arbiter that the public might accept as neutral, Hart chose to contest the election in the Democratic-controlled House itself. That is her legal right, but asking an explicitly partisan body to overturn the certified results of an election to seat a member of that party can undermine people’s faith in the democratic process… There is a long history of contested elections in the US House of Representatives. But that doesn’t make it right in every instance — especially in an era in which election losses now produce cries of fraud or unfairness (however unfounded many of them may be)…
“Instead, we should reinforce a democratic norm that elections are final when certified or that losing candidates must use the more neutral procedures in state law to challenge the result. In addition, given that the Constitution vests ultimate authority in the House to judge the election of its own members, it should at least set up a truly bipartisan process for doing so. At a minimum, there should be an equal number of Democrats and Republicans on the committee that considers the dispute.” Joshua A. Douglas, CNN
“Iowa’s bipartisan election process certified the results. Barring truly egregious errors, a partisan House majority should not reverse them. Democrats have the moral upper hand condemning Republican efforts to use legitimate means, such as election law changes and congressional objections, to undermine democracy. They should focus on expanding voter access and fighting gerrymandering and other pro-democracy reforms, not open themselves to charges of hypocrisy over a single House seat.” Editorial Board, Washington Post
“In 1938, the last time the House kicked out a sitting Member over election disputes, New Hampshire voters seated him again in the next election. Democrats’ 1985 reversal of an Indiana election succeeded in the short term but invigorated Newt Gingrich’s rise to GOP leader. Few politicians think about long-term institutional interests anymore, but let’s hope there are enough worried about political blowback to stop Mrs. Pelosi from a power play that would deepen the rancor on Capitol Hill.” Editorial Board, Wall Street Journal
Other opinions below.
From the Right
“The hypocrisy on display in the Iowa case is stunning. Just two months ago, Democrats thundered that the call from Sen. Ted Cruz (R-Tex.) for a commission to look into the 2020 presidential election was seditious. Cruz’s proposal would have enabled Republican-controlled state legislatures to ‘change in their vote’ based on the commission’s findings… How is what the House Democrats are considering any different?…
“Continuing down this path would turn the partisan tensions in this country up to 11. Republican media would surely make the issue the object of their ire for months, noting in every opportunity how inconsistent such an act would be with Democratic rhetoric in the post-election ruckus. Such an argument would not be contained to the rightward elements of the media, either. The House has not unseated a sworn-in member due to an election challenge since 1938. Doing it now, and in the wake of the tumultuous 2020 election, would be national news and a big 2022 election issue.” Henry Olsen, Washington Post
“It’s not quite the same argument that Trump and his legal team kept making in the aftermath of the election, but it’s not far off from it either. At least Trump appealed to state governments to change the election results in his favor…
“In this case, the House at least seems open to simply invalidating a certified election result in order to get the result they want, and simply because they can. That’s not an ‘optics’ problem. That’s an undermining-elections problem, and it’s a corruption problem. Is this one seat really worth it?” Ed Morrissey, Hot Air
“Iowa’s bipartisan State Canvassing Board unanimously — I repeat, unanimously — voted to certify the election on Nov. 30… The fact that Democrats are even considering this after rightfully criticizing Trump over his post-election antics is a disgrace. The only difference between what Trump did and what Hart is attempting to do is that the latter could actually happen…
“Stealing a House seat would crater the already low confidence people have in elections. It would be a blatant power grab, and Republicans would have no choice but to retaliate once they claim the House majority, leading to yet another tit-for-tat battle of escalations, which would likely culminate in the serious erosion of the idea of free and fair elections in the United States.” Zachary Faria, Washington Examiner
From the Left
“There are obvious differences between Hart’s efforts and the false and reality-warping claims that undergirded Trump’s attempt at clinging to power. Hart is trying to get ballots counted that she argues were erroneously excluded. Trump tried to throw out legitimate votes for no legitimate reason other than wanting to remain in office…
“If the committee sides with Miller-Meeks… the Democratic members will effectively be tossing out 22 purportedly valid votes that could decide the outcome of an election. For a party that insisted every vote should count throughout Trump’s war on the election results and is now pushing a major election-reform bill through Congress, Democrats run the risk of not standing by their voters for one of their candidates when it actually matters.” Matt Ford, New Republic
“The central difference between the two contests is that the results in Iowa depend on whether those 22 rejected ballots are included. There was no scenario in the presidential contest in 2020 in which there existed a quantifiable set of ballots that could have altered the result in one state, much less a sufficient number of states to affect the results of the electoral vote… That said, there is validity to the idea that overturning the results in Iowa would do the Democrats more political harm than good.” Philip Bump, Washington Post
Dated but relevant: “[Hart’s] main contention [was] that Iowa law does not allow enough time for a fair, thorough recount process to decide a congressional election. She’s right about that. Iowa Code requires that the contest court would have had to be formed and the recount launched, executed and concluded by Dec. 8…
“With every election, there are ballots where a voter appears to have voted for more than one candidate, or skips voting in a race or makes a smudge that looks like a vote — or not. At every step in Iowa’s process, bipartisan groups of Iowans gather in public to make decisions intended to honor a voter’s intent. Hart could have granted a powerful endorsement to Iowa’s election system by conceding.” Editorial Board, Des Moines Register
Hello, Tuesday.Smart Brevity™ count: 945 words … < 4 minutes.
🚨 Axios Latino, a collaboration with Noticias Telemundo, launches Thursday. Sign up here to keep tabs on stories that affect the U.S. Latino community on both sides of the border.
💉 Please join Sam Baker and Bryan Walsh tomorrow at 12:30 p.m. ET for an Axios Virtual Event on COVID testing, with Dr. Michael Osterholm and more. Sign up here.
1 big thing: America mourns again
A human moment near the scene of the mass shooting. Photo: Hart Van Denberg/Colorado Public Radio via AP
Columbine. Aurora. And now Boulder.
Colorado, which has endured some of America’s most notorious mass shootings, now is the scene of the nation’s second massacre in 7 days.
The killing of 10 people at the King Soopers supermarket in Boulder — including the first police officer to arrive on the scene, Eric Talley, a father of seven — joins last week’s rampage in Atlanta on an agonizing roster of inexplicable American tragedies.
The context: The pandemic year of 2020 had the smallest number of mass killings in more than a decade, according to an AP database.
2021 has already seen an awful reversal of that anomaly.
The Atlanta killings, which left eight dead, brought urgent new attention to the yearlong wave of violence against Asian Americans. The slaughter in Boulder renewed debate on gun control, which wasn’t at the top of the agenda of the Democrats who rule Washington.
Colorado State Senate Majority Leader Stephen Fenberg (D) told Brian Williams on MSNBC: “We have had a horrific year as a country, as a world. It had finally started to feel like things are getting back to ‘normal.’ And, unfortunately, we are reminded that that includes mass shootings.”
In a preview of the renewed debate, Sen. Chris Murphy (D-Conn.) — who lives near Sandy Hook Elementary School, site of the 2012 killing of 20 children — tweeted: “This is the moment to make our stand. NOW.”
The latest: An injured suspect is being held. A handcuffed man, wearing only underwear and with a bloody leg, was led from the market. Police wouldn’t say if he’s the suspect.
Today is one year from the stock market’s pandemic low — a year in which investors more than recouped the stunning losses when COVID erupted, Axios chief financial correspondent Felix Salmon writes.
Why it matters: Never before has the market swung so swiftly from extreme pessimism to extreme optimism. Over the past year, the S&P 500 has moved from being at a three-year low, to rallying by an astonishing 76% and hitting new all-time highs.
Stocks have never risen so much in 12 months. The previous record was a 61% rise ending in June 1983.
The riskier the asset, the higher the return: Bitcoin has soared by almost 800% over the past year, with Tesla stock not far behind.
With each shot in the arm, more and more of us are letting down our guards, Axios managing editor Margaret Talev writes from a new installment of the Axios/Ipsos Coronavirus Index.
Nine in 10 respondents said they know someone who’s already been vaccinated, and 36% said they’ve been vaccinated themselves.
But it’s the unvaccinated who are returning to activities outside the home at the highest rates.
52% of unvaccinated Americans reported seeing friends and relatives outside the home in the past week, compared with just 41% of those who’d been vaccinated.
📡 Sign up here for Sara Fischer’s weekly Axios Media Trends, out later today.
5. How U.S.-China tensions can fuel anti-Asian racism
Illustration: Annelise Capossela/Axios
Inflammatory rhetoric about China can exacerbate the sense that Asian Americans are “racialized outsiders,” Russell Jeung, co-founder of the advocacy group Stop AAPI Hate, tells Axios’ Bethany Allen-Ebrahimian and Shawna Chen.
The U.S.-China relationship is at its lowest point in decades. Tensions between the two countries are reflected in U.S. policies and leaders’ rhetoric that at times conflate Chinese people with China’s government and can fuel anti-Asian racism in the U.S.
“U.S.-China relations and our foreign policy translates into Asian American racial policy in the U.S.,” Jeung says.
Social media giants have scrambled to clear misinformation from their platforms, but those efforts aren’t likely to appease furious lawmakers in both parties, Axios’ Margaret Harding McGill writes.
When they testify virtually before House lawmakers on Thursday, Facebook CEO Mark Zuckerberg, Google CEO Sundar Pichai and Twitter CEO Jack Dorsey will argue they’re doing what they can to stem misinformation and extremism online.
But those policy changes haven’t always equaled results.
7. Lockdown’s silver lining for workers with disabilities
Illustration: Aïda Amer/Axios
All sorts of hurdles — like getting to work if you’re in a wheelchair or adjusting to office environments if you’re a person with autism — are eliminated by remote work, Axios’ Erica Pandey writes.
When remote work took off during the pandemic, a lot of these barriers melted away.
Case in point: Kristen Parisi, a writer in New York who uses a wheelchair, has always wanted a remote job so she can focus on her work and not worry about her commute. But “working from home was looked at as a privilege, and none of the really desirable jobs were remote,” she says.
This flag, with an extra star for D.C., flew in Black Lives Matter Plaza next to the White House yesterday as Democrats launched a fresh push for statehood for the nation’s capital.
Why it matters: Democratic rule at both ends of Pennsylvania Avenue gives statehood for D.C., and Puerto Rico, the greatest chance ever.
Mayor Muriel Bowser argued during a four-hour House Oversight Committee hearing that D.C.’s lack of representation in Congress is “one of the remaining glaring civil rights issues of our time,” AP reports.
9. How a political boss could help NASA
Illustration: Annelise Capossela/Axios
Having a politician atop NASA signals the agency will be a priority for the Biden administration, Axios Space author Miriam Kramer reports.
The nomination of former Sen. Bill Nelson of Florida, who has President Biden’s ear, was a departure from the former astronauts, scientists and business people who have typically led NASA.
The late Rush Limbaugh is being replaced in his time slot, for now, by … Rush.
Premiere Networks, an arm of iHeartMedia that syndicates Limbaugh’s show to 600 stations, said yesterday that it’ll continue airing a series of guest hosts who play archival clips of Limbaugh.
Sources tell Axios’ Sara Fischer that the network is under pressure from advertisers to continue airing Limbaugh’s content.
“No one can replace Rush Limbaugh,” Premiere spokesperson Rachel Nelson told AP.
But plenty are trying, including Dana Loesch, Dan Bongino and Erick Erickson.
A Boulder police officer was among the victims of the shooting at a King Soopers store Monday. Law enforcement officials said the suspect is in custody, but they offered scarce details about the attack, including any information about a possible motive.
By Paulina Villegas, Andrea Salcedo and Amanda Miller ● Read more »
In This Is the Fire, Don Lemon brings his experiences as a news anchor and a Black man to today’s most urgent question: How can we end racism in America? Available now wherever books are sold.
President Biden’s top domestic policy aide more than tripled her wealth since leaving government four years ago, reporting between $36 million and $149 million in new disclosures that detail the ties between top administration officials and major corporations.
Former President Donald Trump is embarking on a new media offensive against President Biden’s handling of the migrant surge at the southern border, arguing his successor has squandered security gains from the previous four years.
House Intelligence Committee Chairman Adam Schiff “took the bait” with the Democratic rebuttal to a Republican memo on alleged surveillance abuses by the Justice Department and FBI, according to a former investigator on the panel.
Former President Donald Trump remained coy about rumors he may launch his own social media platform after being booted from a slew of existing websites.
Love may not conquer all for one married couple who split up after the wife was identified by investigators as someone who participated in the U.S. Capitol siege on Jan. 6.
A small county in northern Michigan voted to conduct a hand count for its primary election instead of using its Dominion Voting Systems machines that became the subject of a lawsuit that has drawn national attention.
You received this email because you are subscribed to Examiner Today from The Washington Examiner.
Update your email preferences to choose the types of emails you receive.We respect your right to privacy – View our Policy
Unsubscribe
18.) ASSOCIATED PRESS
March 23, 2021
View in browser
AP Morning Wire
Good morning from Rome. A suspect is in custody after a shooting attack that killed 10 people in a Colorado supermarket — the seventh mass killing in the U.S. this year. U.S. health officials are raising questions about AstraZeneca’s vaccine trial. And in Israel, voters are casting ballots in the country’s fourth parliamentary election in two years. Those are among the top stories in The AP’s news report this morning.
KARL RITTER
Southern Europe News Director
The Associated Press
BOULDER, Colo. (AP) — A shooting at a crowded Colorado supermarket that killed 10 people, including the first police officer to arrive, sent terrorized shoppers and workers scrambling for safety……Read More
Results from a U.S. trial of AstraZeneca’s COVID-19 vaccine may have used “outdated information,” U.S. federal health officials said in a statement early Tuesday. Late Monday, the Data and… …Read More
JERUSALEM (AP) — Israelis began voting on Tuesday in the country’s fourth parliamentary election in two years — a highly charged referendum on the divisive rule of Prime Minister Benjamin… …Read More
WASHINGTON (AP) — President Joe Biden’s administration has tried for weeks to keep the public from seeing images like those released Monday of immigrant children in U.S. custody at the border… …Read More
LONDON (AP) — The U.K. has a lot to reflect on. A year to the day since Prime Minister Boris Johnson first put the country under lockdown to slow the fast-spreading coronavirus, a national… …Read More
WASHINGTON (AP) — President Joe Biden will showcase health insurance cost cuts in a speech in Ohio Tuesday during what may be the best time for Democrats to talk up the Aff…Read More
SAN FRANCISCO (AP) — Twitter CEO Jack Dorsey has sold a digital version of his first tweet for more than $2.9 million more than two weeks after he announced a digital aucti…Read More
MIAMI BEACH, Fla. (AP) — Florida’s famed South Beach is desperately seeking a new image. With more than 1,000 arrests and nearly 100 gun seizures already during this year’…Read More
BEIJING (AP) — The foreign ministers of China and Russia displayed unity at their meeting Tuesday amid criticism and Western sanctions against them over human rights. Wang…Read More
“There are only two forces that can carry light to all the corners of the globe … the sun in the heavens and The Associated Press down here.”
Mark Twain
GET THE APP
Download the AP News app to get breaking news alerts from AP on your phone, tablet or watch.
Good morning, Chicago. Illinois public health officials on Monday reported 1,220 new confirmed and probable cases of COVID-19 and 22 additional deaths. The state reported 41,343 doses administered on Sunday, and the seven-day rolling average of doses administered daily is 92,148 doses.
Meanwhile, Chicago has now opened vaccinations at the United Center site to any resident in 17 ZIP codes. Here are the details.
Here’s more coronavirus news and other top stories you need to know to start your day.
Evanston aldermen Monday evening approved the first expenditures in the city’s landmark municipal reparations program designed to compensate Black residents for codified discrimination.
Officials in the suburb say the initiative, which has been in the planning stages since 2019, is designed to address the discriminatory housing policies and practices faced by Black residents. The $10 million program — the first of its kind in the nation when approved in 2019 — will be funded through marijuana sales tax revenue along with some donations.
Loretto Hospital won’t be receiving first doses of COVID-19 vaccines “anytime soon,” Mayor Lori Lightfoot said, as the small West Side hospital faces new questions about connected people receiving shots from the provider.
Last week’s shooting spree at three Atlanta-area spas followed a recent swell of reported attacks against Asian Americans and was the culmination of a year of that community feeling scapegoated for the coronavirus pandemic first detected in Wuhan, China. But for Asian American women who spoke to the Tribune, the killings last week were all the more painful because the violence reminded them of their own encounters with racism and misogyny.
When other schools were still discussing concerns about in-person learning, Holy Family Ministries’ Holy Family School was getting ready to open on schedule. The North Lawndale school has been conducting in-person classes since August, according to school CEO Cheryl Collins. Teachers’ nervousness and parental concerns were taken into consideration, but when it came down to it, the children needed to be in school, Collins said.
“We know that our children are West Side children. They hear the gunshots. They see the aftermath of someone getting shot,” Collins said. “For our children, they needed to be in school. Our teachers know that; they understand how much safer our children feel when they are in our building with their peers and teachers.”
In February, fewer than 17,000 single-family homes were publiclylistedfor sale in the Chicago area, the lowest number since at least 2008, according to figures from Midwest Real Estate Data. By comparison, there were 32,600 homes listed in February 2020.
“We just don’t have enough homes to sell,” said Laura Ellis, president of residential sales for Baird & Warner.
The Evanston City Council on Monday approved a first-in-the-nation reparations plan that’s been put forth as a blueprint for other municipalities, including Chicago, to use in efforts to make amends for historical wrongs against Black residents.
In an 8-1 vote, the council approved a plan to distribute $400,000 to Black residents with ties to the city’s Black community between 1919 and 1969. Eligible applicants will also include residents who suffered from housing discrimination due to the city’s policies after 1969. Mitch Dudek and Fran Spielman have the story…
Police arrested a suspect, but didn’t reveal his name. They did say the suspect was receiving medical care and was the only person injured who did not die.
The Lake View school will be the first Chicago Public Schools building to receive a new name — but likely not the last — through a review process officials are undertaking.
When asked about reelection plans, Pritzker said he’s “focused on getting us past this pandemic, keeping people safe and healthy in the state of Illinois.”
Entities from the Art Institute of Chicago to the international Society of Architectural Historians are condemning the effort as throwing cold water on an emerging tourism sector.
Welcome to The Hill’s Morning Report. Today is Tuesday! We get you up to speed on the most important developments in politics and policy, plus trends to watch. Alexis Simendinger and Al Weaver are the co-creators. Readers can find us on Twitter @asimendinger and @alweaver22. Please recommend the Morning Report to friends and let us know what you think. CLICK HERE to subscribe!
Total U.S. coronavirus deaths reported each morning this week: Monday, 542,359; Tuesday, 542,949.
President Biden said his plan to tackle the coronavirus would “meet the moment.” The price tag was $1.9 trillion. Next up: a Biden “Build Back Better” plan that could cost $3 trillion. A package will include what proponents call “green infrastructure” and what detractors call a liberal to-do list crafted for midterm election appeal.
The New York Times reported details on Monday, including new investments in infrastructure and jobs to be financed in part through tax hikes on corporations and the rich. Biden, Treasury Secretary Janet Yellen and other economic advisers have made no secret of the administration’s ambitions to forge ahead with economic measures that could narrow inequality, reduce the carbon emissions that contribute to climate change and bolster American manufacturing, competitiveness and job creation. The price tag, the revenue offsets and how separate legislative pieces would move through Congress have not been decided. Administration advisers expect to meet with the president this week to review options.
The Hill: White House eyes sweeping $3 trillion spending proposal.
The president expects to deliver a joint address to Congress sometime this spring; it was initially on the calendar in February but was complicated by the pandemic and security concerns after the Jan. 6 riot at the Capitol (The Hill). Biden’s first budget blueprint also is pending. He could opt to offer a budget overview as part of his remarks to lawmakers, as has been done in the past.
Republicans in Congress who say they favor federal investments in infrastructure are unlikely to endorse tax hikes. Conservatives and some Senate centrists will balk at spending that balloons deficits and climate provisions that would curb petroleum, coal and natural gas, as well as most permanent increases in spending for federal safety net programs. The deficit exceeds $1 trillion and the debt level topples $28 trillion.
Among congressional Democrats, there may be reluctance to again tap the budget tool known as reconciliation — used to pass the American Rescue Plan Act this month with just 51 votes in the Senate.
The Biden plan is expected to include high-profile domestic policy priorities such as free community college, federal funding for universal prekindergarten, and a permanent expansion of the child tax credit, according to The Washington Post. The sprawling initiative follows weeks of uncertainty about Biden’s second big legislative effort and confusion among congressional lawmakers about the administration’s top priority, the Post points out.
Senate Minority Leader Mitch McConnell (R-Ky.) on Monday warned against a “so-called infrastructure proposal that may actually be a Trojan horse for massive tax hikes and other job-killing left-wing policies.”
Biden campaigned on raising the corporate tax rate from 21 percent to 28 percent, as well as increasing taxes on wealthy investors and families making more than $400,000 a year. He is expected to propose to Congress the first major tax increases since 1993 (Bloomberg News). The public argument to raise taxes on the wealthiest Americans and major corporations cheers progressives but is already attracting pushback ahead of next year’s elections amid a vulnerable economic recovery.
CNBC: Business leaders engage the Biden administration on ways to pay for infrastructure.
The Associated Press: The president will be in Ohio today to promote reduced health insurance costs, the American Rescue Plan Act and the Affordable Care Act, which Biden dubbed a “big f—ing deal” 11 years ago.
The Hill A return to budgetary earmarks, revived in the House, divides Senate Republicans. But lawmakers in both parties believe earmarks could grease enthusiasm for proposed infrastructure investments they could then tout in their states and districts.
More administration: Biden administration officials have sought to deter the news media from capturing images of unaccompanied minors housed in federal detention facilities at the U.S. southern border, especially during a pandemic. Lawmakers in both parties, however, are headed to such facilities this week with reporters in tow. Sen. Ted Cruz (Texas) and 14 other GOP lawmakers will be there this week, and Rep. Joaquin Castro (D-Texas) is requesting participation by colleagues for what he calls an “oversight” trip. Texas Rep. Henry Cuellar (D) has already been there and shared with the news media his grim snapshots taken inside crowded facilities (Axios and The Associated Press). … The Senate confirmed Labor Secretary Marty Walsh on Monday by a vote of 68-29 (The Hill). He inherits an agency struggling with hurdles erected during the pandemic. Walsh is Boston’s former mayor and a former union leader and workplace safety and health advocates say they have a long list of issues they want to discuss with the secretary, reports The Hill’s Alex Gangitano. … The White House on Monday withdrew Elizabeth Klein, the president’s nominee to be deputy Interior secretary (Politico).
More in Congress: Statehood for the District of Columbia earned yet another hearing on Monday in the Democratic-controlled House to debate whether the predominantly Black and progressive federal city with a population of 714,000 should become the nation’s 51st state. Democrats plan to put a statehood bill up for a vote on the House floor before the summer. The bill, sponsored by D.C. Del. Eleanor Holmes Norton (D), is expected to pass for the second time since last year. Republicans say they remain opposed on constitutional grounds (The Hill and The Washington Post).
LEADING THE DAY
CORONAVIRUS: U.S. public health officials early today said AstraZeneca may have used “outdated information” in its vaccine clinical trial, leading to an incomplete view of its efficacy data. The Data Safety Monitoring Board cast new doubt on the drug’s effectiveness, its potential U.S. rollout and its development (The Associated Press and Reuters).
The Biden administration had initially hailed Monday’s news that AstraZeneca’s COVID-19 vaccine was 79 percent effective at preventing symptomatic illness and 100 percent effective versus severe disease that would require hospitalization in its U.S. clinical trial.
Andy Slavitt, a White House COVID-19 adviser, told reporters on Monday that the results of the 35,000-individual trial are “encouraging,” setting the stage for the Food and Drug Administration to potentially approve a fourth vaccine by April.
This morning’s concerns by the National Institutes of Health is another problem for the company, which was plagued in recent weeks by the concerns by some European nations that the jab causes blood clots, causing them to suspend using the shot. European health regulators, the World Health Organization and the company all maintained in recent weeks that the shot was safe and that there was no connection between individuals receiving the vaccine and the clots, with many of those nation’s resuming the administration of the shots shortly after (Yahoo! News).
Politico: Biden administration frets Johnson & Johnson may miss vaccine goal.
ABC News: Spain broadens use of AstraZeneca jab to adults under age 65.
The Hill: Europeans‘ trust in AstraZeneca vaccine plunges after suspensions: poll.
The Wall Street Journal: Regeneron COVID-19 antibody drug reduced risk of hospitalization, death by 70 percent in late-stage trial.
Elsewhere on the vaccine front, Anthony Fauci, the head of the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, expressed faith in the efficacy of Sputnik V, the Russian vaccine. Russian President Vladimir Putin is set to receive the shot later today (The Associated Press).
“I’ve taken a look at some of the reports. It looks pretty good,” Fauci told radio host Hugh Hewitt on Monday, adding that the jab is “quite effective” (Bloomberg News).
The Associated Press: Germany looks set to extend virus lockdown measures again.
Reuters: United Kingdom’s daily COVID-19 death toll falls to 17, a six-month low.
> State Watch: A cadre of states — New York, Tennessee, West Virginia and Arizona — on Monday announced that they are expanding eligibility for individuals to receive COVID-19 shots as the U.S. races to inoculate the country.
New Yorkers aged 50 and older will be eligible to receive a vaccine starting on Tuesday, Gov. Andrew Cuomo (D) announced in a statement. Tennessee Gov. Bill Lee (R) announced that adults age 55 and older, in addition to people who work in critical infrastructure industries, have the greenlight to receive a shot.
In West Virginia, Gov. Gov. Jim Justice (R) announced that all persons aged 16 and older are also now eligible to receive a vaccine, becoming the third state (along with Alaska and Mississippi) to open COVID-19 vaccinations up to all adults. Arizona Gov. Doug Ducey (R) said on Monday that all of those 16 and older will be eligible at state-operated inoculation sites in various counties starting on Wednesday (The Hill).
The New York Times: New York Mayor Bill de Blasio (D) ends remote work for 80,000 in signal to rest of city.
The Hill: Enemy within: Experts warn US not learning from past pandemic mistakes.
Reuters: U.S. air travelers top 1.5 million for first time since March 2020.
The Hill: Microsoft to begin reopening main office next week.
POLITICS: A week after his threat of a “scorched earth” Senate if Democrats eliminate the legislative filibuster, McConnell ratcheted up his criticism and predicted the upper chamber will become a “nuclear winter” if it happens.
“If they destroy the essence of the Senate, the legislative filibuster, they will find a Senate that will not function. It takes unanimous consent to turn the lights on here. And I think they would leave an angry 50 senators not interested in being cooperative on even the simplest things,” McConnell told the “Ruthless” podcast, whose hosts include Josh Holmes, a longtime McConnell adviser, in an interview set to air this morning (and shared with Morning Report).
“So my point being, it may not be the panacea that they anticipate it would be. It could turn the Senate into sort of a nuclear winter,” McConnell said, adding that the Senate would not be a “sustainable place” afterwards.
The comments come amid a debate within the Senate Democratic Conference. Alterations to the filibuster will be tough to make as Sens. Joe Manchin (D-W.Va.) and Kyrsten Sinema (D-Ariz.) remain vocal proponents of the 60-vote threshold.
Politico: Killing the filibuster becomes new “litmus test” for Democratic candidates.
> White House politics: The president is set to headline an end-of-the-week fundraiser for Atlanta Mayor Keisha Lance Bottoms (D) (pictured below), marking his first since being inaugurated more than two months ago (The Atlanta Journal-Constitution).
The Hill: Democrats look to Georgia model ahead of 2022 Senate races.
The Kansas City Star: Former Missouri Gov. Eric Greitens (R) announces bid to replace Sen. Roy Blunt (R-Mo.).
> House elections, 2020 cont.: Moderate Democrats have a warning for party leadership: don’t meddle in the contested Iowa House race that would unseat Rep. Marianette Miller-Meeks (R-Iowa) in favor of Democrat Rita Hart, who lost the November contest by six votes.
Centrist members are cautioning that flipping a seat, even via a good-faith effort to reexamine the outcome in Iowa’s 2nd Congressional District, would set a dangerous precedent, as the race was certified by all required parties, with Miller-Meeks having been seated in January.
“It strikes me as remarkably hypocritical and a dangerous precedent at a time we need to be repairing precedents,” one moderate Democrat told The Hill’s Scott Wong and Mike Lillis.
A second moderate House Democrat echoed the sentiment: “As painful as it was to lose this election by six votes, and although I sympathize with Rita Hart, the state certified these election results. Upending them at this point would only serve to further divide the country.”
The Hill: GOP campaign chief confident his party will win back House.
Niall Stanage: The Memo: Trump battles to stay relevant.
Election corner: Rep. Filemon Vela (D-Texas) announced on Monday that he will retire at the end of his term, marking a victim of redistricting as Texas Republicans get ready to redraw the maps ahead of 2022 (Axios). … Rep. Jody Hice (R-Ga.), a Freedom Caucus member and noted supporter of former President Trump, launched a bid to become the Georgia secretary of state on Monday. His announcement sets up a primary brouhaha against Brad Raffensperger (R), who clashed with Trump over efforts to overturn Biden’s victory in the state. Trump endorsed Hice shortly after the congressman announced his plans (The Hill). … Rep. Mo Brooks (R-Ala.) formally kicked off his campaign for the open Alabama Senate seat on Monday to replace retiring Sen. Richard Shelby (R-Ala.) (The Hill). … According to RealClearPolitics’s Philip Wegmann, Kay Coles James is stepping down from her perch as president of The Heritage Foundation. James took over atop the thinktank in 2018. … New Jersey Gov. Phil Murphy (D) said on Monday that the state’s June primary elections will take place in-person (NorthJersey.com).
OPINION
The cybersecurity problem we should really worry about, by David Forscey and Justin Sherman, opinion contributors, The Hill. https://bit.ly/3tEXJfQ
Are Democrats really serious about passing a DREAM Act in 2021? by Nolan Rappaport, opinion contributor, The Hill. https://bit.ly/3fbHfbj
WHERE AND WHEN
The House meets at 11 a.m.
TheSenate convenes at 10 a.m. and resumes consideration of the nomination of Shalanda Young to be deputy director of the Office of Management and Budget.
The president and Vice President Harris receive the President’s Daily Brief at 9:30 a.m. Biden departs the White House at 1 p.m. for Columbus, Ohio, to speak about the American Rescue Plan Act and to mark the enactment more than a decade ago of the Affordable Care Act. The president at 4:10 p.m. will tour the James Cancer Hospital and Solove Research Institute in Columbus before returning to the White House this evening.
The vice president will ceremonially swear in former ambassador William Burns as CIA director at 9:10 a.m. She will also swear in Walsh as Labor secretary at 5:25 p.m.
Secretary of State Antony Blinken is in Brussels.
Federal Reserve Chairman Jerome Powell and Yellen will testify at noon before the House Financial Services Committee about U.S. responses to the coronavirus and economic impacts. Live stream is HERE.
👉 INVITATIONS: The Hill’s Virtually Live packs this week’s calendar with smart conversations about key issues! TODAY, join “Climate Under Threat” at 1:30 p.m. (registration HERE). Wednesday is “The Loss of Nature: A Global Threat,” at 1 p.m. (registration HERE). Thursday is “The COVID-19 Vaccine & the New Era of Manufacturing,” at 1 p.m. (registration HERE).
➔ INTERNATIONAL:Israel holds elections today for seats in the Knesset, and an Israeli pollster said 15 seats are in play in what will be a contest under high security when nearly a third of voters said last week they were undecided. Ahead of today’s turnout, Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu told his countrymen that Israel would “have no more lockdowns” following its successful vaccination campaign, which has seen over half of Israel’s population get COVID-19 shots. The prime minister during an interview last week defended Israel’s transfer of vaccines to the Palestinians. “We are one epidemiological unit. We transferred very few vaccines. This is a very important [move] that any responsible government would do,” he said (The Times of Israel).
➔ COURTS: The Supreme Court said Monday that it will consider reinstating the death sentence for Boston Marathon bomber Dzhokhar Tsarnaev, 27, presenting Biden with an early test of his opposition to capital punishment. The justices agreed this fall to hear an appeal filed by the Trump administration, which carried out executions of 13 federal inmates in its final six months in office, including three in the last week of Trump’s term. Tsarnaev was convicted of all 30 charges against him, including conspiracy and use of a weapon of mass destruction and the killing of a Massachusetts Institute of Technology police officer in 2013. The initial prosecution and decision to seek a death sentence was made by the Obama administration when Biden was vice president. As president, Biden has pledged to seek an end to the federal death penalty, but he has not said how. If the justices reinstate Tsarnaev’s death sentence, nothing would force the new administration to schedule an execution date (The Associated Press).
➔ MURDER: Boulder, Colo., was the scene on Monday afternoon of the country’s latest mass shooting. Ten people died, including a police officer who was the first to arrive at the scene inside a grocery store. Authorities did not immediately identify a suspect who was taken into custody. Officials did not speculate about a motive and said an investigation involving local, state and federal agencies would take days. It’s the seventh mass killing this year in the United States, following the March 16 shooting that left eight people dead at three Atlanta-area massage parlors (The Associated Press).
THE CLOSER
And finally … 🏀 The Sweet 16 is set.
College basketball’s round of 32 wrapped up on Monday night, setting the stage for next weekend’s games that will feature higher seeds galore. Among those are an 8 seed (Loyola-Chicago), two 11 seeds (Syracuse and UCLA), a 12 seed (Oregon State) and only the second 15 seed in history to make the tournament’s third round (Oral Roberts).
Of course, some heavy favorites remain, including Gonzaga, which easily defeated Norfolk State and Oklahoma in its first two games and is still the heavy betting favorite to win it all.
The Sweet 16 gets underway on Saturday (CBS Sports).
The Morning Report is created by journalists Alexis Simendinger and Al Weaver. We want to hear from you! Email: asimendinger@thehill.com and aweaver@thehill.com. We invite you to share The Hill’s reporting and newsletters, and encourage others to SUBSCRIBE!
TO VIEW PAST EDITIONS OF THE HILL’S MORNING REPORT CLICK HERE
TO RECEIVE THE HILL’S MORNING REPORT IN YOUR INBOX SIGN UP HERE
Via The New York Times’s Sheryl Gay Stolberg: It’s the 11th anniversary of the signing of ObamaCare, or the Affordable Care Act. The sweeping legislation is still going strong, providing the means for 200,000 Americans to sign up for insurance through the online marketplace earlier this year. http://nyti.ms/3cbxUhw
Times sure have changed: I remember when “ObamaCare” was an insult, before former President Obama embraced the term in his reelection campaign.
Blast from the past: Here’s The Hill’s coverage of Obama signing the bill using 22 commemorative pens: http://bit.ly/3cTAVlS
That signing ceremony was also where then–Vice President Biden called ObamaCare a “big f—ing deal” on a hot mic, which at the time was also a BFD. Video:https://bit.ly/3cXrrGm
Reminder: Former PresidentTrump made some big changes to the Affordable Care Act, including getting rid of the individual mandate to get insurance coverage. And the recently passed $1.9 trillion coronavirus relief bill also included changes involving subsidies: http://on.wsj.com/3cbMTrO
It’s Tuesday. I’m Alicia Cohn, filling in for Cate, with a quick recap of the morning and what’s coming up. Send comments, story ideas and events for our radar to cmartel@thehill.com — and follow along on Twitter @CateMartel and Facebook.
Did someone forward this to you? Want your own copy? Sign up here to receive The Hill’s 12:30 Report in your inbox daily: http://bit.ly/2kjMNnn
A MESSAGE FROM FACEBOOK
It’s time to update internet regulations
The internet has changed a lot in the 25 years since lawmakers last passed comprehensive internet regulations. It’s time for an update.
Via The Hill’s Mychael Schnell, 10 people are dead, including one police officer, after a gunman entered a supermarket in Boulder, Colo., on Monday. http://bit.ly/3cfBUxM
Breaking: The 21-year-old shooting suspect has been charged with 10 counts of murder. https://bit.ly/3lHL8pk
President Biden is expected to deliver remarks on the shooting within the hour. Watch:https://bit.ly/3r8VtvK
“It’s absolutely tragic. It’s 10 people going about the day living their lives, not bothering anybody. A police officer who is performing his duties, and with great courage and heroism,” Vice President Harris said this morning.
Colorado Gov. Jared Polis (D) in releasing the names of victims on Tuesday said it “was a simple run for milk and eggs” turned “painful.”
Via The Hill’s Justine Coleman, The Data and Safety Monitoring Board (DSMB), an independent group of experts, said Tuesday “it was concerned … AstraZeneca may have included outdated information … which may have provided an incomplete view of the efficacy data” of its coronavirus vaccine: http://bit.ly/3f7EnMg
One day ago: AstraZeneca released a U.S. study Monday saying its vaccine was 79 percent effective in preventing symptomatic COVID-19.
What does this mean? Unclear, but the company is likely hoping it doesn’t delay their FDA authorization for use in the U.S. AstraZeneca pledged to engage with DSMB “to share our primary analysis with the most up to date efficacy data … within 48 hours.”
Anthony Fauci told “Good Morning America” it was a “harsh note” from DSMB and AstraZeneca needs to “straighten it out.” Watch:https://bit.ly/3r9C4uN
Via The Hill’s John Bowden, House Democrats want to know why some $1,400 direct payments have been delayed: http://bit.ly/3tNGKIl
The problem: While the IRS has already sent out 90 million direct payments since President Biden signed a $1.9 trillion relief bill on March 11, large groups of people including some veterans and Social Security beneficiaries are still waiting.
Via The Hill’s Sylvan Lane: The IRS said a new batch of checks should be hitting Americans’ bank accounts on Wednesday, but did not provide an update on when recipients of Social Security retirement or disability payments, railroad pensions and veterans benefits would receive their latest stimulus payments. http://bit.ly/3cbTWAM
IT SEEMS DEMOCRATS ARE GETTING UPSET BY ‘CANCEL CULTURE’ NOW, TOO:
MSNBC’s Morning Joe discussed the topic Tuesday morning after Bill Maher came out against it last weekend on HBO’s “Real Time With Bill Maher.” Video: http://on.msnbc.com/3tNOABS
An opportunity for bipartisanship?: This comes a couple weeks after House Judiciary Committee ranking member Rep. Jim Jordan (R-Ohio) demanded a hearing on “cancel culture,” calling it “censorship.”
IN THE WHITE HOUSE
Via The Hill’s Brett Samuels, The Biden administration is preparing a $3 trillion spending proposal on infrastructure and other domestic priorities such as child tax credits as their next agenda item. Expect a legislative fight over how to pay for the bill: http://bit.ly/3f6vd2F
I KEEP DANCING ON MY OWN:
Via NPR’s Maria Liasson, Biden’s infrastructure plan will test his bipartisan campaign promises: http://n.pr/3lKblnb
A MESSAGE FROM FACEBOOK
Internet regulations need an update
It’s been 25 years since comprehensive internet regulations passed. But a lot has changed since 1996.
Via The Hill’s Nathaniel Weixel: “Experts say the U.S. is in a race between vaccines and variants, and by reopening too fast and ignoring public health recommendations, the country may be at risk of losing and bringing on another wave of infections just like the winter.” http://bit.ly/2OXnRDW
The Senate is in. The House is in for committee business only. President Biden and Vice President Harris are in Washington, with Biden traveling to Ohio in the afternoon.
9:10 a.m. ET: Vice President Harris ceremonially swore in Ambassador William Burns as Director of the Central Intelligence Agency.
10 a.m. in GMT+1: Secretary Blinken participated in a moderated conversation with NATO Secretary General Jens Stoltenberg, in Brussels, Belgium.
5:25 p.m. EDT: Vice President Harris will ceremonially swear in MartyWalsh as Secretary of Labor.
WHAT TO WATCH:
12:30 p.m. ET: President Biden delivers remarks on the shooting in Colorado. https://bit.ly/3r8VtvK
1:30 p.m. ET: The Hill hosts an event “Climate Under Threat” featuring Sen. SheldonWhitehouse (D-RI), Rep. YvetteClarke (D-NY), UN Environment Programme ED IngerAndersen, Atlantic Council’s RandolphBell and more discussing the environment, energy and global cooperation. RSVP: https://bit.ly/317kCwn
3:15 p.m. ET: Speaker NancyPelosi and Senate Majority Leader CharlesSchumer are marking the 11th Anniversary of the Affordable Care Act with a virtual event. Sign up: http://bit.ly/3risVQl
4:50 p.m. ET: PresidentBiden delivers remarks at the James Cancer Hospital and Solove Research Institute in Columbus, Ohio. Livestream:http://bit.ly/31arnh2
ANALYSIS — One down, four to go in the first batch of House special elections in 2021. Republican Julia Letlow won the race for Louisiana’s 5th District on Saturday, and the race in Texas’ 6th District is rated Leans Republican, but races in Louisiana’s 2nd, New Mexico’s 1st and Ohio’s 11th districts are all rated Solid Democratic. Read more…
Statehood advocates capitalized on momentum in their quest to make D.C. the 51st state as GOP lawmakers sought to knock them back in a House Oversight and Reform Committee hearing Monday. The meeting, which at times got chippy, focused on old issues of constitutionality but new disagreements over the violent events of Jan. 6. Read more…
OPINION — The Biden administration isn’t doing itself any favors by barring reporters from seeing temporary arrangements for taking care of unaccompanied children. In politics, efforts to avoid a few days of bad coverage often end up deepening a crisis. And a crisis it remains, no matter what word games the Biden team insists on playing. Read more…
Click here to subscribe to Fintech Beat for the latest market and regulatory developmentsin finance and financial technology.
Marty J. Walsh, President Joe Biden’s pick to run the Labor Department, easily won Senate confirmation Monday, with almost 20 Republicans joining Democrats in support of the Boston mayor. The Senate voted 68-29 to confirm Walsh, the first union member to be Labor secretary in decades. Read more…
Two issues emerged from a congressional hearing on the volatile trading of GameStop Corp. shares: Lawmakers and regulators need a greater understanding of how technology helped foster the frenzy, and regulators need systems to understand such events — and possibly to manage them. Read more…
Rep. Jody B. Hice, a conservative Georgia Republican, said Monday he would not seek reelection in his district, sandwiched between Atlanta and Augusta. Instead, he plans to run for Georgia’s secretary of state, creating an open seat race in the 10th District. Read more…
Carlos Mark Vera started Pay Our Interns in 2016, after his own unpaid stints on the Hill. The pay-your-dues culture around unpaid internships makes it harder for poorer kids to get their feet in the door. That disproportionately affects minorities. To combat that, Vera’s group demands what its name says: Pay interns. Read more…
CQ Roll Call is a part of FiscalNote, the leading technology innovator at the intersection of global business and government. Copyright 2021 CQ Roll Call. All rights reserved Privacy | Safely unsubscribe now.
1201 Pennsylvania Ave, NW Suite 600
Washington, DC 20004
25.) POLITICO PLAYBOOK
POLITICO Playbook: Breaking down Biden’s opening gambit on infrastructure
Infrastructure Week — make that weeks — is coming for real.
The Biden administration’s next big legislative push is starting to take shape. It’s generally described as an infrastructure package, but that’s a bit of a misnomer. What the White House is planning covers not just building stuff like roads and bridges, but all of the structural economic changes on which President JOE BIDEN campaigned.
Let’s start at 30,000 feet and work down to the granular level.
The big idea(s). There are several strains of progressive thought that animate the Biden jobs agenda:
— Inequality. There wasn’t a consensus early in the last Democratic administration about tackling income inequality as a top priority. Now there is. Though it’s not a word Biden likes to use, his big economic policies (cash payments to lift families out of poverty, steeper taxes on corporations and the wealthy, a boost to the federal minimum wage) are all highly redistributive. While some populist conservatives have started to compete with Democrats on these policies, this remains one of the widest intellectual gulfs between the parties. Senate Minority Leader MITCH MCCONNELL started attacking the Biden infrastructure agenda for its revenue raisers before the Covid bill was even signed.
— Racial equity. The era of Democrats talking about a rising tide lifting all boats is largely over. Biden’s plans are carefully attuned to how policy can affect some racial groups differently. There is almost no buy-in from the right on this view of policy, and many prominent congressional Democrats don’t speak this language in the same way that Biden’s progressive economic wonks do.
— Climate. The Biden administration wants to spend enormous sums of money promoting a green economy that will help reach “a carbon pollution-free power sector by 2035” and “a net-zero economy by 2050.” The climate agenda pits two crucial Democratic constituencies against each other: labor and environmentalists.
— Industrial policy. Finally, you’re going to be hearing a lot about how this legislation can spark a Made in America manufacturing renaissance as a way to counter China. As NYT’s Noam Scheiber reported recently, the infrastructure bill will pit free traders and protectionists against each other. It will create strange bedfellows: Climate activists are often on the free trade side of these debates.
The big price tag. The NYT, WaPo and WSJ all agree it’s a roughly $3 trillion plan, though the Times notes that the “overall price tag of the package could approach $4 trillion since it includes several tax incentives, like credits to help families afford child care and to encourage energy efficiency in existing buildings.” The cost could climb by “hundreds of billions more” if “temporary tax cuts meant to fight poverty” are added.
The big question. As we reported recently, chief of staff RON KLAIN has told Democrats that the Biden jobs agenda should be split up into multiple bills. There’s only one more opportunity to use reconciliation this year, so by definition “multiple bills” means that the White House will need a 60-vote strategy for any pieces that move through the Senate outside of reconciliation.
NYT:“Mr. Biden’s advisers plan to recommend that the effort be broken into pieces, with Congress tackling infrastructure before turning to a second package that would include more people-focused proposals, like free community college, universal prekindergarten and a national paid leave program.
“Some White House officials believe the focus of the first package may be more appealing to Republicans, business leaders and many moderate Senate Democrats, given the longstanding bipartisan push in Washington for an infrastructure bill.”
WaPo also sees the Build Back Better agenda on a dual track, noting it is “expected to be broken into two parts — one focused on infrastructure, and the other focused on other domestic priorities such as growing the newly expanded child tax credit for several years.”
The WSJ puts it this way: “The first proposal would center on roads, bridges and other infrastructure projects and include many of the climate-change initiatives Mr. Biden outlined in the ‘Build Back Better’ plan he released during the 2020 campaign.
“That package would be followed by measures focusing on education and other priorities, including extending the newly expanded child tax credit scheduled to expire at the end of the year and providing for universal prekindergarten and tuition-free community college …
“Some Democrats are pushing for the administration to reach a bipartisan agreement on infrastructure spending focused on roads, bridges, transit systems and more. That could mean later considering major tax measures through reconciliation, given the low chances Republicans would sign on to big tax increases.”
That strategy raises an obvious question: Can Biden get 10 Republican senators to cooperate on “concrete and steel” when they know the tax and social welfare stuff they oppose is coming next via reconciliation?
FIRST IN PLAYBOOK: REPUBLICANS GO ON OFFENSE IN IOWA-2 — With some centrist House Democrats now balking at their leadership’s bid to try to overturn a state-certified House election in Iowa, Republicans are preparing to pounce. The conservative American Action Network is activating its organizers in 19 districts, spending five figures to fund calls to constituents urging them to speak out against the effort.
Targets include a mix of members on the House Administration Committee who will adjudicate the contested election in Iowa’s 2nd Congressional District, as well as Democrats in tough seats. The group polled the issue in DemocraticRep. CINDY AXNE’S Iowa district in December and found that three-quarters of voters opposed overturning the results — and two-thirds said they’d be less likely to back Axne for reelection if she votes to oust Rep. MARIANNETTE MILLER-MEEKS (R-Iowa). The poll should be taken with a grain of salt since it was conducted by GOP pollsters, but if it’s in the ballpark of voter sentiment, it would be problematic for vulnerable Democrats.
After Playbook’s look at the Iowa situation Monday, our colleagues Ally Mutnick, Sarah Ferris and Melanie Zanona reportedthat some of those front-line Democrats grilled DCCC officials about their plans to reverse the Iowa race. One Democrat told us Monday that moderates might actually welcome a vote so they can snuff it out — and demonstrate their willingness to buck their own leadership.
BIDEN’S TUESDAY — The president and VP KAMALA HARRIS will receive the President’s Daily Brief at 9:30 a.m. Biden will leave the White House at 1 p.m. and travel to Columbus, Ohio, arriving at 2:35 p.m. He’ll tour the James Cancer Hospital and Solove Research Institute at 4:10 p.m. and deliver remarks at 4:50 p.m. He’ll depart Ohio at 6:05 p.m. and arrive back at the White House at 7:40 p.m.
— Press secretary JEN PSAKI will gaggle aboard Air Force One on the way to Ohio.
THE HOUSE will meet at 11 a.m. The Financial Services Committee will hold a hearing on pandemic response from Treasury and the Fed at noon, with Treasury Secretary JANET YELLEN and Fed Chair JEROME POWELL testifying.
THE SENATE will meet at 10 a.m. to take up the nomination of SHALANDA YOUNG for deputy OMB director, which could come to a vote at 2:15 p.m. A vote on VIVEK MURTHY to be surgeon general could come around 5:40 p.m. The Foreign Relations Committee will hold a hearing on SAMANTHA POWER’S nomination to be USAID administrator at 10 a.m. The Judiciary Committee will hold a hearing at 10 a.m. on reducing gun violence.
— AHEAD OF THE GUN VIOLENCE HEARING: Huddle’s Olivia Beavers interviewed former Rep. GABBY GIFFORDS about gun policy reform. Giffords said this about last week’s Atlanta shootings: “It appears as though the suspect passed a background check, which serves as an important reminder that universal background checks are an essential but not sufficient policy. There is not one single solution to ending gun violence — we need to enact a comprehensive gun safety agenda.” Read the full interview in Huddle at 8 a.m. — sign up here
— AHEAD OF THE POWER HEARING: A coalition of Jewish groups sent a letter to Senate Majority Leader CHUCK SCHUMER urging him to oppose Power’s confirmation. The groups, which include MORTON KLEIN’S Zionist Organization of America, faulted the Obama administration for failing to block a 2016 U.N. resolution condemning Israeli settlement construction while Power was U.S. ambassador to the U.N. and expressed concern “that Power could use USAID’s massive budget to the detriment” of Israel.
Schumer, the first Jewish majority leader, has sided with Israel supporters before, such as his 2015 vote against the Iran deal — a stance the groups cited in the letter. But he’s also backed every Biden nominee to date, and he voted to confirm CHUCK HAGEL as Defense secretary during the Obama administration over the objections of some pro-Israel groups. The letter
PLAYBOOK READS
ANOTHER MASS SHOOTING
— “‘A tragedy and a nightmare’: Ten dead, including officer, after shooting at Boulder King Soopers,”Boulder Daily Camera: “Boulder police Chief Maris Herold said at an evening news conference there were 10 dead, including Boulder police Officer Eric Talley. … Herold said police received a call at about 2:30 p.m. of a man with a rifle at the King Soopers at 3600 Table Mesa. Herold said Talley was the first on scene and was fatally shot. …
“The other nine victims have not yet been publicly identified by the Boulder County Coroner’s Office, but Herold said they were working to notify families as soon as possible. … Police said the shooting and possible motive were still under investigation, but police do have one suspect in custody and do not believe there is any threat to the public.”
— WAPO’S @JohnWoodrowCox: “Here’s the thing. We’re all talking about gun violence again because it felt like we’d gotten a break from it, but that never actually happened. Last year, 41,000 people — a record in modern American history — died in shootings.”
THE WHITE HOUSE
EAST WING READING — “Despite flurry of attention, Jill Biden is not leading family reunification effort,”by Anita Kumar and Eugene Daniels: “First lady Jill Biden actually has ‘no formal role’ in the effort, according to her office. Among lawyers and advocates helping the families, her lack of involvement reinforces a broader concern about the slow pace of reunification efforts under Biden. The administration has yet to locate additional parents or announce a specific plan to unite families …
“Some of the advocates and lawyers for migrant families are concerned that Jill Biden backed away from the issue because the administration is facing a torrent of criticism from both the right and the left on the border problems. … The first lady’s office maintains she never had an official role on the issue.”
ANOTHER NOMINATION WITHDRAWN — “White House pulls nomination of Elizabeth Klein to Interior amid Murkowski opposition,”by Ben Lefebvre: “[Elizabeth] Klein is a former Obama administration official and deputy director of the State Energy and Environmental Impact Center at the New York University School of Law who focused on renewable energy and climate change issues. The Biden administration pulled her nomination after hearing of opposition coming from [Sen. Lisa] Murkowski …
“Murkowski earlier in March said she struggled in deciding to cast her vote to clear from committee Biden’s nomination of Interior Secretary Deb Haaland, citing concerns that the administration would hobble oil and gas production on public land. Klein, a progressive on energy matters, was considered a step too far to serve as second in charge at Interior with Haaland.”
CONGRESS
CHAMBER PLOTS — “Speedy House vs. slower Senate: Dems struggle to balance on Biden agenda,”by Marianne LeVine and Sarah Ferris: “Senior House Democrats say the Senate will need to make a decision soon on which pieces of the party’s agenda they’ll move first — and then whether to pursue a bipartisan compromise or move toward a reckoning on the filibuster. Some House Democrats, particularly on the left, are starting to get impatient.”
FOLLOWING THE MONEY — “Intern pay was supposed to boost diversity in Congress. Most of the money went to white students,”Roll Call: “The people getting paid internships were overwhelmingly white, [Pay Our Interns] found in a new report — 76 percent white, compared to just 52 percent of the national undergraduate population. Black and Latino students were underrepresented, comprising 15 percent and 20 percent of undergraduates nationally but just 6.7 percent and 7.9 percent of paid Hill interns.
“Congressional staffers aren’t as diverse as the nation they serve, and the problem starts with the lowly intern. While interns rarely have much impact on lawmaking, they often go on to more important positions that can actually affect legislation.”
STATEHOOD DEBATE PERSISTS — “Washington, D.C., Statehood Divides Congressional Hearing,”WSJ: “Democrats say that residents of Washington, D.C., nearly half of whom are Black, deserve the same representation as other Americans. Residents pay federal taxes, register for selective service and fight in the military, but they don’t have a full voice in Congress and local leadership can be overruled by the federal government. …
“Republicans argue that Congress doesn’t have the authority to make D.C. a state with regular legislation, and instead it would require amending the Constitution, a much higher bar that requires ratification by three-quarters of the states. They also say Democrats want statehood to increase their voting power in Congress.”
FIRST IN PLAYBOOK — In the wake of Monday’s hearing on D.C. statehood and as the Democratic effort moves into a new phase, DC Vote is launching Statehood Yes, the first ever 501(c)(4) focused on the issue. Ramping up over the course of the spring, it’ll focus on both lobbying lawmakers directly and bolstering outreach to the public (through ads and public events) to generate more support and pressure. They’re focused on pushing constituents to engage with 11 senators from both parties.
TOP-ED — “Yes, a ‘Talking Filibuster’ Would Be Painful — for Senate Democrats,”by National Review’s John McCormack: “[I]n all likelihood, a three-week debate over any of the Democrats’ top legislative priorities would not end in Republicans caving because such a debate would probably make the legislation less popular. …
“For Senate Democrats who oppose the Senate’s 60-vote threshold for legislation, the talking filibuster makes sense only if it is a stepping stone toward majority rule. … But if that the pressure fails to persuade Manchin, Sinema, and other holdouts to abandon the 60-vote rule, then their Democratic colleagues would be the ones feeling the most pain.”
IMMIGRATION FILES — “Biden team searching for new ways to slow border surge,”WaPo: “During a closed-door virtual retreat with Democratic senators on Monday evening … Sen. Mark Kelly (D-Ariz.) asked the president what the administration’s timeline was for additional resources and facilities to manage the increase in the number of migrants at the border, as well as coronavirus testing protocols there.
“Kelly, a border-state freshman who is likely to face a tough reelection challenge in 2022, told Biden he was concerned that the state’s resources could become strained under the migration challenges. In response, Biden did not delve into specifics but stressed to the senators that his administration was building additional capacity to care for the migrants, and that the current challenges began under his predecessor.”
RACIAL RECKONING — “Evanston, Ill., leads the country with first reparations program for Black residents,”WaPo: “The Evanston City Council [on Monday] approved the first phase of reparations to acknowledge the harm caused by discriminatory housing policies, practices and inaction going back more than a century. The 8-1 vote will make $400,000 available in $25,000 homeownership and improvement grants, as well as in mortgage assistance for Black residents who can show they are direct descendants of individuals who lived in the city between 1919 and 1969.”
WILY EVEN WHEN IT COMES TO ALCOHOL — McConnell is on the latest episode of the “Ruthless” podcast, posting this morning, where he’ll troll the White House for refusing to admit there’s a “crisis” on the border and wax about the filibuster. But our favorite exchange of the interview, which we got an early look at, is about bourbon.
Q: “There’s no way you can’t ask Mitch McConnell about bourbon. But coming from the great state of Kentucky, which distillery or what bourbon is your personal favorite?”
A: “Well, I have three daughters. That would be like asking me which of my daughters I preferred. No Kentucky politician will ever pick one bourbon. So I know it sounds terribly political, but I’m going to have to dodge that one. That could be a fatal mistake.”
Q: “Then my follow up would be, what’s your favorite bourbon cocktail?”
A: “I think an Old-Fashioned. I do like a Manhattan as well.”
IN MEMORIAM — “Eric Spinato, Senior Fox News and Fox Business Producer, Dies From Covid,”Mediaite: “Spinato first joined Fox in 1998, and was a senior producer and head booker until 2004. He worked at CNN and MSNBC before returning to Fox in 2007. He helped launch Fox Business, and most recently served as a senior head booker and senior story editor.”
SPOTTED at a Zoom vegetarian cooking class Monday night with Masseria chef Nicholas Stefanelli in honor of the charity Tracy’s Kids: Reps. Adam Schiff (D-Calif.) and Ted Deutch (D-Fla.), Matt Gerson, Phil Tahtakran, Lorenzo Goco, Jenness Simler, Linda Bloss-Baum and Luke Albee. Deutsch cooked while Schiff did play-by-play. (Next in the series: John Podesta with his famous risotto and Josh Bolten.)
ALL APOLOGIES — “Meghan McCain apologizes for previously backing Trump’s anti-Asian rhetoric,” L.A. Times: “After eight people were killed in the Atlanta area last week — including six women of Asian descent — Meghan McCain, cohost of ‘The View,’ expressed regret about her previous comments that supported former President Trump’s anti-Asian rhetoric. ‘STOP ASIAN HATE’ she tweeted Wednesday, punctuating her message with three broken-heart emojis.
“Pointing to a clip from a March 2020 episode of ‘The View,’ in which McCain said she had no problem with then-President Trump referring to COVID-19 as the ‘China virus,’ [TV host John Oliver] said McCain’s post was ‘a fine sentiment to throw up on Twitter after the fact.’ His segment prompted McCain to issue a statement Monday morning.”
TRANSITIONS — Rricha Mathur deCant is joining Sen. Alex Padilla’s (D-Calif.) office as counsel, focusing on immigration and homeland security policy. She previously was legislative counsel to Rep. Judy Chu (D-Calif.). … Rita Siemion is now senior counsel for the Senate Judiciary Committee under Chair Dick Durbin (D-Ill.). She previously was director of national security advocacy at Human Rights First. … John Lynch is joining Platinum Advisors DC as a senior associate. He previously was senior legislative assistant for Rep. T.J. Cox (D-Calif.). …
… The Ethics and Public Policy Center’s HHS Accountability Project has added David Gortler as a fellowand Rachel Morrison as a policy analyst. Gortler most recently was a senior adviser to the FDA commissioner, and Morrison most recently was an attorney adviser and special assistant to the general counsel at the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission. … Alexandra Harrison Gaiser is now director of regulatory affairs at bitcoin firm River Financial. She most recently was executive secretary at Treasury.
BIRTHWEEK (was Monday): GOP ad-maker Bob Gardner
HAPPY BIRTHDAY: Rep. Brian Babin (R-Texas) (73) … The Intercept’s Ryan Grim (43) … Johnny DeStefano ofUtility Strategic Advisors (42) … cartoonist Kevin Kallaugher (66) … Suzanne Turner … Evan Keller (26) … Dawn Selak of the Aerospace Industries Association … Debbi Mayster … Alec Gerlach … Maggie Gage of MetLife … Mike Berman of Citadel … Paul Neaville of the Markham Group … Cole Rojewski … L.A. Times’ Maya Lau … The Buckeye Institute’s Mike Franc … Shane Seaver … Lauren Hancock. … McKinsey’s Tara Maller … Nita Chaudhary … APCO Worldwide’s Joanna London … AFL-CIO’s Drew Waxman … Boeing’s Shaun Lara … Peter Vallone Jr. … former Secretary of State Rex Tillerson (69) … Michael Caputo
Send Playbookers tips to playbook@politico.com. Playbook couldn’t happen without our editor Mike Zapler and producers Allie Bice, Eli Okun and Garrett Ross.
By Kelvey Vander Hart on Mar 23, 2021 12:50 am
Kelvey Vander Hart: Inexperienced legislators with a personal and uninformed vendetta against guns are automatically going to craft bad legislation. Read in browser »
Launched in 2006, Caffeinated Thoughts reports news and shares commentary about culture, current events, faith and state and national politics from a Christian and conservative point of view.
Summary: President Joe Biden will receive the daily briefing on Tuesday then travel to Ohio where he will tour a hospital and research institute and deliver a speech. President Biden’s Itinerary for 3/23/21: All Times EST 9:30 AM Receive daily briefing – Oval Office1:30 PM Depart White House en route to Ohio – Air Force …
Some 42% of U.S. adults reported packing on undesired weight since the start of the pandemic, according to a recent poll from the American Psychological Association. The poll found that adults who reported undesired weight gain packed on an average 29 pounds during the pandemic. Gen Z Adults aged 18 to 24 fared the worst, …
Pick a topic and you can find numerous examples of Left-Wing Hypocrisy. There is not even an attempt to hide it or an awareness of the fact that everything that they have said in the past is available forever. It makes fact-checking so easy but if we do not hold these two-faced people accountable, they …
Dozens of migrant children were seen packed into cages and lying on makeshift mattresses at a Texas border facility over the weekend, according to photos obtained by Axios. The photos reportedly showed children inside the plastic cages, or “pods,” at a Customs and Border Protection (CBP) temporary overflow facility in Donna, Texas, according to Axios. …
White House Press Secretary Jen Psaki holds a briefing Monday. The briefing is scheduled to begin at 12:30 p.m. EST. Content created by Conservative Daily News and some content syndicated through CDN is available for re-publication without charge under the Creative Commons license. Visit our syndication page for details and requirements.
Ayn Rand is one of the most famous novelists and philosophers of the 20th century. Her ideas about free markets and free minds still captivate millions. Gloria Alvarez with the Objective Standard Institute tells Rand’s fascinating story. Transcript Who is John Galt? This is one of the most famous questions in modern literature. Even today, …
During the few campaign appearances that Joey Biden made in 2020, it was hard to miss the strange, masked, spooky image standing in the shadows, always at Joey’s right-rear, just standing there, mysteriously watching and listening. The masked visitor is Kamala Harris, but why she appeared in the shadows so mysteriously was never clear. Trump …
A century ago, the Mother Ship of Socialism—the Soviet Union—was teetering on the precipice. The Poles had just vanquished the hopes of dictator Vladimir Lenin to sweep across Europe. Under the bludgeon of Marxist central planning, the economy had collapsed to a fraction of its pre-war dimensions. The country was seething in discontent. Insurrection seemed …
Border Patrol agents in the Rio Grande Valley Sector of Texas are reportedly releasing illegal immigrants seeking asylum into the U.S. without giving them court dates, Fox News reported Sunday. Illegal immigrants claiming asylum are not given a Notice to Appear before being released from Customs and Border Protection (CBP) custody, multiple unnamed Border Patrol …
It’s clear that, that our friends on the left, and Democrats in particular, are repulsed by good news. And no, we’re not using “good news” as a synonym for the gospels of the Christian bible; though a compelling argument could be made on that point as well. If we learn of encouraging data regarding climate …
Good morning, Kruiser Morning Briefing fans. Your usual master of ceremonies is off visiting family, so I’m here pinch-hitting. Why didn’t the ancient aliens ever build anything with some kind of durable exotic metal alloys? Or plastic?
Over the weekend, I was invited to do a quick interview on Newsmax TV. It was the second of the week; Chris Salcedo had me on earlier to discuss the border and Biden’s politicization of the military. As these things go, producers sent me the topics a day ahead, and the border was to be the main event for Saturday. I’ll always do some prep for appearing on radio or TV, and so I set about marshaling a few facts about the border and checking out what others are saying. Here’s a synopsis of what’s going on.
On Friday, journalists started complaining louder that the feds are limiting their ability to report what’s happening on the border. Journalists shouldn’t stand for that, and many aren’t. CBS News reported that the number of children apprehended at the border is much higher than the government has acknowledged. Texas congressional members in both parties are complaining that the Biden White House is not consulting Congress. Rep. Henry Cuellar (D-Texas) even turned images from inside the detention facilities, or “pods” as the administration is calling them, over to Axios — exposing conditions inside. Reporter Stef Kight tweeted some and wrote an article about them. Credit to Cuellar for imposing the transparency the Biden administration claims it’s living by, but clearly isn’t.
NEW: Exclusive photos from inside a CBP temporary overflow facility taken over the weekend in Donna, Texas reveal the crowded, makeshift conditions at the border as the government’s longer term child shelters and family detention centers fill uphttps://t.co/uxdWO7cV7N
The Biden administration is playing word games with all of this, refusing to call it a “crisis” despite the fact that its own head of Homeland Security has been quoted saying the numbers now are higher than any time in the past 20 years. Federal and local systems are overwhelmed. COVID-positive migrants are just being allowed to travel about the country they have no legal right to be in, while many Americans remain locked down. Rep. August Pfluger said the feds aren’t even consulting with the towns where they’re setting up the “pods,” they’re just dropping them into communities in the dead of night. None of this is acceptable. All of it stems from Biden’s policies and rhetoric. This crisis is his and he isn’t dealing with it. He is having trouble navigating stairs lately, so there’s that.
A border county sheriff, Mark Dannels of Cochise County, Ariz., says the situation is empowering the violent drug cartels and increasing human trafficking. It’s spiraling out of control.
The sheriff indirectly addressed President Biden, pressing that he must get border personnel and immigration experts to the table to discuss what’s best for national security.
“The bottom line, Mr. President, is you and I share one thing – the citizens of this country,” he said. “And these reckless and hasty plans and executive orders only serve one purpose – to open up our country for public safety disasters.”
“We’re in a global health pandemic but we’re being ignored on the southwest border,” he continued. “It’s almost like we’re not part of America anymore. … What I’m seeing down here is total opposite of what the CDC is recommending. … Are we part of this country or are we not?”
Then we learned the administration will spend $86 million on hotels for illegals, while it treated the National Guard troops it deployed to protect itself from a non-existent threat terribly. Those troops were relegated to sleeping in garages and eating food that made some of them sick. Biden, who never served in the military but has been a politician his entire adult life, mistreated the Guard while increasing incentives for people to break our immigration law. How can any Biden voter live with themselves?
Going back over the course of his career, you can always count on Biden to go the wrong way.
White House spox Jen Psaki was asked about the National Guard issue on Monday. She had no credible answer, take a look.
What credible answer could she have for this glaring disparity? The administration she works for has consistently prioritized non-citizens over citizens, and fringe policies over mainstream ones that would promote jobs. The Biden administration even went back on its word to deliver $2000 stimulus checks while it used the bulk of the recent stimulus bill to pay off Democrat constituencies. I think the stimulus is unwise policy that’s likely to lead to inflation or worse. But if you’re going to do a stimulus, at least direct the spending toward Americans who need it, not politics.
All of the above leads to an inevitable place: The Biden administration is attempting to engage in a cover-up. Consider: It’s limiting reporter access to the border facilities; it’s refusing to offer any real numbers of those crossing illegally and those who’ve been apprehended; it’s failing to consult with Congress; it’s failing to work with the affected states; and it’s failing to work with local communities.
That’s a cover-up, and it’s time for the media to call it that and for the American people to react accordingly. This administration cannot be trusted to deal honestly with something we can see with our own eyes.
Asked about the humanitarian crisis on the border on Monday, Kamala Harris just laughed it off.
Refuting the entire Democratic platform in one tweet.
I still don’t understand why so many brown people are desperate to come here to be oppressed. Also don’t understand why the left are encouraging them to come if America is as horrible as they say. They should be screaming, “Noooo! Turn back! Abandon hope, all ye who enter here!”
— Leonydus Johnson (leave/me/alone) (@LeonydusJohnson) March 22, 2021
If you don’t know who Leonydus Johnson is or where he’s coming from here, see his Twitter feed and check him out.
Lockdowns are destructive. End them and never revisit them.
Pew: Lockdowns are causing serious distress among younger generations.
Would it be surprising that the toxic brew the lockdowns unleashed has amped up cancel culture?
Popular Mechanicsreports that the “massless” battery may be real soon. It’s not actually massless, of course, it’s just part of the structure of the car, laptop, or whatever it powers. So it has a dual role — power the thing and also provide part of the structure of the thing. PM ponders whether, if it hits the market, it will electrify things that we can’t electrify now, such as airplanes. Why not? A passenger plane’s fuel tanks are usually in the wings now, so in a way (don’t come at me, aircraft engineers) they’re part of the structure now. But that’s not entirely analogous and anyway, it’s not my question. My question is, if the structural battery leads to electrifying more things, that means we will be connecting more things to an already strained power grid that will rely on the increasingly unreliable. How are we gonna do that?
Even Seinfeld isn’t a fan of the Seinfeld finale
I’m just not sure how they could’ve ended it in a way that would have satisfied the fan base. That show was a monster by the time it wound down. I hated the finale at the time, but in retrospect, it’s true to the series. They’re awful people, courtroom dramas were huge then and still are. And no one hugs or learns a thing from that finale. So having all the best characters return to reprise their moments and see the Seinfeld Four off to jail does make sense, or “provide closure” as they say now.
Retro clip
The Call lost their lead singer, Micheal Been, back in 2010. Across the 1980s and into the ’90s they were one of those criminally underrated bands you’d hear on the radio every once in a while. You’d like the tune, the DJ would neglect to say who it was by, and that was that. There were no apps or Internet available to track them down. Combining elements of Simple Minds, U2, and their own thing, The Call packed a punch that always deserved a larger audience than they tended to get. “I Still Believe” is one of their signature songs. It appeared (as a cover) in the ’80s vampire film The Lost Boys, and on the album Reconciled. More recently, it appeared on the soundtrack for Waco. Here’s the original band on stage, way back when. I saw them live someplace in the Dallas area a gazillion years ago, probably the West End. Phenomenal, powerful show.
Bonus retro clip: Do you think these kids are going anywhere?
Bonus retro clip with a point, sort of.
I Dream of Jeannie was controversial in its time for almost showing Barbara Eden’s navel. That was a big deal. It went off the air in 1970 — just three years before Joe Biden entered politics.
It’s hard to believe now but this was ribald stuff in 1968. Just five years before Biden entered politics. Are you seeing my half of a point here?
White House elevates VP with ‘Biden-Harris Administration’ directive . . . It’s officially not the Biden administration, but the Biden-Harris administration. According to a report at Outspoken, “a top White House communications team member” has sent an email directing that official usage at all federal agencies include Vice President Kamala D. Harris. “Please be sure to reference the current administration as the ‘Biden-Harris Administration’ in official public communications,” the directive reads. The phrase “Biden-Harris Administration” is emphasized in bold face. The email was provided to Outspoken by “an employee of a federal government agency.” The source worked for a “bipartisan” federal agency that deals with foreign relations but not affiliated with the State Department, which implies a broadening scope to the “naming Harris” practice. The websites of all 15 Cabinet-level executive departments already refer to the Biden-Harris administration. Washington Times
Kamala Harris laughs after reporter asks if she plans to visit border: ‘Not today!’ . . . Vice President Kamala Harris laughed while responding to a question from a reporter who asked Monday if she would be visiting the border amid the growing migrant crisis.
While taking questions from reporters outside of Air Force One, Harris was asked if she had “plans to visit” the southern border as the immigration crisis continues to develop. The vice president responded to the query with a “not today” before laughing. The White House did not immediately respond to Fox News’ question as to whether Harris’ response was appropriate, given the situation at the border that the Biden administration refuses to call a “crisis.” Fox News
Kamala is laughing because she is one step away from US presidency. For details about this funny trick, please see ‘The Secret History of the Shadow Campaign That Saved the 2020 Election‘ in Time magazine, which details how an “informal alliance between left-wing activists and business titans” orchestrated “Trump’s ouster.”
Coronavirus
Study: adults under stay-at-home orders gained nearly two pounds a month . . . American adults gained half a pound on average for every 10 days spent under stay-at-home orders, a new study finds.
In a study posted online by the JAMA Network health journal, researchers from University of California San Francisco found that participants under stay-at-home orders gained on average 0.59 pounds every 10 days spent under lockdown — a finding that could indicate as many as 20 pounds gained over the course of 2020 and early 2021 for some newly-remote workers. The primary causes of the weight gain were “likely reflective of changes in physical activity and patterns of daily living, as well as concurrent self-reported increases in snacking and overeating.” The Hill
U.S. health body questions AstraZeneca’s COVID-19 vaccine trial data . . . AstraZeneca may have released outdated information on its latest COVID-19 vaccine trial, giving an “incomplete” picture of its efficacy, a leading U.S. health agency said on Tuesday, casting doubt on the shot’s potential U.S. rollout and plunging its developers, once again, into controversy. The surprise public rebuke from federal health officials comes just one day after interim data from the drugmaker showed better-than-expected results from the U.S. trial. Reuters
The data shows lockdowns end more lives than they save . . . Now that the 2020 figures have been properly tallied, there is still no convincing evidence that strict lockdowns reduced the death toll from COVID-19. But one effect is clear: more deaths from other causes, especially among the young and middle-aged, minorities and the less affluent. The best gauge of the pandemic’s impact is what statisticians call excess mortality, which compares the overall number of deaths with the total in previous years. That measure rose among older Americans because of COVID-19, but it rose at an even sharper rate among people aged 15 to 54, and most of those excess deaths weren’t attributed to the virus. Some of those deaths could be undetected COVID-19 cases, and some could be unrelated to the pandemic or the lockdowns. But preliminary reports point to some obvious lockdown-related factors. There was a sharp decline in visits to emergency rooms and an increase in fatal heart attacks because patients didn’t receive prompt treatment. Many fewer people were screened for cancer. Social isolation contributed to excess deaths from dementia and Alzheimer’s. Analysis/OpinionNew York Post
Regeneron and Roche’s antibody cocktail shown helping in COVID-19 cases . . . New late-stage trial data show Regeneron and Roche’s antibody cocktail against COVID-19 cut hospitalisation or death by 70% versus a placebo in non-hospitalised patients, the Swiss drugmaker said on Tuesday. The shot, consisting of casirivimab and imdevimab antibodies developed by Regeneron with financial help from the U.S. government, also met all key secondary endpoints in the phase III trial with 4,567 participants, including reducing symptom duration to 10 days from 14, Roche said. Roche, which is making the drug at its plants in California expects hundreds of millions in sales in 2021 from the drug, including $260 million alone to the U.S. government in the first quarter. Reuters
Politics
‘Absolute power grab’: Dems’ election overhaul extends far beyond ballot box . . . Democrats are championing their massive election overhaul as a voting rights bill, but their proposal reaches far beyond the ballot box, with dictates on how candidates may run for office and restrictions on how states can challenge the sweeping regulations in court. At least six sections in the more than 800-page bill potentially run afoul of the Constitution, legal scholars say, including requirements that states offer automatic and same-day voter registration, rules on the expansion of mail-in voting and provisions for creating commissions charged with redrawing congressional districts. The bill also calls for an ethics code for the Supreme Court and mandates that presidential candidates disclose their tax returns. The bill, which is titled the For the People Act, takes the unusual step of mandating a singular process for challenging the proposed laws. Washington Times
Biden Obama In ‘Regular Touch’ . . . President Joe Biden and his policy teams have been in “regular touch” with President Barack Obama on “a range of issues,” White House Press Secretary Jen Psaki told reporters Monday. A reporter questioned Psaki on if and how frequently Biden has consulted with Obama since gaining office. Psaki said Biden and Obama are close friends and have spoken over the phone several times. She also said Biden expects to continue consulting with Obama on healthcare issues as he works to improve upon the Affordable Care Act. Daily Caller
Conservative group says polling shows Dems’ voting rights bill ‘out of sync with American voters’ . . . The Honest Elections Project, a conservative group that advocates for more restrictive voting laws, is releasing polling on Tuesday arguing that H.R. 1, Democrats’ sweeping election reform and voting rights bill passed by the House earlier this month, is “out of sync with American voters.” The group’s memo, which will be sent to members of Congress and state legislators on Tuesday ahead of a critical Senate hearing on the bill, cites polling it commissioned in which a majority of respondents support voter identification laws and agree that “strong safeguards and ballot protections inspire confidence by making it harder to hide fraud.” “H.R. 1 is out of sync with American voters. Few embrace its particular provisions, or its guiding principle . . . ” Honest Elections Project executive director Jason Snead writes in the memo, a copy of which was obtained by The Hill
Trump ramps up activities, asserts power within GOP . . . Former President Trump is reemerging on the political scene after a months-long hiatus, and Trump World insiders expect him to ramp up his activity even more as the midterm elections get closer.
Trump on Monday called into Fox News and a new podcast hosted by conservative commentator Lisa Boothe for the kind of freewheeling interviews that were commonplace over the past five years. The ex-president blasted President Biden for the border surge and railed against Republicans who have criticized him. Trump also reiterated his claims about election fraud — a topic that many Republicans are eager to move on from. The Hill
Trump reveals who he thinks is future of ‘stacked’ Republican Party . . . Florida Gov. Ron DeSantis, Sens. Josh Hawley, Ted Cruz and Rand Paul, as well as South Dakota Gov. Kristi Noem and Arkansas gubernatorial hopeful Sarah Huckabee Sanders. These are the people Donald Trump views as the future of the Republican Party, he revealed in a new interview Monday. Speaking on the debut episode of “The Lisa Boothe Show,” the 45th commander-in-chief made the remarks after being asked who he believed were the ones to watch in the next era of the Grand Old Party. “Well, I think we have a lot of people, we have a lot of young good people,” Trump said. New York Post
Do You Miss Me Yet? A Tell-All with President Trump . . . The 45th president gives Lisa Booth his most in-depth interview since leaving the White House. They discuss everything from the crisis at the border to who President Trump would endorse in 2024 if he doesn’t run. Plus, President Trump shares his message for his supporters at a time when they are under attack from the radical left. Gingrich 360
Iran threatens to kill US Army general, attack DC base: report . . . Iran has reportedly threatened to attack an Army base in Washington, DC — and kill Gen. Joseph M. Martin in a USS Cole-style attack. The National Security Agency intercepted communications in January indicating that Iran’s Revolutionary Guard discussed carrying out an assault against Fort McNair to kill Martin, the Army’s vice chief of staff, according to senior intelligence officials. The NSA picked up the chatter among members of Iran’s Revolutionary Guard’s elite Quds Force discussing how to avenge the killing of Gen. Quassem Soleimani, Iran’s top military leader, by the US in January 2020. Business & Politics Review
Palestinians Funneled Hundreds of Millions to Terrorists, State Dept Report Reveals . . . The Biden administration privately confirmed to Congress last week that the Palestinian Authority has continued to use international aid money to reward terrorists but said the finding won’t impact its plans to restart funding. In a non-public State Department report obtained by the Washington Free Beacon, the administration said the Palestinians spent at least $151 million in 2019 on its “pay-to-slay” program, in which international aid dollars are spent to support imprisoned terrorists and their families. Financial statements further indicate that at least $191 million was spent on “deceased Palestinians referred to as ‘martyrs.’” Despite this practice, which violates U.S. law and prompted the Trump administration to freeze aid to the Palestinians, the “Biden-Harris Administration has made clear its intent to restart assistance to the Palestinians in the West Bank and Gaza,” according to the report. Washington Free Beacon
Cyber attacks multiply on wealthy investors . . . While the internet’s instant global reach has brought rich families many new investment opportunities, it has also increased exposure to cyber crime. The Covid-19 pandemic, which has forced many rich people and their family office managers to work at home, has further increased the opportunities for fraudsters to exploit communications links. The approaches to individual investors and their advisers is similar to the attacks on family offices. Hackers monitor the victims’ the email correspondence, learning to impersonate the tone and language used — even gleaning private family news and the names of partners and children. Typically the scenario is that a client is contacted by a fraudster pretending to be from the authorities. Then they make up a plausible excuse why the client should withdraw their investments from the current investment firm and move it to another account, which ends up being the fraudsters. Financial Times
International
Russia says US refused Biden-Putin live debate amid tensions . . . The Russian Foreign Ministry is blaming the United States for hurting relations by refusing a proposal to hold a live-broadcast discussion between President Biden and Russian President Vladimir Putin. “We regret to note that the American side has not supported the proposal made by President of Russia Vladimir Putin to US President Joe Biden to hold a live-broadcast discussion on March 19 or 22, 2021, on the problems that have accumulated in bilateral relations, as well as on the subject of strategic stability,” the Russian Foreign Ministry said in a statement. Biden on Friday had given the proposal the cold shoulder, saying in response to a question about the offer: “I’m sure we’ll talk at some point.” The Hill
Darn. That would have been entertaining.
US and EU to revive joint effort to handle more assertive China . . . The US and EU are poised to reboot a joint effort on how to handle an increasingly assertive China, days after working with the UK and Canada to impose sanctions on officials over human rights abuses in Xinjiang. Antony Blinken, US secretary of state, will relaunch the US-EU China dialogue with Josep Borrell, EU foreign policy chief, on Wednesday in Brussels. The dialogue will focus on human rights and security. In addition to imposing sanctions over the treatment of Uyghurs in Xinjiang on Monday, the US last week announced tough measures against Chinese and Hong Kong officials for undermining the autonomy of the financial centre. Financial Times
Russia, China push for U.N. Security Council summit, lash out at West . . . Russia and China said on Tuesday they wanted a summit of permanent members of the U.N. Security Council amid what they called heightened political turbulence, with Moscow saying they both believed the United States was acting in a destructive way. The two allies, whose relations with the West are under increasing strain, made the call for a summit in a joint statement after talks between their foreign ministers in the city of Guilin. “At a time of increasing global political turbulence, a summit of the permanent members of the U.N. Security Council is particularly necessary to establish direct dialogue about ways to resolve humankind’s common problems in the interests of maintaining global stability,” they said in a statement. Reuters
Russia urges China to ditch US dollar to bust sanctions . . . Russian Foreign Minister Sergey Lavrov wants China “to move away” from relying on the U.S. dollar for international trade in order to undermine the power of U.S. sanctions. “We must consolidate our independence,” Lavrov told Chinese state media. “So, we must reduce our exposure to sanctions by strengthening our technological independence and switching to settlements in national and international currencies other than the dollar. We need to move away from using Western-controlled international payment systems.” Treasury Department sanctions authorities have proven a powerful financial weapon in the hands of U.S. policymakers, who can ban anyone who does business with pariah governments from the U.S. financial system. Lavrov’s proposal to blunt that tool punctuated a trip to China that allowed Moscow and Beijing to signal a united front against Washington after officials in both capitals clashed with President Biden and his national security team. Washington Examiner
Money
Biden Admin Officials Put Together $3 Trillion Economic Plan . . . Administration officials are crafting a plan for a multipart infrastructure and economic package that could cost as much as $3 trillion and fulfill key elements of President Biden’s campaign agenda. The first proposal would center on roads, bridges and other infrastructure projects and include many of the climate-change initiatives Mr. Biden outlined in the “Build Back Better” plan he released during the 2020 campaign. That package would be followed by measures focusing on education and other priorities, including extending the newly expanded child tax credit scheduled to expire at the end of the year and providing for universal prekindergarten and tuition-free community college, the people said. Wall Street Journal
Biden wants to raise taxes on wealthy Americans who got richer during pandemic . . . President Biden is committed to fulfilling a key campaign promise and raising taxes on high-income earners amid growing evidence that many wealthy Americans benefited financially from the coronavirus pandemic. The wealthiest 1% of U.S. households saw their collective fortune grow by more than $4 trillion last year, buoyed by record-high stock prices and an increase in property values. The bottom 50% saw their fortunes increase by just $470 billion, according to Federal Reserve data. The bill is widely expected to serve as a vehicle for a slew of tax hikes. Fox Business
Insurance Companies Reaping Benefits from Protests, Get in Line with Black Lives Matter . . . Following the death of George Floyd, the world’s largest insurance companies spoke up in favor of Black Lives Matter. Even as they were paying out unprecedented claims due to the destruction caused by Black Lives Matter protesters and those seizing their mantle, the companies issued statements and coughed up donations to support the movement.
This summer’s unrest cost the industry more than a billion dollars in riot damage, the largest such loss in U.S. history. Those losses are now in danger of affecting employees’ pay, industry insiders said, but not their employers’ stance: As of February 18, Chubb was planning a panel with Black Lives Matter whose promotional materials included a pro-Black Panther documentary and an enjoinder to “stay woke,” according to emails reviewed by the Washington Free Beacon
You should also know
Adam Schiff ‘took the bait’ with FISA memo, ex-House Intel investigator says . . . House Intelligence Committee Chairman Adam Schiff “took the bait” with the Democratic rebuttal to a Republican memo on alleged surveillance abuses by the Justice Department and FBI, according to a former investigator on the panel. Kash Patel, an attorney who went on to take top national security roles in the Trump administration, told the Epoch Times in an interview last week about his strategy for writing the GOP memo, released in early 2018 over Democratic claims of politicization, that accused officials of misusing the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act to spy on ex-Trump foreign policy adviser Carter Page as part of the investigation into former President Donald Trump’s potential ties to Russia that started during the 2016 campaign. Washington Examiner
FBI had doubts about Russia informant’s allegation that helped prompt Mike Flynn probe . . . Five days before the FBI formally opened the Michael Flynn probe in summer 2016, a confidential informant alleged to agents that Donald Trump’s national security adviser had left a 2014 foreign meeting alone with a Russian woman. Agents ultimately deemed the account “not plausible” and “not accurate” but proceeded to investigate Flynn anyway, newly declassified documents show. FBI confidential human source (CHS) reports show Stefan Halper, an academic who long worked for the bureau as a trusted informant, was the original source of a story that Flynn had left a 2014 event in Cambridge, England, with the Russian scholar Svetlana Lokhova while he was still the head of the Defense Intelligence Agency. The story was later leaked to the news media and became the focal point of a defamation lawsuit by Lokhova that is now on appeal. It also was listed in FBI documents as part of the reason the bureau opened a counterintelligence probe of Flynn. Just the News
Lawyer Linked To Steele Dossier Works For Dems To Overturn Results Of Iowa Election . . . Attorney Marc Elias is spearheading the recount effort to keep Floridian Bill Nelson in the U.S. Senate. House Democrats have hired Marc Elias, the elections lawyer linked to the infamous Steele dossier, to help in their bid to overturn the results of an Iowa House race won by a Republican incumbent.
Tthe Democratic Congressional Campaign Committee (DCCC) is paying Elias to represent the campaign of Rita Hart, a Democrat who lost by six votes to Rep. Mariannette Miller-Marks. House Democrats will have significant control over the appeals process, raising concerns among Republicans that the process will be rigged against them. Daily Caller
Guilty Pleasures
Ohio man calls police after raccoon ‘ransacked’ kitchen, hid in dishwasher, police say . . . Police in Ohio were surprised to discover a “masked bandit” in a local home on Monday, but it wasn’t a burglar – at least, not a human one. A North Ridgeville resident phoned authorities after discovering a raccoon hiding in his dishwasher.
Police sent their “resident absurd animal call officer,” Patrolman John Metzo, to investigate. Sure enough, Metzo found a raccoon sleeping in the dishwasher when he arrived. The animal had broken in through a bathroom light and “ransacked the kitchen” before settling in for a nap under some dirty dishes, according to police. Metzo is known locally in the city west of Cleveland for responding to other odd calls involving animals like when a kangaroo got loose from its pen in 2015 and the time a cow fell off a trailer and wandered away in 2019. Photos from the latest call show the critter crouched inside the dishwasher, and then led away on a leash by the officer. It took about 17 minutes to coax the raccoon out from his impromptu bed, news agency South West News Service (SWNS) reported. “All in a day’s work… for John,” police wrote, adding that “No raccoons were harmed in the making of this Facebook post.” Fox News
Do you love Cut to the News? Let your family and friends know about it! They’ll thank you for it. Spread the word . . .
By Email – use the message that pops up or write your own.
Happy Tuesday! Declan’s March Madness bracket in the TMD pool is currently 850th out of 1,197 completed entries. Everyone point and laugh at Declan.
Quick Hits: Today’s Top Stories
Ten people were killed in a shooting at a grocery store in Boulder, Colorado yesterday, including a Boulder police officer. Authorities said the alleged shooter is in custody, and the ongoing threat to the public has ended.
AstraZeneca announced yesterday that U.S. Phase III trials found its two-dose COVID-19 vaccine to be 100 percent effective at preventing severe disease and hospitalization and 79 percent effective at preventing symptomatic illness. The NIH, however, issued a statement early this morning expressing concern that AstraZeneca “may have included outdated information from that trial” leading to an “incomplete view of the efficacy data.”
The United States—in conjunction with the United Kingdom, Canada, and European Union—imposed sanctions on two Chinese officials for their role in the People’s Republic of China’s “genocide and crimes against humanity in Xinjiang.”
The Senate voted 68-29 on Monday to confirm Boston Mayor Marty Walsh to lead the Department of Labor.
President Biden on Monday formally announced his intent to nominate Big Tech critic Lina Khan for Commissioner of the Federal Trade Commission.
Eric Greitens—the former Republican governor of Missouri who resigned under threat of impeachment in 2018 after the woman with whom he was having an affair accused him of blackmail and physical abuse—announced last night he is running for the open U.S. Senate seat in Missouri in 2022. Sen. Roy Blunt recently announced he is not running for reelection.
Elgin Baylor, the Hall of Fame forward who played 14 seasons with the Los Angeles Lakers, died Monday at the age of 86.
The United States confirmed 49,255 new cases of COVID-19 yesterday per the Johns Hopkins University COVID-19 Dashboard. An additional 532 deaths were attributed to the virus on Monday, bringing the pandemic’s American death toll to 542,888. According to the Centers for Disease Control, 26,215 Americans are currently hospitalized with COVID-19, and 2,028,324 COVID-19 vaccine doses were administered yesterday. 82,772,416 Americans have now received at least one dose.
The Kraken is Backtrackin’
As all but our youngest Dispatch readers will remember, there was a presidential election in November—and a lot of people spent a very long time in denial about its outcome. Many are still there: 65 percent of Republicans in an Associated Press poll last month said they believe Joe Biden was “not legitimately elected” to the presidency.
Within that 65 percent, the denialism isn’t monolithic. Some cite so-called “censorship” by Big Tech and “the media” as justification for their claims, while others argue expanded absentee balloting in states across the country created vulnerabilities in election infrastructure. But those truly dedicated to the cause believed that Smartmatic and Dominion Voting Systems conspired with communists in Venezuela, Cuba, and “likely” China to use Hugo Chavez-directed software to rig the election against Donald Trump.
That theory, of course, comes—more or less verbatim—from on-and-off Trump campaign lawyer Sidney Powell, and formed the basis of a series of “Kraken” election lawsuits across the country that went nowhere in court. Powell shared these hypotheses, flanked by top Trump campaign and GOP officials, from a podium at the Republican National Committee in November. She shared them—or had them cited, unchallenged—dozens of times on Fox News and Fox Business between the election and January 6. She shared them with Donald Trump himself at the White House as late as December 18—four days after the Electoral College met and voted. On January 3, three days before the assault on the Capitol, Trump retweeted Powell’s claim that “this ‘election’ was stolen from the voters in a massive fraud.”
Powell pushed a variety of conspiracies before settling on her foreign-intervention fantasy. “There has been a massive and coordinated effort to steal this election from We the People of the United States of America, to delegitimize and destroy votes for Donald Trump, to manufacture votes for Joe Biden,” she told Maria Bartiromo—and millions of Fox Business viewers—on November 8. “They have done it in every way imaginable, from having dead people vote in massive numbers, to absolutely fraudulently creating ballots that exist only voting for Biden. … They also used an algorithm to calculate the votes they would need to flip. And they used the computers to flip those votes from Biden to—I mean, from Trump to Biden.”
But Powell may have flown too close to the sun. She was hit with a $1.3 billion defamation lawsuit in January from Dominion alleging she spread her false claims about the company’s machines deleting or flipping votes “to financially enrich herself, to raise her public profile, and to ingratiate herself to Donald Trump.”
Now that Powell is facing real consequences for her rhetoric, she is singing a different tune. Seeking to dismiss Dominion’s lawsuit, the pro-Trump lawyer and her legal team filed a motion on Monday arguing that “no reasonable person would conclude that [Powell’s] statements were truly statements of fact.”
Rather, Powell and her attorneys argue, her allegations about Dominion were political in nature, and therefore, citing an earlier case, “prone to exaggeration and hyperbole.” And she claims Dominion’s suit makes her case for her.
“Indeed, Plaintiffs themselves characterize the statements at issue as ‘wild accusations’ and ‘outlandish claims,’” the motion continues. “Such characterization of the allegedly defamatory statements further support Defendants’ position that reasonable people would not accept such statements as fact but view them only as claims that await testing by the courts through the adversary process.”
Powell’s legal team went on to argue that the case involves “a matter of public concern,” and that Dominion had “already been subject to scrutiny” well before Powell entered the scene. Plus, they made the case that Dominion failed to prove Powell knew her statements were false. “In fact,” the motion reads, “she believed the allegations then and she believes them now.”
As ridiculous as this all sounds—and is—the legal strategy has proven effective in the past. Fox News was able to get a defamation lawsuit against Tucker Carlson dismissed last year by getting a judge to agree that “given Mr. Carlson’s reputation, any reasonable viewer ‘arrive[s] with an appropriate amount of skepticism’ about the statements he makes.” Comcast and MSNBC did the same with a defamation case against Rachel Maddow. “The point of Maddow’s show is for her to provide the news but also to offer her opinions as to that news,” a judge wrote. “Therefore, the Court finds that the medium of the alleged defamatory statement makes it more likely that a reasonable viewer would not conclude that the contested statement implies an assertion of objective fact.”
The circumstances are different here: Powell certainly presented herself as a serious lawyer. In claiming that “no reasonable person” would believe what she was saying to be true, she is impugning the intelligence of not only the former president of the United States and countless GOP lawmakers, but also millions of Republican voters that donated to or otherwise supported her efforts in recent months.
Powell’s efforts to undermine the results of a legitimate election have, of course, caused damage that extends far beyond the $1,3 billion price tag placed on it by Dominion. The same can be said about Trump’s former personal attorney Rudy Giuliani and MyPillow CEO Mike Lindell, both of whom are also currently being sued by Dominion, as well as Fox News itself, which is currently being sued by Smartmatic. For two months, they pushed evidence-free claims that the election was stolen from Trump, eroding trust in the very foundations of American democracy and misleading millions of voters. The violent consequence of this misinformation campaign was the Capitol riot of January 6, and its impact on institutions and how voters perceive election integrity will continue to be felt regardless of the result of the lawsuits.
The effects of this campaign of deceit are still evident today. In his recent public appearances, Donald Trump has continued to insist that the election was stolen, claiming “we won the election as far as I’m concerned” in an interview on Fox yesterday. Later today, Regent University is hosting a symposium on “election integrity” featuring a number of prominent election conspiracy theorists, including Eric Metaxas and the team of conspiracists from The Gateway Pundit.
And if Sidney Powell is backing away from some of her wildest claims, others are still pushing them. A March 11 article in The Federalist decried the fact that Powell’s claims weren’t taken seriously by the courts. “The Supreme Court also refused to hear any of Sidney Powell’s cases—in Arizona, Wisconsin, and Michigan—and in doing so, deprived Americans of the chance to hear evidence for and against very serious claims that electronic voting machines could be manipulated,” wrote Bob Anderson. “Of all of the allegations, perhaps none more so instilled fear into voters as the possibility that our votes could be tampered with and changed, thwarting democracy itself. Did the machines really show decimal totals for votes rather than integers? Were they designed to flip votes, and in such a way that no audit could trace it? Were these machines connected to the internet on election night, and did data show that foreign actors accessed it? Voters will never know.”
Latest on the Southern Border
Is there a crisis at the southern border? In recent weeks, the Biden administration has danced around the question of how well it is handling a surge of migrants attempting to cross from Mexico into the United States. Homeland Security Secretary Alejandro Mayorkas testified before a House committee last week that his department was facing “historic and unprecedented challenges at the border”—but insisted that the administration was doing the best it could to get the U.S. asylum system up and running again after it ground nearly to a halt under President Trump.
The difficulties involved with that task, however, are only becoming more apparent. Border crossings—particularly of unaccompanied minors—are approaching all-time highs. Biden’s backers correctly point out that has as much to do with the previous administration’s policies as the current one’s—the Trump administration shuttered all asylum proceedings last year, ostensibly as a Title 42 pandemic public health measure, and the resulting backlog of people meant border crossings were always going to spike when that temporary measure ended, as it now has for unaccompanied minors. But the fact remains that the U.S. simply isn’t currently equipped to process them all.
Migrants whom the Border Patrol determines are unaccompanied minors must be handed over to the Department of Health and Human Services to be placed with a sponsor or in a facility that meets minimum quality-of-life standards. But when there are more minors than HHS can process in a timely fashion, they are instead temporarily shunted sideways into grimmer DHS facilities unequipped to house children humanely—which is exactly what’s happening now. Photos obtained by Axios this week show crowded conditions in Border Patrol “overflow facilities,” with dozens of unaccompanied minors huddled side-by-side under Mylar blankets.
For liberals, such images evoke those taken when the same facilities were used as part of the Trump administration’s despised 2019 “zero tolerance” policy, under which the number of unaccompanied minors in federal custody surged for another reason: The administration was making thousands of children unaccompanied by arresting and holding their parents for crossing the border illegally, even when they were not charged with other crimes. The Biden administration hasn’t returned to that policy, and has argued using overflow facilities is better than the alternative of turning minors away back into Mexico. But progressive critics argue that “more humane than Trump’s family separation” isn’t a particularly high bar to clear, and doesn’t make extended use of these facilities any less concerning.
“It is difficult, because the entire system was dismantled by the prior administration,” Mayorkas told CNN on Sunday. “There was a system in place in both Republican and Democratic administrations, that was torn down during the Trump administration, and that is why the challenge is more acute than it ever has been before.”
At the same time, Biden’s acceptance into the country of unaccompanied minors represents only a partial break with President Trump’s border policies: Most other border crossers, whether family units or solo adults, remain subject to summary expulsion under Title 42. A cornucopia of Biden officials have made a point of saying in recent days that “the border is closed,” beseeching migrants not to attempt to enter the U.S. for now. Biden himself said as much in an interview with ABC News last week.
But the crush of bodies at the border has also led to cracks in enforcement for these other populations as well: NBC News reported yesterday that border agents in the Rio Grande have been authorized to release migrant adults and families even before they have been given a court date for an asylum hearing. Scheduling a court date and permitting the asylum seeker to remain in the country in the meantime is a policy immigration hawks have long derided as “catch and release”; under this change, some migrants who have been released have simply been asked to provide contact information so Border Patrol can get in touch once a court date has been set.
For Republicans, the chaos caused by even a partial reversal of Trump’s border policies is confirmation of a core argument made by border hawks: Any policy that makes illegal immigration (or seeking asylum) more likely to succeed will only increase the number of people who attempt to migrate to the U.S. illegally (or seek asylum here). “When you permit something, you’re gonna get more of it,” Mark Krikorian of the hawkish Center for Immigration Studies told The Dispatchearlier this month.
After participating in a bipartisan visit to the border with Mayorkas in recent days, Sen. Rob Portman shared what he learned on the Senate floor yesterday. “Actions speak louder than words, and the actions of the new administration was clear,” he said. “These abrupt moves to dismantle the immigration policies that were working to provide a disincentive for unlawful migrations gave the green light to a lot of people seeking a better life, but it also gave the smugglers and the human trafficking groups in the Northern Triangle and in Mexico the ability to convince more families and more children to take the dangerous trip north.”
While Biden is still enjoying a bit of a political honeymoon—his net approval rating is somewhere around +14 percent—the immigration issue could bog him down, and quickly. Sixty-five percent of Americans in a recent Reuters poll approved of the president’s handling of the pandemic, and 52 percent said the same regarding the economy. On immigration, however, Biden was in the red, with just 41 percent approval.
Democrats with more direct insight into the situation are sounding the alarm. “When you create a system that incentivizes people to come across, and they are released, that immediately sends a message to Central America that if you come across you can stay,” Rep. Vicente Gonzalez, a South Texas Democrat, told the Washington Post. “It incentivizes droves of people to come, and the only way to slow it down is by changing policy at our doorstep. If they don’t change the policy, the flow of continued migration traffic isn’t going to stop or slow down.”
Worth Your Time
“Freethinkers are rightly worried that private online platforms such as Amazon, Twitter, and Facebook are increasingly—and often arbitrarily—cracking down on speech for political reasons,” Nick Gillespie writes in a piece for Reason. But “the much graver threat comes from governments at all levels seeking to compel or ban speech.” From the Kentucky Senate passing a bill that would criminalize insulting police officers, to competing Texas and Colorado proposals that would interfere with social media companies’ speech, to two congressional Democrats sending letters to cable and satellite companies interrogating their carrying of Fox News and Newsmax, Gillespie argues the biggest threat to free speech always comes from the government, not private companies. “When Amazon won’t sell your book, you can head to Barnes & Noble. When government cancels your expression, there’s nowhere left to go.”
On Monday’s action-packed episode of Advisory Opinions, Sarah and David discussed the death sentence for the Boston bomber, speculation surrounding Justice Stephen Breyer’s retirement, a D.C. Circuit dissent by Judge Laurence Silberman, the MAGA right’s rejection of originalism, and best picture nominee Promising Young Woman.
Let Us Know
Today is National Puppy Day, and one of your Morning Dispatchers is very seriously considering getting one of their own.
How old were you when you got your first pet, and what advice do you have for a potential new puppy owner?
Mary Chastain: “I’m going to post a lot on the border. The fact is we will always have a crisis until the government reforms our immigration system. It flat-out sucks. But we all know that no one will do it because if we let them in with freebies then they’ll vote for us! You know that’s why the situation gets worse under Democrats. When will AOC cry outside for these children? The cartels and smugglers make millions a day trafficking people into the country.”
Fuzzy Slippers: “This Critical Race Training that has infested our nation is becoming extremely problematic. First Coca-Cola went off the anti-white racist rails, now Cigna has jumped on the “be less white” bandwagon. How did this destructive, divisive “training” take root so quickly and manifest so broadly and, more importantly, what can be done to stop it?”
Leslie Eastman: “Two weeks ago, I reported that over 18,000 earthquakes had rocked an area of Iceland between the volcanic peaks of Fagradalsfjall and Keilir, indicating the long-dormant volcanic fissure system there was poised for an imminent eruption. As projected, that eruption has occurred. It was a fissure event, which is when the lava flows through a linear volcanic vent, usually without any explosive activity. Therefore, the impact will be mainly local. Still, the eruption could still be see in Reykjavik, 20 miles away. After weeks of earthquakes, dormant Icelandic volcanic system erupts“
Stacey Matthews: “So, two months after impeaching Trump in part based on him not accepting the results of an election, House Democrats are preparing to steal a House seat in Iowa where the Republican was certified by the state as the winner. Imagine that.”
David Gerstman: “Prof Jacobson had an excellent critique of the anti-racism fashion on US campuses featured at Real Clear Politics last week. One problem that the proponents of anti-racism like ibram Kendi suffer from is that if the United States was truly as irredeemably evil as he claims, he never would have achieved his level of prominence and influence.”
Legal Insurrection Foundation is a Rhode Island tax-exempt corporation established exclusively for charitable purposes within the meaning of Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code to educate and inform the public on legal, historical, economic, academic, and cultural issues related to the Constitution, liberty, and world events.
For more information about the Foundation, CLICK HERE.
Oh hey, everyone. Happy Tuesday. As I type this edition of BRIGHT on Monday evening, police are responding to an active shooter situation at a shopping center in Boulder, Colo. With few details available, there is little to do but pray which, indeed, is hardly a little act at all.
The big stories to pay attention to this week are Gov. Kristi Noem’s (R-S.D.) ongoing battle with the conservative movement over legislation on women’s sports and the crisis worsening on our southern border.
Noem Feels The Heat
In short, Noem’s desire to please corporate interests and the conservative base at the same time is a fascinating glimpse at how the right changed from the governships of Mike Pence and Pat McCrory, where nobody except religious interests seemed to mind their caving to corporate interests. Feeling the heat, Noem is trying to backpedal while appeasing both constituencies. It is not possible. The sooner 2024 hopefuls figure that out, the better off we’ll be.
Margot Cleveland has a valuable breakdown of the legislative details over at The Federalist.
“On Friday, South Dakota Gov. Kristi Noem balked on signing House Bill 1217 when the bill to promote fairness in women’s sports crossed her desk. But instead of vetoing the legislation, Noem returned the bill to the House with what she called “recommendations as to STYLE and FORM.” The Republican governor’s spin, however, cannot withstand scrutiny—most specifically her claimed reasoning for removing collegiate athletics from the bill’s protections.
As finalized by the South Dakota legislature, Section 1 of H.B. 1217 provided that athletic teams and sports in the state, including at institutions of higher education, must be expressly designated as male, female, or coeducation. It also stipulated that teams or sports designed as female must be “available only to participants who are female, based on their biological sex.”
After promising to sign H.B. 1217, Noem instead took to Twitter on Friday to state why she had changed her mind and instead returned the bill to legislators for modifications. Noem elaborated on her reasoning in a letter to legislators.
While Noem framed her requested changes as concerning “style” and “form,” the Republican governor sought many amendments, including completely striking two full sections of the proposed bill. The original consisted of only four sections in total.”
MORE: Federalist coverage of Alliance Defending Freedom’s reaction to Noem’s Monday presser.
Border Crisis Is An Indictment Of Broken Political Class
The immigration crisis is an incredible indictment of our political and media elites, who demand or implement incentives for desperate illegal immigrants to make treacherous journeys from their broken home countries, either for the sake of political correctness or the sake of political expediency. Perhaps it’s also borne out of ignorance. But it emboldens cartels, puts people in immense danger, and weakens our security.
As always, you should be reading John Daniel Davidson on this issue. He discussed the crisis with Federalist Publisher Ben Domenech on yesterday’s Federalist Radio Hour.
Helen Raleigh has an excellent breakdown in The Federalist of a) the Biden administration’s policies that exacerbated the problem at the border and b) the hypocrisy of historic proportion in the way Democrats and journalists have treated the crisis under Biden.
“Migrants have responded to the Biden administration’s immigration policies and rhetoric, and the Democrats’ amnesty bill, as an open invitation. They believe now it is the time to come to the United States, however they can.
The U.S. Border Patrol agents reportedly apprehended close to 100,000 migrants who illegally crossed the U.S.-Mexico border last month, about 30 percent more than that in January. Almost half of these illegal border-crossers came from Mexico, and about 12 percent came from countries outside of Central America (some came as far as East Asia and the Middle East).
Approximately two-thirds of those apprehended in February were single adults. About 9,500 of them were children, a 61 percent increase over January. The number of illegal immigrants is expected to be even higher in March.”
MORE: John Daniel Davidson in The Federalist On Biden’s media blackout at the border
Random
Here’s Pitchfork’s review of the new Lana Del Rey album, Chemtrails Over the Countryclub.
Finally, let’s get back to Bravo. If you’re a disillusioned Bachelor fan (as you should be), start binging Vanderpump Rules, Southern Charm, or The Real Housewives of New York City on Bravo. It is your new home. Bravo’s version of reality television is more thoughtful than The Bachelor without creating more work for the viewer. It’s deeper, more interesting, and more authentic. I like that it’s less of a game, but that could take some getting used to.
The Atlanta housewives are still reeling from Bolo and the Jersey housewives are arguably at their peak. This should give hope to fans of the Orange County and Beverly Hills franchises. New casts can work given time. Also, now that Scott absolutely screwed Tinsley over, Bravo should immediately rehire her for RHONY.
Emily Jashinsky is culture editor at The Federalist. She previously covered politics as a commentary writer for the Washington Examiner. Prior to joining the Examiner, Emily was the spokeswoman for Young America’s Foundation. She is a regular guest on Fox News and Fox Business, and her work has been featured in the Wall Street Journal, the New York Post, Real Clear Politics, and more. Originally from Wisconsin, she is a graduate of George Washington University.
Want to change how you receive these emails?
You can update your preferences or unsubscribe from this list
Note: By using some of the links above, Bright may be compensated through the Amazon Affiliate program and Magic Links. However, none of this content is sponsored and all opinions are our own.
Mar 23, 2021 01:00 am
While they previously had been somewhat restrained in their efforts to transform the nation, any pretense of subtlety has now been abandoned. Read More…
Mar 23, 2021 01:00 am
For leftists, questioning anything about their agenda is a conspiracy theory, and once a charge has been labeled a conspiracy theory, it need not be rebutted. Read More…
Could ordinary Americans embrace socialism?
Mar 23, 2021 01:00 am
Watching images of a bustling Berlin in 1927, and realizing how quickly it embraced National Socialism, is a reminder that this can happen anywhere. Read more…
Jealous Dubya Bush emerges a pathetic, bitter little man
Mar 22, 2021 01:00 am
Bush’s latest string of attacks on President Trump are mendacious, specious, and loaded with jealousy. He’s a mouse compared to Cat Trump, but has ambitions of becoming a rat. Read more…
View this email in your browser
American Thinker is a daily internet publication devoted to the thoughtful exploration of issues of importance to Americans.
This email was sent to <<Email Address>> why did I get this? unsubscribe from this list update subscription preferences
AmericanThinker · 3060 El Cerrito Plaza, #306 · El Cerrito, CA 94530 · USA
A CNN producer denied participating in a staged event after questions arose about the circumstances surrounding footage of the purported crossing of the Rio Grande by migrants on the U.S.-Mexico border. “CNN did not participate in any type of coordinated effort to shoot a staged scene of migrants crossing the river nor have we found any credibl … Read more
We’re running an experiment on human psychology in real time, and in a political and media environment that’s disproportionately responsive to wealthy interests, the policy discussion has yet to catch up.
The Equality Act explicitly targets the Bible, calling it a bigoted document filled with discriminatory stereotypes. It would also ban observant Jews from religious ceremonies.
Biden’s China policy amounts to promising to ‘work with allies,’ but the American people deserve to know exactly what was accomplished by his administration at the Alaska summit.
Hearings began in a new case against Masterpiece Cakeshop over a Colorado baker’s refusal to bake a cake celebrating a man’s decision to become transgender.
On Fox News Monday night, South Dakota Republican Gov. Kristi Noem gave a performative defense on her decision to essentially veto a trans sports bill at the behest of big corporate.
‘Essentially, they’re talking about how we’re going to go from the COVID lockdowns to the climate lockdowns,’ Marc Morano said of the left. So you’d better be thinking ahead.
Instead of waiting around for governors and bureaucrats to allow people to breathe freely again, state legislatures should do away with oppressive and scientifically unsupported mask mandates.
Given the rebound in tax revenues across much of the country, conservative states should take the opportunity to tell Washington: ‘You can keep your bailouts, and we’ll keep our control.’
The Transom is a daily email newsletter written by publisher of The Federalist Ben Domenech for political and media insiders, which arrives in your inbox each morning, collecting news, notes, and thoughts from around the web.
“You must read The Transom. With brilliant political analysis and insight into the news that matters most, it is essential to understanding this incredible moment in history. I read it every day!” – Newt Gingrich
Sent to: rickbulownewmedia@protonmail.com
Unsubscribe
The Federalist, 611 Pennsylvania Ave SE, #247, Washington, DC 20003, United States
A man seen bloodied and limping as he was led away by police in handcuffs has been arrested on suspicion of killing 10 people, including a police officer, at a Colorado grocery store, marking America’s second fatal mass shooting in a week.
The gunman, who was not publicly identified, opened fire at a King Soopers outlet in Boulder, sending panicky shoppers and employees scurrying for cover as hundreds of police officers converged on the area.
U.S. officials are trying to drive home an increasingly emphatic message to the growing number of mostly Central American asylum seekers crossing the U.S.-Mexico border every day: “Do not come. The border is closed.” The reality on the ground is less clear.
In the months before former President Donald Trump left office in January, the U.S. Supreme Court briskly paved the way for the lethal injection of 13 federal inmates. We look at how the court is relying on a ‘shadow docket’ to make decisions in consequential cases, rapidly and with little to no explanation.
AstraZeneca may have provided an incomplete view of efficacy data on its COVID-19 vaccine from a large scale trial in the United States, a U.S. health agency says, in a fresh setback for the shot.
↑ A woman consoles a King Soopers pharmacy technician after a shooting at the grocery store in Boulder, Colorado, U.S., March 22 2021
WORLD
↑ Candles are lit in Blackburn Cathedral on the day of reflection to mark the anniversary of Britain’s first COVID-19 lockdown, in Blackburn, Britain, March 23, 2021
A year to the day after they were first ordered to stay at home, Britons will remember the more than 126,000 people who have lost their lives to COVID-19. When Prime Minister Boris Johnson stunned the nation by shutting down much of the economy, fewer than 1,000 Britons had succumbed to the virus.
For the last seven weeks, Myint Htwe has been moving between secret locations, organizing meetings and planning protests. The 45-year-old is one of a group of deposed Myanmar lawmakers attempting to reconstruct the civilian government.
The United States, the European Union, Britain and Canada have imposed sanctions on Chinese officials for human rights abuses in Xinjiang, the first such coordinated Western action against Beijing under President Joe Biden.
Australia’s Prime Minister Scott Morrison acknowledged mounting dissatisfaction with his handling of a series of allegations about the mistreatment of women in politics. Reports of lewd behavior include men filming themselves performing solo sex acts in Parliament House.
Widespread expectations of a coming U.S. economic boom are forcing bond fund managers to dust off their playbooks to combat a nemesis they have not had to worry about for more than a decade: inflation.
WeWork lost $3.2 billion last year, the office-sharing startup disclosed in a presentation shown to prospective investors as part of a pitch for $1 billion in investment and a stock market listing, a person familiar with the matter told Reuters.
When Saudi journalist Jamal Khashoggi was killed in 2018, hedge fund manager Dominic Armstrong bet investors would be turned off and the kingdom’s debt would take a beating. In fact, demand for Saudi euro-denominated bonds was so strong last month that investors paid to lend the kingdom money.
The Democrats find themselves in a proverbial Catch-22 as they get going with their control of the House, Senate, and White House. The repercussions of their rhetoric and policies have resulted in the greatest border crisis this nation has seen. And as they bend over backwards to try to accommodate the masses of illegal immigrants who are flooding across the border, American citizens are getting the shaft.
Most importantly, we’re noticing even as White House Press Secretary Jen Psaki struggles to field questions from a friendly mainstream media.
This is already putting them into a pickle for the 2020 election. On one hand, they have clear indicators that the American people are not happy that their policies are already resulting in a brewing humanitarian crisis at the border that is spilling over to the rest of the country. On the other hand, they have to maintain their “woke” status, which means they can’t do too much to stop the invasion at the border without upsetting their radical progressive base. Meanwhile, Americans are feeling the pain from the Democrats’ disastrous decisions.
This is all making it possible for safely blue districts to suddenly be challenged by Republican candidates. One such candidate is Lavern Spicer who is going up against Frederica Wilson in Florida’s 24th District. This has been a blue district for a decade; the last time a Republican sat in the seat was the opening of the Obama administration. Wilson is generally considered to be “safe” in her seat, but the combination of horrible policies and the disenfranchisement people in her district are feeling towards her are presenting a clear opening for Spicer to make change happen.
“What we are seeing now is that they are catering, just as they always have, to the illegal immigrants,” Spicer said on the latest episode of NOQ Report. “Biden basically basically put up $84 million for the illegals to have a place to stay. But what about the veterans that have spent their life fighting in wars? And then they come home and a lot of them are homeless in the streets with nowhere to go.”
It was clear from the interview that Spicer holds her community and her nation in the highest respect. She is passionate about facing the problems American citizens are faced with today, and that includes the border crisis. She knows how to give back to her community as she is not a life-time politician. Instead, she is a business owner of Curley’s Beauty Salon and helps to feed 5,000 local residents per year through her charitable venture, Curley’s House.
Spicer is the type of candidate we need in the Republican Party. Her passion and understanding of the problems that face the American people combined with her real-world experience as a business owner reminded me of two other candidates I interviewed before the 2020 election, Lauren Boebert and Marjorie Taylor Greene.
Frederica Wilson better watch out. She may feel safe now, but the heat is coming from Lavern Spicer. As Democrats continue to bring failure with their control of Capitol Hill and the White House, incumbents are going to have a hard time winning in 2022.
‘The Purge’ by Big Tech targets conservatives, including us
Just when we thought the Covid-19 lockdowns were ending and our ability to stay afloat was improving, censorship reared its ugly head.
For the last few months, NOQ Report has appealed to our readers for assistance in staying afloat through Covid-19 lockdowns. The downturn in the economy has limited our ability to generate proper ad revenue just as our traffic was skyrocketing. We had our first sustained stretch of three months with over a million visitors in November, December, and January, but February saw a dip.
It wasn’t just the shortened month. We expected that. We also expected the continuation of dropping traffic from “woke” Big Tech companies like Google, Facebook, and Twitter, but it has actually been much worse than anticipated. Our Twitter account was banned. One of our YouTube accounts was banned and another has been suspended. Facebook “fact-checks” everything we post. Spotify canceled us. Why? Because we believe in the truth prevailing, and that means we will continue to discuss “taboo” topics.
The 2020 presidential election was stolen. You can’t say that on Big Tech platforms without risking cancelation, but we’d rather get cancelled for telling the truth rather than staying around to repeat mainstream media’s lies. They have been covering it up since before the election and they’ve convinced the vast majority of conservative news outlets that they will be harmed if they continue to discuss voter fraud. We refuse to back down. The truth is the truth.
The lies associated with Covid-19 are only slightly more prevalent than the suppression of valid scientific information that runs counter to the prescribed narrative. We should be allowed to ask questions about the vaccines, for example, as there is ample evidence for concern. One does not have to be an “anti-vaxxer” in order to want answers about vaccines that are still considered experimental and that have a track record in a short period of time of having side-effects. These questions are not allowed on Big Tech which is just another reason we are getting cancelled.
There are more topics that they refuse to allow. In turn, we refuse to stop discussing them. This is why we desperately need your help. The best way NOQ Report readers can help is to donate. Our Giving Fuel page makes it easy to donate one-time or monthly. Alternatively, you can donate through PayPal as well. We are on track to be short by about $5300 per month in order to maintain operations.
The second way to help is to become a partner. We’ve strongly considered seeking angel investors in the past but because we were paying the bills, it didn’t seem necessary. Now, we’re struggling to pay the bills. We had 5,657,724 sessions on our website from November, 2020, through February, 2021. Our intention is to elevate that to higher levels this year by focusing on a strategy that relies on free speech rather than being beholden to progressive Big Tech companies.
During that four-month stretch, Twitter and Facebook accounted for about 20% of our traffic. We are actively working on operating as if that traffic is zero, replacing it with platforms that operate more freely such as Gab, Parler, and others. While we were never as dependent on Big Tech as most conservative sites, we’d like to be completely free from them. That doesn’t mean we will block them, but we refuse to be beholden to companies that absolutely despise us simply because of our political ideology.
We’re heading in the right direction and we believe we’re ready talk to patriotic investors who want to not only “get in on the action” but more importantly who want to help America hear the truth. Interested investors should contact me directly with the contact button above.
As the world spirals towards radical progressivism, the need for truthful journalism has never been greater. But in these times, we need as many conservative media voices as possible. Please help keep NOQ Report going.
Join fellow patriots as we form a grassroots movement to advance the cause of conservatism. The coronavirus crisis has prompted many, even some conservatives, to promote authoritarianism. It’s understandable to some extent now, but it must not be allowed to embed itself in American life. We currently have 11,000+ patriots with us in a very short time. If you are interested, please join us to receive updates.
In February, as WND reported, a remarkable New York Times feature story showed how the postmodern relativistic culture of elite Smith College prompted administrators to appease a black student who falsely claimed she was racially profiled, wrecking the lives of four of the school’s lower-class wage earners, who were branded as bigots.
Now, in a letter co-signed by prominent black leaders, civil-rights era leader Robert Woodson has written to the president of the women’s college, Kathleen McCartney, to express their “outrage” at the treatment of the service workers.
“Before investigating the facts, Smith College assumed that every one of the people who prepare its food and clean its facilities was guilty of the vile sin of racism and forced them to publicly ‘cleanse’ themselves through a series of humiliating exercises in order to keep their jobs,” Woodson wrote in the letter Monday.
“When an investigation of the precipitating incident revealed no evidence of bias, Smith College offered no public apology to the falsely accused and merely doubled down on the shaming of its most vulnerable employees.”
Among the other signatories is Shelby Steele, a senior fellow at Stanford University’s Hoover Institution who specializes in the study of race relations, multiculturalism and affirmative action.
Woodson noted that many “of us participated in the Civil Rights Movement, fighting for equal treatment under the law, which included due process and the presumption of innocence.
“We didn’t march so that Americans of any race could be presumed guilty and punished for false accusations while the elite institution that employed them cowered in fear of a social media mob,” he said. “We certainly didn’t march so that privileged Blacks could abuse working class whites based on ‘lived experience.’”
Woodson offers a forum for voices such as Steele’s to counter the narrative of the New York Times “1619 Project” called the “1776 Unites Campaign.” And his Washington, D.C.-based Woodson Center helps support “more than 2,881 neighborhood leaders in 40 states who are tackling issues ranging from homelessness, addiction, to joblessness, youth violence and the need for education and training.”
‘All I did was be Black’
In the New York Times story, reporter Michael Powell said the Smith College saga “highlights the tensions between a student’s deeply felt sense of personal truth and facts that are at odds with it.”
The story began in the summer of 2018, when Oumou Kanoute, a black student, recounted on Facebook that she was eating lunch in a dorm lounge when a janitor and a campus police officer walked over and asked her what she was doing there. The area was off-limits to students at the time, because the school was hosting a youth conference. Nevertheless, claiming a yearlong pattern of harassment at Smith, Kanoute said the incident caused a near “meltdown,” as the officer could have been carrying a “lethal weapon.”
“All I did was be Black,” Kanoute wrote. “It’s outrageous that some people question my being at Smith College, and my existence overall as a woman of color.”
McCartney profusely apologized and put the janitor on paid leave, saying the “painful incident reminds us of the ongoing legacy of racism and bias in which people of color are targeted while simply going about the business of their ordinary lives.”
Kanoute’s claim was reported by the New York Times, the Washington Post and CNN while the ACLU took up the case, claiming the student was punished for “eating while Black.”
The Times’ Powell acknowledged there was “less attention” to the story three months later when a law firm hired by Smith College to investigate found no persuasive evidence of bias.
The 35-page report cleared the campus employees and found no sufficient evidence of discrimination by anyone else involved, including the janitor who called campus police.
Nevertheless, McCartney insisted the report validated Kanoute’s “lived experience,” notably the fear she felt at the sight of the police officer. And the president concluded it’s “impossible to rule out the potential role of implicit racial bias.”
The investigative report also said Kanoute could not point to anything that supported the claim she made on Facebook of a yearlong “pattern of discrimination.” But McCartney offered no public apology to four employees who had been implicated in the incident and branded as racists.
‘Profoundly condescending and dehumanizing’
In his letter Monday, Woodson noted that McCartney wrote to the Smith College community in Februrary assuring them of the college’s committment “to advancing equity and inclusion” that is “grounded in evidence.”
“Have you gathered any verifiable evidence of success from the ‘anti- bias’ training you forced your service employees to undergo as a condition of their employment?” he asked.
Woodson said many black Americans find such training “profoundly condescending and dehumanizing,” as it reduces them to a racial category.
“Elite institutions like Smith should be teaching all their students to work through misunderstandings and offenses with the very grace you ask for in your letters, not punishing its least powerful employees in order to virtue signal,” he wrote.
Woodson acknowledged Smiths desire to provide “a welcoming environment for all its students,” but that is not accomplished “by throwing its employees under the bus over a misunderstanding.”
“Students today do not need to be taught moral cowardice or how to impulsively rush to judgment,” he said. “They need models of maturity, courage, and positive conflict resolution.”
He is asking for public apology to the falsely accused service workers, a cancellation of “accusatory ‘anti-bias’ training,” and compensation for the harm done to the service workers.
‘Toxic ideas’
The incident at Smith College took place shortly after a similar incident at Yale in May 2018, when a white graduate student named Sarah Braasch called the police on a black schoolmate, Lolade Siyonbola, who was napping in their dorm’s lounge. Braasch was accused of targeting the student for “napping while black,” but there is no evidence of any racial motivation.
In 2017, administrators at the far-left, experimental Evergreen State College in Olympia, Washington, lost control of their campus despite bending over backwards to appease students who protested a professor who objected to the college-sponsored “Day of Absence” in which whites would be urged to stay home. Classes ceased for five days, and defiant students at one point surrounded and threatened the professor, Bret Weinstein, outside his office. Students took control of a building, some wielded batons as they roamed the campus. An angry mob held the college’s hapless, futilely compliant president hostage in his office, despite his confessions of “white supremacy.”
Weinstein, in a three-part film in 2019 about the uproar, said that after students took over a faculty meeting, there was a “race to the bottom amongst faculty members to virtue signal to these rioters.”
In a 2019 documentary about the Evergreen insurrection, Weinstein said he’s often invited to speak about free speech on college campuses, and every time he’s invited he makes the same point: “This isn’t about free speech, and this is only tangentially about college campuses.”
“This is about a breakdown in basic logic of civilization, and it’s spreading,” he said.
The first “dramatic battle,” said Weinstein, may be on college campuses, but it will find its way into the courts, it’s already in the tech sector, and it “will find it’s way to the highest levels of government, if we’re not careful.”
Weinstein said “these ideas were wrong when they first took hold in the academy, and instead of shutting them down, we created phony fields that act as a kind of political affirmative action, where ideas that do not deserve to survive are given sustenance.”
“These ideas are so toxic and so ill-conceived that to the extent that they are allowed to hold sway – as if one truth is equal to every other truth, my truth is as good as your truth – to the extent that that idea is allowed to pervade other institutions on which civilization depends, civilization will come apart,” said Weinstein.
“So we have to fight this,” he said. “And don’t get the sense that this is just about college campuses, or kids overreacting, because that ain’t what this is.
“This is far more important than that.”
See Weinstein’s remarks in “The Hunted Individual”:
See Part I of the documentary here and Part II here.
The vice chairman of the 1776 Commision, retired Vanderbilt professor Carol Swain, said in a recent interview that having already “destroyed” higher education, the political left is ramping up its effort to fundamentally transform K-12 schooling, teaching children that anything associated with Western Civilization is dangerous.
‘The Purge’ by Big Tech targets conservatives, including us
Just when we thought the Covid-19 lockdowns were ending and our ability to stay afloat was improving, censorship reared its ugly head.
For the last few months, NOQ Report has appealed to our readers for assistance in staying afloat through Covid-19 lockdowns. The downturn in the economy has limited our ability to generate proper ad revenue just as our traffic was skyrocketing. We had our first sustained stretch of three months with over a million visitors in November, December, and January, but February saw a dip.
It wasn’t just the shortened month. We expected that. We also expected the continuation of dropping traffic from “woke” Big Tech companies like Google, Facebook, and Twitter, but it has actually been much worse than anticipated. Our Twitter account was banned. One of our YouTube accounts was banned and another has been suspended. Facebook “fact-checks” everything we post. Spotify canceled us. Why? Because we believe in the truth prevailing, and that means we will continue to discuss “taboo” topics.
The 2020 presidential election was stolen. You can’t say that on Big Tech platforms without risking cancelation, but we’d rather get cancelled for telling the truth rather than staying around to repeat mainstream media’s lies. They have been covering it up since before the election and they’ve convinced the vast majority of conservative news outlets that they will be harmed if they continue to discuss voter fraud. We refuse to back down. The truth is the truth.
The lies associated with Covid-19 are only slightly more prevalent than the suppression of valid scientific information that runs counter to the prescribed narrative. We should be allowed to ask questions about the vaccines, for example, as there is ample evidence for concern. One does not have to be an “anti-vaxxer” in order to want answers about vaccines that are still considered experimental and that have a track record in a short period of time of having side-effects. These questions are not allowed on Big Tech which is just another reason we are getting cancelled.
There are more topics that they refuse to allow. In turn, we refuse to stop discussing them. This is why we desperately need your help. The best way NOQ Report readers can help is to donate. Our Giving Fuel page makes it easy to donate one-time or monthly. Alternatively, you can donate through PayPal as well. We are on track to be short by about $5300 per month in order to maintain operations.
The second way to help is to become a partner. We’ve strongly considered seeking angel investors in the past but because we were paying the bills, it didn’t seem necessary. Now, we’re struggling to pay the bills. We had 5,657,724 sessions on our website from November, 2020, through February, 2021. Our intention is to elevate that to higher levels this year by focusing on a strategy that relies on free speech rather than being beholden to progressive Big Tech companies.
During that four-month stretch, Twitter and Facebook accounted for about 20% of our traffic. We are actively working on operating as if that traffic is zero, replacing it with platforms that operate more freely such as Gab, Parler, and others. While we were never as dependent on Big Tech as most conservative sites, we’d like to be completely free from them. That doesn’t mean we will block them, but we refuse to be beholden to companies that absolutely despise us simply because of our political ideology.
We’re heading in the right direction and we believe we’re ready talk to patriotic investors who want to not only “get in on the action” but more importantly who want to help America hear the truth. Interested investors should contact me directly with the contact button above.
As the world spirals towards radical progressivism, the need for truthful journalism has never been greater. But in these times, we need as many conservative media voices as possible. Please help keep NOQ Report going.
Join fellow patriots as we form a grassroots movement to advance the cause of conservatism. The coronavirus crisis has prompted many, even some conservatives, to promote authoritarianism. It’s understandable to some extent now, but it must not be allowed to embed itself in American life. We currently have 11,000+ patriots with us in a very short time. If you are interested, please join us to receive updates.
This is an open letter to the person responsible for the current border crisis. It is my hope that he and others will respond to this situation with the seriousness, haste, and determination necessary to save our nation because what we are seeing is an existential threat.
Before explaining the steps necessary to prevent our country’s demise, let’s examine what we are faced with at the border. The fact that so little information is coming from Customs and Border Protection or their overseers in the Department of Homeland Security leads me to believe the crisis that we see is nowhere near as bad as the realities on the ground. For every 1000 migrants reportedly being held beyond their legal limits, there are likely 10,000 more that are not being reported. And that means countless are being released to their own recognizance in defiance of state and national law. It is unofficial, under the table, and extraordinarily dangerous to both the migrants and the American people.
But there’s a separate reason we need to close the flood gates, one that has nothing to do with America. The journey these migrants embark upon is rife with physical and emotional dangers. Stories of rapes and abductions are so commonplace, it’s practically expected. Unpublished reports from credible sources of what young children are experiencing on their journey are so hideous, I dare not repeat them as doing so would add a shock value not necessary for this letter. Emotions can drive us to do good but they can also drive us to act inappropriately. I’ll share these gut-wrenching stories separately. For now, we must remain resolute in our focus on common sense solutions to the threat we now face.
Whatever real damage has already been done to our sovereignty, the American people, and those who have foolishly been pushed on their dangerous trek, recovery from it must remain separate. We need to stop the siege at the border immediately and the only possible way of doing that in short time is with direct military intervention. CBP and DHS are ill-equipped and undermanned to halt the onslaught. FEMA and other support organizations cannot assist with securing the borders themselves. The United States military is the only force that can operate appropriately.
This is where some will point out that the military is not responsible for domestic crime prevention. This is true. But what we’re seeing can no longer be considered a matter of preventing “illegal immigration.” We’re not just faced with people breaking our laws. This is an invasion, and even if the intentions of the invaders is to steal a piece of the pie that we’ve built in America, their invasion has nonetheless reached a level that requires direct action akin to stopping a foreign military force attempting to breach our borders.
Covid-19. Drug smuggling. Weapons smuggling. Transnational organized crime. Terrorist incursions. All of these and more have become major aspects of the border crisis. Combined, they make for suitable justification to operate at our borders in the same manner that any other nation in the world would operate. During the Syrian refugee crisis, which was by far more legal and acceptable in the name of asylum as their war-torn nation presented them with life or death situations, multiple European nations stationed the military to combat the flow. But they had one factor protecting their borders that we do not: The Mediterranean Sea. We do not have such a luxury.
There are two important reasons the military must be deployed to the border immediately. The first is obvious. As mentioned before, the current defense against the flood of migrants is an overmatched CBP. They need help desperately. The second reason is more terrifying. We must dissuade migrants from beginning their spring and summer trek now. What we’ve seen so far is a small opening volley. In the coming months, we will see the surge dwarf our current problems. At that point, it will be too late to push back without the use of force as hundreds of thousands, perhaps millions of migrants will be attempting to cross our borders and share in the misery caused by the current administration’s inaction.
With all of the hardship we’ve seen already, it is nothing compared to the compounded humanitarian crisis that will come in the near future. Every floor space in the jam-packed migrant holding bins will be filled. Every Covid-infected migrant will help spread the disease. Every child raped along the way will be broken as the dreams of freedom they were promised will have been replaced by a hatred for the very nation of their false promise. We are breeding the type of humanitarian crisis that will not be felt for months or even years. It will be felt for generations, and the seeds of this intense discontent are being planted right before our eyes.
For the sake of the people of the United States and migrants who do not appreciate the misery they will experience, it is incumbent on Mr. Biden to take decisive action immediately. Send the military to the border, sir.
‘The Purge’ by Big Tech targets conservatives, including us
Just when we thought the Covid-19 lockdowns were ending and our ability to stay afloat was improving, censorship reared its ugly head.
For the last few months, NOQ Report has appealed to our readers for assistance in staying afloat through Covid-19 lockdowns. The downturn in the economy has limited our ability to generate proper ad revenue just as our traffic was skyrocketing. We had our first sustained stretch of three months with over a million visitors in November, December, and January, but February saw a dip.
It wasn’t just the shortened month. We expected that. We also expected the continuation of dropping traffic from “woke” Big Tech companies like Google, Facebook, and Twitter, but it has actually been much worse than anticipated. Our Twitter account was banned. One of our YouTube accounts was banned and another has been suspended. Facebook “fact-checks” everything we post. Spotify canceled us. Why? Because we believe in the truth prevailing, and that means we will continue to discuss “taboo” topics.
The 2020 presidential election was stolen. You can’t say that on Big Tech platforms without risking cancelation, but we’d rather get cancelled for telling the truth rather than staying around to repeat mainstream media’s lies. They have been covering it up since before the election and they’ve convinced the vast majority of conservative news outlets that they will be harmed if they continue to discuss voter fraud. We refuse to back down. The truth is the truth.
The lies associated with Covid-19 are only slightly more prevalent than the suppression of valid scientific information that runs counter to the prescribed narrative. We should be allowed to ask questions about the vaccines, for example, as there is ample evidence for concern. One does not have to be an “anti-vaxxer” in order to want answers about vaccines that are still considered experimental and that have a track record in a short period of time of having side-effects. These questions are not allowed on Big Tech which is just another reason we are getting cancelled.
There are more topics that they refuse to allow. In turn, we refuse to stop discussing them. This is why we desperately need your help. The best way NOQ Report readers can help is to donate. Our Giving Fuel page makes it easy to donate one-time or monthly. Alternatively, you can donate through PayPal as well. We are on track to be short by about $5300 per month in order to maintain operations.
The second way to help is to become a partner. We’ve strongly considered seeking angel investors in the past but because we were paying the bills, it didn’t seem necessary. Now, we’re struggling to pay the bills. We had 5,657,724 sessions on our website from November, 2020, through February, 2021. Our intention is to elevate that to higher levels this year by focusing on a strategy that relies on free speech rather than being beholden to progressive Big Tech companies.
During that four-month stretch, Twitter and Facebook accounted for about 20% of our traffic. We are actively working on operating as if that traffic is zero, replacing it with platforms that operate more freely such as Gab, Parler, and others. While we were never as dependent on Big Tech as most conservative sites, we’d like to be completely free from them. That doesn’t mean we will block them, but we refuse to be beholden to companies that absolutely despise us simply because of our political ideology.
We’re heading in the right direction and we believe we’re ready talk to patriotic investors who want to not only “get in on the action” but more importantly who want to help America hear the truth. Interested investors should contact me directly with the contact button above.
As the world spirals towards radical progressivism, the need for truthful journalism has never been greater. But in these times, we need as many conservative media voices as possible. Please help keep NOQ Report going.
Join fellow patriots as we form a grassroots movement to advance the cause of conservatism. The coronavirus crisis has prompted many, even some conservatives, to promote authoritarianism. It’s understandable to some extent now, but it must not be allowed to embed itself in American life. We currently have 11,000+ patriots with us in a very short time. If you are interested, please join us to receive updates.
After all the destructive policies we have seen coming out of the Eccles Building, it may be time to ask Fed Chairman Jerome Powell, “Do you even know what the economy is?” All the easing and stimulus has taken us to a place we could call Bubbleville. It has bolstered asset prices and speculation but done little to help Main Street or generate a strong economy. This destructive force was unleashed long before Covid-19 came into the picture and hanging our economic misfortunes on the pandemic may sound reasonable but is far from accurate.
History shows that misguided financial policies often end in a crisis, in this case, it is likely to play out in massive inflation. Milton Friedman knew a bit about this, he said; The governmentbenefitsthe firstfrom newmoneycreation, massivelyincreases its imbalances, and blames inflation on the last recipientsof the newmoneycreated, savers and the private sector, so it “solves” theinflationcreated by the governmentby taxing citizens again.Inflationis taxation without legislation.
A comical Progressive Insurance commercial has a smooth-faced fella going on about his beard and apologizing for how he looks. Finally, a coworker asks him, “Jamie, do you even know what a beard is?” Over the months we have watched Fed Chairman Jerome Powell time and time again cut rates and increase the Fed’s balance sheet. This has hurt savers, forced investors into risky investments in search of yield, damaged the dollar, encouraged politicians to spend like drunken sailors, and increased inequality.
The Fed’s actions have not demonstrated a thorough understanding of the economy. About to add to the problems on Main Street, anyone watching the news should be well aware that President Biden has come out during the last few days talking about a big tax increase.With the Internal Revenue Service already swinging in the wind and in utter disarray due to the massive number of lane changes it has been forced to make over the last year can the IRS even manage another huge rewrite of the rules without a year or so to catch up?What we are witnessing is insanity at the highest level.
The mind-boggling stupidity of those at the Fed suggesting negative interest rates might solve our economic woes should stop us dead in our tracks. The only thing dumber was the idea put forth in an article questioning whether the government should mandate people to save money. Two important issues come head to head here resulting in a massive explosion, first, the Fed’s artificially low-interest rates are obliterating savings at a time of growing inflation, and second is that when people retire without savings, it will fall upon the government to support them until they die. This does not bode well for the national deficit.
This sort of thing has played out in many countries such as Argentina. And how did it work out for them? The governments which have implemented such policies have not only destroyed their currency but at the same time created more inflation and killed their economy. The end result being one of stagflation. The only reason inflation has not already knocked us to the floor is that much of the money has flowed into intangible assets such as stocks and bonds rather than into the tangible items we use each day. When this changes we will experience an economic crisis that could eclipse anything we’ve seen before.
To be perfectly clear, the problem we face is that poorly spending even trillions of dollars does not necessarily create a strong economy. The idea we can simply throw money at our problems is flawed. As small businesses close their doors forever, many of these jobs won’t be coming back. This translates into far higher deficits going forward as many more Americans exit the workforce. Simply throwing money at a problem does not guarantee it will halt the formation of a self-feeding loop.
While many investors talk about the link between low-interest rates driving the economy and markets ever higher this correlation is very weak. Japan is proof that low-interest rates do not guarantee a booming economy. The current low-rates combined with our massive government deficit is creating a false economy. It is also baking in a higher overall cost structure. Want to know where the real cost of things is going, just look at the replacement cost from recent storms and natural disasters.
The Federal Reserve and the government does not have a better or more accurate understanding of the needs and demand for goods and services or the productive capacity of the economy than Main Street. Instead, the Financial Government Complex has a huge incentive to overspend and transfer its inefficiencies to everyone else. People like Powell and Janet Yellen are insulated from the real world and the suffering of those who watch helplessly as their lives are upended and destroyed. We have entered uncharted waters and sadly, we have damn fools at the helm.
Massive liquidity injections may temporarily mask a multitude of sins but is not a long term solution. It defies logic to think if the economy is really strong that the Fed, “must do more” and all the jawboning Powell does won’t change the ugly reality we face. Even if Powell stands on the rooftop and shouts, “All is well!” we have little reason to trust him. He has turned investment rules upside down and like those before him, his action
‘The Purge’ by Big Tech targets conservatives, including us
Just when we thought the Covid-19 lockdowns were ending and our ability to stay afloat was improving, censorship reared its ugly head.
For the last few months, NOQ Report has appealed to our readers for assistance in staying afloat through Covid-19 lockdowns. The downturn in the economy has limited our ability to generate proper ad revenue just as our traffic was skyrocketing. We had our first sustained stretch of three months with over a million visitors in November, December, and January, but February saw a dip.
It wasn’t just the shortened month. We expected that. We also expected the continuation of dropping traffic from “woke” Big Tech companies like Google, Facebook, and Twitter, but it has actually been much worse than anticipated. Our Twitter account was banned. One of our YouTube accounts was banned and another has been suspended. Facebook “fact-checks” everything we post. Spotify canceled us. Why? Because we believe in the truth prevailing, and that means we will continue to discuss “taboo” topics.
The 2020 presidential election was stolen. You can’t say that on Big Tech platforms without risking cancelation, but we’d rather get cancelled for telling the truth rather than staying around to repeat mainstream media’s lies. They have been covering it up since before the election and they’ve convinced the vast majority of conservative news outlets that they will be harmed if they continue to discuss voter fraud. We refuse to back down. The truth is the truth.
The lies associated with Covid-19 are only slightly more prevalent than the suppression of valid scientific information that runs counter to the prescribed narrative. We should be allowed to ask questions about the vaccines, for example, as there is ample evidence for concern. One does not have to be an “anti-vaxxer” in order to want answers about vaccines that are still considered experimental and that have a track record in a short period of time of having side-effects. These questions are not allowed on Big Tech which is just another reason we are getting cancelled.
There are more topics that they refuse to allow. In turn, we refuse to stop discussing them. This is why we desperately need your help. The best way NOQ Report readers can help is to donate. Our Giving Fuel page makes it easy to donate one-time or monthly. Alternatively, you can donate through PayPal as well. We are on track to be short by about $5300 per month in order to maintain operations.
The second way to help is to become a partner. We’ve strongly considered seeking angel investors in the past but because we were paying the bills, it didn’t seem necessary. Now, we’re struggling to pay the bills. We had 5,657,724 sessions on our website from November, 2020, through February, 2021. Our intention is to elevate that to higher levels this year by focusing on a strategy that relies on free speech rather than being beholden to progressive Big Tech companies.
During that four-month stretch, Twitter and Facebook accounted for about 20% of our traffic. We are actively working on operating as if that traffic is zero, replacing it with platforms that operate more freely such as Gab, Parler, and others. While we were never as dependent on Big Tech as most conservative sites, we’d like to be completely free from them. That doesn’t mean we will block them, but we refuse to be beholden to companies that absolutely despise us simply because of our political ideology.
We’re heading in the right direction and we believe we’re ready talk to patriotic investors who want to not only “get in on the action” but more importantly who want to help America hear the truth. Interested investors should contact me directly with the contact button above.
As the world spirals towards radical progressivism, the need for truthful journalism has never been greater. But in these times, we need as many conservative media voices as possible. Please help keep NOQ Report going.
Join fellow patriots as we form a grassroots movement to advance the cause of conservatism. The coronavirus crisis has prompted many, even some conservatives, to promote authoritarianism. It’s understandable to some extent now, but it must not be allowed to embed itself in American life. We currently have 11,000+ patriots with us in a very short time. If you are interested, please join us to receive updates.
Government spending is out of control. In March 2021, the Congressional Budget Office (CBO) projected that federal government spending in fiscal year 2021 (which began on October 1, 2020) will come to at least $5.8 trillion, with tax revenues of $3.5 trillion, and a resulting budget deficit of over $2.3 trillion. The total federal accumulated debt will be approaching $30 trillion.
“Mandatory” government spending – the “entitlement programs” – will come to about $3.7 trillion out of all expenditures of $5.8 trillion, or 66 percent of that total. “Discretionary” spending will be over $1.6 trillion, with interest payments on prior accumulated federal debt being another $303 billion. Notice that the entitlement spending for Uncle Sam’s current fiscal year of $3.7 trillion will be larger than the anticipated total tax revenues of $3.5 trillion from all sources. The core welfare state expenses are costing $200 billion more than all of what is collected from American taxpayers. So, the government is borrowing money to cover part of the entitlement expenditures, plus all “discretionary” spending, and the interest on the national debt.
In this fiscal year, government spending will equal 26.3 percent of U.S. Gross Domestic Product (GDP), with tax revenues coming to 16 percent of GDP, and the budget deficit equaling 10.3 percent of GDP. That is, federal government spending will be more than one out of every four dollars of the total value of national output. And the budget deficit will be more than one out of every 10 dollars of GDP.
(It also should be kept in mind that in 2021 state and local government spending is likely to be an additional $4 trillion, on top of what the federal government is spending.)
The Massive Cost of Government Over the Coming Decade
Looking over the next decade up to 2031, the CBO projects that between now and then, the federal government will spend a total of over $61 trillion, and tax away almost $49 trillion, meaning more than $12 trillion in additional deficit spending added to the national debt ten years from now, which means it will reach a total of at least $40 trillion in ten years.
Right now, the national debt burden per U.S. citizen comes to $85,000, and per taxpayer, $224,000. With an estimated population in the United States of 360 million in 2031, this means that the debt burden per citizen will have increased to over $111,000, while the debt will equal more than $500,000 per taxpayer by then.
Tens of Millions of People on the Government Dole
It should not be too surprising that with this amount of government spending a sizable percentage of the U.S. population receives monies from Uncle Sam in one form or another. In 2020, 64 million Americans, or more than one out of every six in the country, received Social Security benefits. While 80 percent of those recipients are receiving that government transfer as a retirement payment, 20 percent receive money from the Social Security Administration for some qualified “disability,” and the standards for such qualification has been eased in a variety of categories in recent years.
There are 61.5 million who are Medicare beneficiaries in the United States. Over 77.8 million Americans are enrolled in Medicaid state programs, and 37 million are enrolled in the Children’s Health Insurance Program (CHIP). An additional 38 million Americans receive food stamp benefits (SNAP – Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program) from the U.S. government.
In other words, almost half of the population of the United States receives redistributed income and benefits – “transfers” – from the government. This does not count various forms of “corporate welfare,” such as subsidies for farmers, for instance. The agricultural sector of the economy received $37.4 billion in direct payments from the federal government in 2020.
Balanced Budgets and an Unwritten Fiscal Constitution
A good part of the reason for this was explained almost 45 years ago by James M. Buchanan (1919-2013) and Richard E. Wagner in their book Democracy and Deficit: The Political Legacy of Lord Keynes (1977). In the 19th and the early 20th centuries, the United States government adhered, in principle, to an annual balanced budget rule in managing its finances. It was argued that this assured a greater degree of transparency and fiscal responsibility.
A balanced budget made it easier and clearer for the American voters and taxpayers to compare the “costs” and the “benefits” from government spending activities. Since each dollar spent by the government required a dollar collected in taxes to pay for what the government was doing, the citizen-taxpayer could make a more reasonable judgment whether they considered any government spending proposal to be “worth it” in terms of what had to be given up to gain the claimed “benefit” from it.
The trade-off was relatively explicit: Any additional dollar of government spending on some program or activity required an additional dollar of taxes, and, therefore, the “cost” of one dollar less in the taxpayer’s pocket to spend on some desired private-sector use, instead. Or if taxes were not to be raised, then it had to be explained what existing government program or activity was to be cut or reduced to supply the needed existing tax funds to be shifted into this new proposed use.
Buchanan and Wagner also pointed out that this rule was a chosen one to adhere to, or as they put it, it was an “unwritten fiscal constitution,” since there is nothing in the U.S. Constitution obligating the federal government to balance its budget on an annual basis. Instead, it was considered a wise and honest policy, since the citizens and the taxpayers would always know the real cost of whatever the government was doing.
From Balanced Budgets to Keynesian Deficit Spending
The generally accepted exception was during a time of national emergency, most frequently during a war, when the government might have an urgent need for an inflow of funds for which normal incoming taxes would be insufficient. When the “crisis” had passed, it was expected for the government to, then, run budget surpluses, and bring down and pay off the debt accumulated during the previous war. Amazingly, a graph showing the pattern of national debt as a percentage of GDP during the 19th and early 20th centuries shows that federal debt was run up during wartimes, and, then, slowly but surely almost paid off, until the next war crisis. (See Figure 1.)
However, with the rise of Keynesian Economics in the 1930s, following the publication of John Maynard Keynes’s The General Theory of Employment, Interest and Money (1936), it was argued that the government should not balance its budget each year, but, instead, do so over the phases of the business cycle. That is, during recession years the government should run budget deficits to restore and maintain full employment output in the economy, rather than wait for the market’s own natural “rebalancing” of aggregate demand and aggregate supply; the latter could be a long and difficult process, the Keynesians said, if the market was left to its own devices. Better for the government to give a fiscal “activist” hand. Then when full employment was reestablished and any inflationary pressures might emerge, the government could run budget surpluses to rein in “excess” aggregate spending and, then, pay off what had been borrowed earlier.
This new “rule” of balancing the budget over the business cycle rapidly became a generally accepted idea for fiscal policy among politicians and policy proponents in the post-World War II period. However, there has been one major problem with this alternative method of managing government taxing and spending. During the 76 years since the end of the Second World War in 1945, the U.S. government has run budget deficits in 64 of those years and budget surpluses in only 12 of them. The U.S. economy, by the way, was not in recessions for more than six of the decades since the end of the war.
Keynesianism Set Politicians Free to Spend and Spend
With the elimination of the balanced budget rule as the guide for government fiscal policy, it has been possible for politicians to create the economic illusion that it is possible to get something for nothing – or at least at a great discount of what it otherwise might cost in terms of tax dollars paid.
Politicians can offer benefits in the present in the form of new or additional government spending, but they no longer have to explain where the money will come from to pay for it. The “costs” of all that deficit spending in terms of the accumulating national debt is to be paid for by some unknown future taxpayers in some amounts that can be put off discussing until that “sometime” in the future. Thus, politicians can supply “concentrated benefits” in the present – “now” – to voting groups and avoid answering where all the money will come from to pay it back (with interest!), and precisely by whom. That can be delayed until the future, a period of time, years ahead, when someone else will hold political office and may have to deal with the problem, if they are no longer able to kick the debt can further down the fiscal road.
This is seen in Figure 1, also, with the continual growth in the debt in the post-war period due to those almost unending and continuing annual budget deficits. However, it is important to clarify one thing in Figure 1. For the period from 1945 into the 1960s, it seems as if the national debt was diminishing. But what is shown in this diagram is the national debt as a percentage of GDP. For most of the twenty years after 1945, the federal government did run budget deficits. It is just that the growth of the debt during that period was at a slower rate than Gross Domestic Product was increasing. But in absolute terms, the debt continued to rise.
Since, certainly, the 1970s Uncle Sam’s debt, both absolutely and relative to GDP, has continued to increase. Only for four years in the second half of the 1990s, when Democrat Bill Clinton was president and the Republicans held both houses of Congress were there four years of modest budget surpluses. But under George W. Bush, Barack Obama, Donald Trump and, now Joe Biden, the national debt has been exploding, and will continue to do so, unless there is a radical change in the politics of government spending and taxing. (See my articles, “America’s Fiscal Follies are Dangerously in the Red” and “Debt, Deficits, and the Costs of Free Lunches”.)
Representative Government a Part of a Free Society
But another factor in this has been the impact of universal voting suffrage. The right to vote has been considered an essential element and ingredient to a free and democratic society. After all, before the rise of modern democracy as a political principle and ideal, governments were in the hands of monarchs and tyrants possessing, usually, almost absolute power over the fate of those over whom they ruled.
If individuals were to have the personal freedom to be out from under the strong hand of government, and to possess their own, respective, rights to life, liberty, and honestly acquired property, and to live their lives as they peacefully chose to, then it was also only reasonable and natural for those in political power and authority to be responsible to those over whom they ruled. Hence, the idea and practice of representative government, with those in governmental office voted in by the free citizens of society and accountable to those citizens through periodic elections to, if necessary, “throw the rascals out.”
But while the democratic principle is reasonable and, indeed, institutionally desirable as an essential safeguard in a free society, “democracy” is merely the mechanism for selecting among competing candidates for appointment to positions of political authority for a given period of time. It does not, in itself, specify the size and scope of government’s responsibilities and reach within any society. As classical liberal-oriented thinkers already pointed out in the 19th century, voting majorities can be potentially just as tyrannical and plundering as non-democratically ruling minorities such as under the monarchies of the past. (See my article, “John Stuart Mill and the Three Dangers to Liberty”.)
Liberal Democracy versus Social Democracy
A society recognizing and respectful of the individual rights of the citizenry needs to restrain the reach of government through constitutional limits that clearly specify the duties and responsibilities of that government, and what powers and authorities those in political authority do not possess. This is essential so as to preserve the individual liberties of the citizenry, and not run the risk of the political regime degenerating into a democratized system of interest group plundering, in which each vies in competition or coalition with other groups to use the taxing and spending powers of the government for their own, respective, benefits at the expense of those unable to form and be part of majoritarian victories on election day.
That is why the adjective “liberal” is vital before the word “democracy,” making it clear that what is being referred to is a democratic system defined by and insistent upon the individual liberty and rights of each member of the society in terms of confining the activities of the government within a philosophy of rightly understood human freedom.
When, explicitly or implicitly, the word “social” appears before the word “democracy,” it is delineating the functions of government to include ideologically rationalized plunder, privilege, and power-lusting through a network of state interventions, regulations, restrictions, and compulsory redistributions of income and wealth. The word “social” in this context is merely softening the reality of it being a modified version of a socialist system of command and control, which narrows the range of personal choice, action and voluntary association with others on the basis of mutual consent and agreement.
While it may seem shocking and “politically impossible,” one way to limit, if not end, unrestrained government and the current system of democratized plunder and privilege is to withhold the voting franchise from anyone receiving all or a good portion of their incomes through the hands of government. And to withhold their voting right for as long as they are on the government dole in some way, shape or form.
John Stuart Mill on Political Pickpocketing
This idea, in fact, was proposed by the 19th century economist and political philosopher John Stuart Mill (1806-1873) in his 1859 book, Considerations on Representative Government (chapter 8, “Of the Extension of the Suffrage”). Mill argued that those who received “public assistance” (government welfare) should be denied the voting franchise for as long as they receive such tax-based financial support and livelihood.
Simply put, Mill reasoned that this creates an inescapable conflict of interest, in the ability of some to vote for the very government funds that are taxed away from others for their own benefit. Or as Mill expressed it:
“It is important, that the assembly which votes the taxes, either general or local, should be elected exclusively by those who pay something towards the taxes imposed. Those who pay no taxes, disposing by their votes of other people’s money, have every motive to be lavish and none to economize.
“As far as money matters are concerned, any power of voting possessed by them is a violation of the fundamental principle of free government . . . It amounts to allowing them to put their hands into other people’s pockets for any purpose which they think fit to call a public one.”
Mill went on to explain why he considered this to be especially true for those relying upon tax-based, redistributed welfare dependency, which in 19th century Great Britain was dispersed by the local parishes of the Church of England. Said Mill:
“I regard it as required by first principles, that the receipt of parish relief should be a peremptory disqualification for the [voting] franchise. He who cannot by his labor suffice for his own support has no claim to the privilege of helping himself to the money of others . . .
“Those to whom he is indebted for the continuance of his very existence may justly claim the exclusive management of those common concerns, to which he now brings nothing, or less than he takes away.
“As a condition of the franchise, a term should be fixed, say five years previous to the registry, during which the applicant’s name has not been on the parish books as a recipient of relief.”
Applying Mill’s Principle to Our Current Welfare Recipients
Clearly, in our times, this would mean withdrawing the voting franchise from all those currently receiving Social Security, Medicare or Medicaid, food stamps, or from any other number of welfare state redistributive programs. I would suggest that the same argument could and should be extended to all those who work for the government; for as long as they are employed by the government they are directly living off the taxed income and wealth of others.
If it is said that government employees pay taxes, too, the reply should be that if you receive a $100 salary from the government and pay in taxes, say, $25, you remain the net recipient of $75 of other people’s money and are not a net contributor to the costs of government.
Extending this logic just a little further, I think that the same case could be made about all those who live off government expenditures in the form of contracts or subsidies; they, too, should likewise be excluded from voting for the same conflict of interest reasons.
Such individuals and their private enterprises may not be totally dependent upon government expenditures for their livelihood. A rule might be implemented that to be eligible for the right to vote, no individual or the private enterprise from which he draws an income should receive (just for purpose of example), say, more than 10 percent of his or her gross income from government spending of any sort.
If such a voting restriction had been in effect 100 year ago, it is difficult to see how the government could ever have grown to the size, scope, and cost that it now has in society.
In turn, if there were any way to implement such a vote-restricting rule, it is equally hard to see how the current, gigantic interventionist-welfare state could long remain in existence. Government, no doubt, would soon be cut down to a far more limited and less intrusive size.
Our dilemma, today, is that, to use John Stuart Mill’s phrase, we have a political system in which many who have the right to vote use it “to put their hands into other people’s pockets for any purpose which they think fit to call a public one.”
Unless some way is found to escape from our current political situation, to use Frederic Bastiat’s words, in which the State has become the “great fiction” through which everyone tries to live at everyone else’s expense, we are facing a fiscal and general social crisis that may truly be destructive of society in the coming years.
‘The Purge’ by Big Tech targets conservatives, including us
Just when we thought the Covid-19 lockdowns were ending and our ability to stay afloat was improving, censorship reared its ugly head.
For the last few months, NOQ Report has appealed to our readers for assistance in staying afloat through Covid-19 lockdowns. The downturn in the economy has limited our ability to generate proper ad revenue just as our traffic was skyrocketing. We had our first sustained stretch of three months with over a million visitors in November, December, and January, but February saw a dip.
It wasn’t just the shortened month. We expected that. We also expected the continuation of dropping traffic from “woke” Big Tech companies like Google, Facebook, and Twitter, but it has actually been much worse than anticipated. Our Twitter account was banned. One of our YouTube accounts was banned and another has been suspended. Facebook “fact-checks” everything we post. Spotify canceled us. Why? Because we believe in the truth prevailing, and that means we will continue to discuss “taboo” topics.
The 2020 presidential election was stolen. You can’t say that on Big Tech platforms without risking cancelation, but we’d rather get cancelled for telling the truth rather than staying around to repeat mainstream media’s lies. They have been covering it up since before the election and they’ve convinced the vast majority of conservative news outlets that they will be harmed if they continue to discuss voter fraud. We refuse to back down. The truth is the truth.
The lies associated with Covid-19 are only slightly more prevalent than the suppression of valid scientific information that runs counter to the prescribed narrative. We should be allowed to ask questions about the vaccines, for example, as there is ample evidence for concern. One does not have to be an “anti-vaxxer” in order to want answers about vaccines that are still considered experimental and that have a track record in a short period of time of having side-effects. These questions are not allowed on Big Tech which is just another reason we are getting cancelled.
There are more topics that they refuse to allow. In turn, we refuse to stop discussing them. This is why we desperately need your help. The best way NOQ Report readers can help is to donate. Our Giving Fuel page makes it easy to donate one-time or monthly. Alternatively, you can donate through PayPal as well. We are on track to be short by about $5300 per month in order to maintain operations.
The second way to help is to become a partner. We’ve strongly considered seeking angel investors in the past but because we were paying the bills, it didn’t seem necessary. Now, we’re struggling to pay the bills. We had 5,657,724 sessions on our website from November, 2020, through February, 2021. Our intention is to elevate that to higher levels this year by focusing on a strategy that relies on free speech rather than being beholden to progressive Big Tech companies.
During that four-month stretch, Twitter and Facebook accounted for about 20% of our traffic. We are actively working on operating as if that traffic is zero, replacing it with platforms that operate more freely such as Gab, Parler, and others. While we were never as dependent on Big Tech as most conservative sites, we’d like to be completely free from them. That doesn’t mean we will block them, but we refuse to be beholden to companies that absolutely despise us simply because of our political ideology.
We’re heading in the right direction and we believe we’re ready talk to patriotic investors who want to not only “get in on the action” but more importantly who want to help America hear the truth. Interested investors should contact me directly with the contact button above.
As the world spirals towards radical progressivism, the need for truthful journalism has never been greater. But in these times, we need as many conservative media voices as possible. Please help keep NOQ Report going.
Join fellow patriots as we form a grassroots movement to advance the cause of conservatism. The coronavirus crisis has prompted many, even some conservatives, to promote authoritarianism. It’s understandable to some extent now, but it must not be allowed to embed itself in American life. We currently have 11,000+ patriots with us in a very short time. If you are interested, please join us to receive updates.
Area 51 is one of those extremely entertaining topics for conspiracy theory enthusiasts. Due to the extreme secrecy regarding this top secret military base, the theories about what’s going on there range from a secret military weapons testing site to the wildly popular UFO and aliens research center. While the truth is probably somewhere in the middle, during this episode of Freedom One-On-One, Carl Crew explains why he believes that Area 51 has deep ties to the occult and demonic activity.
For the vast majority of Americans, UFOs are seen as either space crafts by aliens from another planet or nothing more than military technology that the public is not aware of yet. One theory that most have not even considered is that aliens might actually be demons. This theory would actually fit in both with Biblical accounts of demonic activity, as well as prophecy for the End Times.
Carl explained the occultic history of Area 51, including deep ties to L Ron Hubbad (founder of Scientology), Aleister Crowley and other Satanic individuals. According to reports, a Satanic ritual was performed, opening up a portal to other dimensions, which brought about access to knowledge from demons which was then applied to the weapons and military craft created and tested at this top secret location.
A lot of this knowledge of the occult was brought over after World War II with Project Paperclip, which allowed Nazis to come to America and share with us their knowledge and expertise in exchange for freedom. It is widely documented that Adolf Hitler and Nazi Germany were using access to demonic knowledge in their attempt to conquer the world. It could even be argued that Satan was attempting to use Hitler to establish his one-world government prophesied about in the Book of Revelation. There have been documented examples of flying saucers and other “UFO” space crafts used by the Nazis during World War II. It’s no surprise that they’d bring this same technology with them during Operation Paperclip.
This all plays into the reality that the battle that we are waging within America is a spiritual one, between good and evil. While America was founded by Christian men who wanted One Nation Under God, it has since been hijacked by dark forces… or, in other words, the Deep State. They are using demonic forces in an attempt to establish their Satanic one world government. Many thought that Nazi Germany was conquered during the 1940s. Unfortunately, they’ve continued their mission of world domination by joining forces with the American government.
It is important to remember that this is a spiritual war that we are waging. Yes, this is physical political battle, as well. But the primary focus is on a spiritual level. As Christians and Conservatives, we cannot lose sight of our priorities and what is really going on. If we want to save America, we are going to have to turn back to Christ and follow his ways. That includes ridding our government of its ties to the occult… which may be exactly what is going on at Area 51.
‘The Purge’ by Big Tech targets conservatives, including us
Just when we thought the Covid-19 lockdowns were ending and our ability to stay afloat was improving, censorship reared its ugly head.
For the last few months, NOQ Report has appealed to our readers for assistance in staying afloat through Covid-19 lockdowns. The downturn in the economy has limited our ability to generate proper ad revenue just as our traffic was skyrocketing. We had our first sustained stretch of three months with over a million visitors in November, December, and January, but February saw a dip.
It wasn’t just the shortened month. We expected that. We also expected the continuation of dropping traffic from “woke” Big Tech companies like Google, Facebook, and Twitter, but it has actually been much worse than anticipated. Our Twitter account was banned. One of our YouTube accounts was banned and another has been suspended. Facebook “fact-checks” everything we post. Spotify canceled us. Why? Because we believe in the truth prevailing, and that means we will continue to discuss “taboo” topics.
The 2020 presidential election was stolen. You can’t say that on Big Tech platforms without risking cancelation, but we’d rather get cancelled for telling the truth rather than staying around to repeat mainstream media’s lies. They have been covering it up since before the election and they’ve convinced the vast majority of conservative news outlets that they will be harmed if they continue to discuss voter fraud. We refuse to back down. The truth is the truth.
The lies associated with Covid-19 are only slightly more prevalent than the suppression of valid scientific information that runs counter to the prescribed narrative. We should be allowed to ask questions about the vaccines, for example, as there is ample evidence for concern. One does not have to be an “anti-vaxxer” in order to want answers about vaccines that are still considered experimental and that have a track record in a short period of time of having side-effects. These questions are not allowed on Big Tech which is just another reason we are getting cancelled.
There are more topics that they refuse to allow. In turn, we refuse to stop discussing them. This is why we desperately need your help. The best way NOQ Report readers can help is to donate. Our Giving Fuel page makes it easy to donate one-time or monthly. Alternatively, you can donate through PayPal as well. We are on track to be short by about $5300 per month in order to maintain operations.
The second way to help is to become a partner. We’ve strongly considered seeking angel investors in the past but because we were paying the bills, it didn’t seem necessary. Now, we’re struggling to pay the bills. We had 5,657,724 sessions on our website from November, 2020, through February, 2021. Our intention is to elevate that to higher levels this year by focusing on a strategy that relies on free speech rather than being beholden to progressive Big Tech companies.
During that four-month stretch, Twitter and Facebook accounted for about 20% of our traffic. We are actively working on operating as if that traffic is zero, replacing it with platforms that operate more freely such as Gab, Parler, and others. While we were never as dependent on Big Tech as most conservative sites, we’d like to be completely free from them. That doesn’t mean we will block them, but we refuse to be beholden to companies that absolutely despise us simply because of our political ideology.
We’re heading in the right direction and we believe we’re ready talk to patriotic investors who want to not only “get in on the action” but more importantly who want to help America hear the truth. Interested investors should contact me directly with the contact button above.
As the world spirals towards radical progressivism, the need for truthful journalism has never been greater. But in these times, we need as many conservative media voices as possible. Please help keep NOQ Report going.
Join fellow patriots as we form a grassroots movement to advance the cause of conservatism. The coronavirus crisis has prompted many, even some conservatives, to promote authoritarianism. It’s understandable to some extent now, but it must not be allowed to embed itself in American life. We currently have 11,000+ patriots with us in a very short time. If you are interested, please join us to receive updates.
Much of the buzz yesterday surrounding a pseudo-announcement that Donald Trump is building a brand new social media site that will be launching in two to three months. There was plenty of excitement, particularly from Trump-supporters who have missed our political leader’s posts on Twitter and Facebook where he has been banned.
Admittedly, I was excited about it myself, but after reading an article on Big League Politics and listening to the latest episode of Conservative Playbook, I’m not so sure it’s a good idea. Both conservative outlets said that there are already alternatives to Twitter and Facebook that have built-in users and well-tested technology, Gab, which happens to be my favorite as well, was noted by both as the better venue with Parler also a strong consideration. There are others, but these two have risen to be the true Twitter alternatives for conservatives. They do not have the functionality of Facebook, but many have still found greener pastures on alternatives.
One of the biggest drawbacks is that even with so many conservatives fed up with Big Tech, there are still major challenges for the current freer-speech platforms to gain traction. Some would correctly argue that the presence of Donald Trump on any of the alternative platforms would give them the boost they need to reach a certain level, but would it be enough to challenge Big Tech? Maybe, maybe not, but another option with Trump’s brand on it may end up dividing the digital troops even further.
Of course, there’s a chance that whatever they’re building is actually superior in form and function to anything that’s available today. Modern technology that wasn’t available when these other platforms were built make it easy to imagine something strong being put forth. Whether that’s what the Trump team has planned or not is unknown. Nevertheless, Gab and Parler are both still improving. According to Big League Politics:
Trump advisor Jason Miller revealed last month that President Trump is considering starting his own social media internet property in the summer as part of a return to online discourse. Miller also said the President is considering using an existing free speech social media platform such as Gab or Parler, with both the options a possibility.
The hypothetical new social media platform would be called something akin to ‘Trumper.’
However, this would be a bad idea. President Trump should use Gab, a free speech social media platform. A Gab-administered account created for Trump’s public statements already has more than 2 million followers.
Big Tech didn’t build their internet and social media monopolies in a day. Twitter, YouTube and Facebook’s monopoly in their respective social media markets was built through decades of buying out competition, market consolidation, and anti-competitive business practices.
Gab didn’t pop up overnight as a response to the most crippling round of online censorship. The platform actually launched in 2016, with CEO Andrew Torba previously working for Silicon Valley tech companies and tiring of the increasing trend of censorship and political bias already evident in the industry. Gab has internally owned and administered web hosting servers, preventing Big Tech oligarchs from disabling the site.
If the Trump tech team pulls out something spectacular and new, then there’s a chance for success. If it’s another Twitter or Facebook alternative that becomes a MAGA echo-chamber, it’ll be just that—another alternative echo-chamber.
‘The Purge’ by Big Tech targets conservatives, including us
Just when we thought the Covid-19 lockdowns were ending and our ability to stay afloat was improving, censorship reared its ugly head.
For the last few months, NOQ Report has appealed to our readers for assistance in staying afloat through Covid-19 lockdowns. The downturn in the economy has limited our ability to generate proper ad revenue just as our traffic was skyrocketing. We had our first sustained stretch of three months with over a million visitors in November, December, and January, but February saw a dip.
It wasn’t just the shortened month. We expected that. We also expected the continuation of dropping traffic from “woke” Big Tech companies like Google, Facebook, and Twitter, but it has actually been much worse than anticipated. Our Twitter account was banned. One of our YouTube accounts was banned and another has been suspended. Facebook “fact-checks” everything we post. Spotify canceled us. Why? Because we believe in the truth prevailing, and that means we will continue to discuss “taboo” topics.
The 2020 presidential election was stolen. You can’t say that on Big Tech platforms without risking cancelation, but we’d rather get cancelled for telling the truth rather than staying around to repeat mainstream media’s lies. They have been covering it up since before the election and they’ve convinced the vast majority of conservative news outlets that they will be harmed if they continue to discuss voter fraud. We refuse to back down. The truth is the truth.
The lies associated with Covid-19 are only slightly more prevalent than the suppression of valid scientific information that runs counter to the prescribed narrative. We should be allowed to ask questions about the vaccines, for example, as there is ample evidence for concern. One does not have to be an “anti-vaxxer” in order to want answers about vaccines that are still considered experimental and that have a track record in a short period of time of having side-effects. These questions are not allowed on Big Tech which is just another reason we are getting cancelled.
There are more topics that they refuse to allow. In turn, we refuse to stop discussing them. This is why we desperately need your help. The best way NOQ Report readers can help is to donate. Our Giving Fuel page makes it easy to donate one-time or monthly. Alternatively, you can donate through PayPal as well. We are on track to be short by about $5300 per month in order to maintain operations.
The second way to help is to become a partner. We’ve strongly considered seeking angel investors in the past but because we were paying the bills, it didn’t seem necessary. Now, we’re struggling to pay the bills. We had 5,657,724 sessions on our website from November, 2020, through February, 2021. Our intention is to elevate that to higher levels this year by focusing on a strategy that relies on free speech rather than being beholden to progressive Big Tech companies.
During that four-month stretch, Twitter and Facebook accounted for about 20% of our traffic. We are actively working on operating as if that traffic is zero, replacing it with platforms that operate more freely such as Gab, Parler, and others. While we were never as dependent on Big Tech as most conservative sites, we’d like to be completely free from them. That doesn’t mean we will block them, but we refuse to be beholden to companies that absolutely despise us simply because of our political ideology.
We’re heading in the right direction and we believe we’re ready talk to patriotic investors who want to not only “get in on the action” but more importantly who want to help America hear the truth. Interested investors should contact me directly with the contact button above.
As the world spirals towards radical progressivism, the need for truthful journalism has never been greater. But in these times, we need as many conservative media voices as possible. Please help keep NOQ Report going.
Join fellow patriots as we form a grassroots movement to advance the cause of conservatism. The coronavirus crisis has prompted many, even some conservatives, to promote authoritarianism. It’s understandable to some extent now, but it must not be allowed to embed itself in American life. We currently have 11,000+ patriots with us in a very short time. If you are interested, please join us to receive updates.
Mask tyranny reached a new low recently when a family was kicked off a Spirit Airlines flight because their four-year-old autistic son was not wearing a mask. The family was removed from the plane even though the boy’s doctor had decided the boy should be exempted from mask mandates because the boy panics and engages in behavior that could pose a danger to himself when wearing a mask.
Besides, four-year-olds do not present much risk of spreading or contracting coronavirus. Even if masks did prevent infections among adults, there would be no reason to force children to wear masks.
Mask mandates have as much to do with healthcare as Transportation Security Administration (TSA) screenings have to do with stopping terrorism. Masks and TSA screenings are “security theater” done to reassure those frightened by government and media propaganda regarding coronavirus and terrorism that the government is protecting them.
Covid oppression will worsen if vaccine passports become more widely required. Vaccine passports are digital or physical proof a person has taken a coronavirus vaccine. New York is already requiring that individuals produce digital proof of taking a coronavirus vaccine before being admitted to sporting events.
Imagine if the zealous enforcers of mask mandates had the power to deny you access to public places because you have not “gotten your shot.” Even worse, what if a potential employer had to ensure you were “properly” vaccinated before hiring you? This could come to pass if proponents of mandatory E-Verify have their way.
E-Verify requires employers to submit personal identifying information — such as a social security numbers and biometric data — to a government database to ensure job applicants have federal permission to hold jobs.
Currently, E-Verify is only used to assure a job applicant is a citizen or legal resident. However, its use could be expanded to advancing other purposes, such as ensuring a potential new hire has taken all the recommended vaccines.
E-Verify could even be used to check if a job applicant has ever expressed, or associated with someone who has expressed, “hate speech,” “conspiracy theories,” or “Russian disinformation,” which is code for facts embarrassing to the political class.
Many employers will be reluctant to hire such an employee for fear their businesses will become the next targets of “cancel culture.” Those who doubt this should consider how many businesses have folded under pressure from the cultural Marxists and fired someone for expressing an “unapproved” thought.
Politicians and bureaucrats have used overblown fear of coronavirus to justify the largest infringement of individual liberty in modern times. Covid tyranny has been aided by many Americans who are not just willing to sacrifice their liberty for phony security, but who help government take away liberty from their fellow citizens.
The good news is that, as it becomes increasingly clear that there was no need to shut down the economy, throw millions out of work, subject children to the fraud of “virtual” learning, and force everyone to wear a mask, more people are turning against the politicians and “experts” behind the lockdowns and mandates. Hopefully, these Americans will realize that, in addition to coronavirus lockdowns and mandates, the entire welfare-warfare-fiat money system is built on a foundation of lies.
‘The Purge’ by Big Tech targets conservatives, including us
Just when we thought the Covid-19 lockdowns were ending and our ability to stay afloat was improving, censorship reared its ugly head.
For the last few months, NOQ Report has appealed to our readers for assistance in staying afloat through Covid-19 lockdowns. The downturn in the economy has limited our ability to generate proper ad revenue just as our traffic was skyrocketing. We had our first sustained stretch of three months with over a million visitors in November, December, and January, but February saw a dip.
It wasn’t just the shortened month. We expected that. We also expected the continuation of dropping traffic from “woke” Big Tech companies like Google, Facebook, and Twitter, but it has actually been much worse than anticipated. Our Twitter account was banned. One of our YouTube accounts was banned and another has been suspended. Facebook “fact-checks” everything we post. Spotify canceled us. Why? Because we believe in the truth prevailing, and that means we will continue to discuss “taboo” topics.
The 2020 presidential election was stolen. You can’t say that on Big Tech platforms without risking cancelation, but we’d rather get cancelled for telling the truth rather than staying around to repeat mainstream media’s lies. They have been covering it up since before the election and they’ve convinced the vast majority of conservative news outlets that they will be harmed if they continue to discuss voter fraud. We refuse to back down. The truth is the truth.
The lies associated with Covid-19 are only slightly more prevalent than the suppression of valid scientific information that runs counter to the prescribed narrative. We should be allowed to ask questions about the vaccines, for example, as there is ample evidence for concern. One does not have to be an “anti-vaxxer” in order to want answers about vaccines that are still considered experimental and that have a track record in a short period of time of having side-effects. These questions are not allowed on Big Tech which is just another reason we are getting cancelled.
There are more topics that they refuse to allow. In turn, we refuse to stop discussing them. This is why we desperately need your help. The best way NOQ Report readers can help is to donate. Our Giving Fuel page makes it easy to donate one-time or monthly. Alternatively, you can donate through PayPal as well. We are on track to be short by about $5300 per month in order to maintain operations.
The second way to help is to become a partner. We’ve strongly considered seeking angel investors in the past but because we were paying the bills, it didn’t seem necessary. Now, we’re struggling to pay the bills. We had 5,657,724 sessions on our website from November, 2020, through February, 2021. Our intention is to elevate that to higher levels this year by focusing on a strategy that relies on free speech rather than being beholden to progressive Big Tech companies.
During that four-month stretch, Twitter and Facebook accounted for about 20% of our traffic. We are actively working on operating as if that traffic is zero, replacing it with platforms that operate more freely such as Gab, Parler, and others. While we were never as dependent on Big Tech as most conservative sites, we’d like to be completely free from them. That doesn’t mean we will block them, but we refuse to be beholden to companies that absolutely despise us simply because of our political ideology.
We’re heading in the right direction and we believe we’re ready talk to patriotic investors who want to not only “get in on the action” but more importantly who want to help America hear the truth. Interested investors should contact me directly with the contact button above.
As the world spirals towards radical progressivism, the need for truthful journalism has never been greater. But in these times, we need as many conservative media voices as possible. Please help keep NOQ Report going.
Join fellow patriots as we form a grassroots movement to advance the cause of conservatism. The coronavirus crisis has prompted many, even some conservatives, to promote authoritarianism. It’s understandable to some extent now, but it must not be allowed to embed itself in American life. We currently have 11,000+ patriots with us in a very short time. If you are interested, please join us to receive updates.
For the second time in just weeks, a federal court has tossed out city regulations that restrict residents’ Second Amendment rights. The most recent decision comes from Judge Andrew Hartman regarding a Boulder, Colorado, ordinance.
The city banned the possession, sale or transfer of semi-automatic sporting rifles, as well as magazines that could hold more than 10 rounds. But Hartman said the court “has determined that only Colorado state (or federal) law can prohibit the possession, sale, and transfer of assault weapons and large capacity magazines.”
The judge noted the state “has passed laws that are effectively a scheme preempting local governments from enacting municipal firearms and magazine possession ordinances.”
Alan Gottlieb, executive vice president of the Second Amendment Foundation, praised the decision.
“This is the way state preemption laws, which we wholeheartedly support, are supposed to work,” he said. “Our hats are off to the plaintiffs in this case, Robert Chambers and James Jones, Gunsport of Colorado and the Colorado State Shooting Association. Their victory is a win for all Centennial State gun owners.”
Hartman’s ruling followed a unanimous decision by the Washington State Court of Appeals in a SAF lawsuit that the city of Edmonds acted illegally when it adopted a so-called “safe storage” requirement.
SAF and the National Rifle Association challenged the restriction and a similar one in Seattle that was a model for laws in other states.
Gottlieb said the judge ruled against the city ordinance “because it violated Colorado’s state preemption law, which prohibits such local ordinances as the one in Boulder.”
“Anti-gun politicians and organizations target such laws because they require uniformity in state gun laws and prevent the creation of legal minefields designed to trip up law-abiding citizens,” he said.
SAF’s case a decade ago, McDonald v. City of Chicago, achieved a landmark ruling affirming that the right of an individual to “keep and bear arms” is protected by the Second Amendment.
‘The Purge’ by Big Tech targets conservatives, including us
Just when we thought the Covid-19 lockdowns were ending and our ability to stay afloat was improving, censorship reared its ugly head.
For the last few months, NOQ Report has appealed to our readers for assistance in staying afloat through Covid-19 lockdowns. The downturn in the economy has limited our ability to generate proper ad revenue just as our traffic was skyrocketing. We had our first sustained stretch of three months with over a million visitors in November, December, and January, but February saw a dip.
It wasn’t just the shortened month. We expected that. We also expected the continuation of dropping traffic from “woke” Big Tech companies like Google, Facebook, and Twitter, but it has actually been much worse than anticipated. Our Twitter account was banned. One of our YouTube accounts was banned and another has been suspended. Facebook “fact-checks” everything we post. Spotify canceled us. Why? Because we believe in the truth prevailing, and that means we will continue to discuss “taboo” topics.
The 2020 presidential election was stolen. You can’t say that on Big Tech platforms without risking cancelation, but we’d rather get cancelled for telling the truth rather than staying around to repeat mainstream media’s lies. They have been covering it up since before the election and they’ve convinced the vast majority of conservative news outlets that they will be harmed if they continue to discuss voter fraud. We refuse to back down. The truth is the truth.
The lies associated with Covid-19 are only slightly more prevalent than the suppression of valid scientific information that runs counter to the prescribed narrative. We should be allowed to ask questions about the vaccines, for example, as there is ample evidence for concern. One does not have to be an “anti-vaxxer” in order to want answers about vaccines that are still considered experimental and that have a track record in a short period of time of having side-effects. These questions are not allowed on Big Tech which is just another reason we are getting cancelled.
There are more topics that they refuse to allow. In turn, we refuse to stop discussing them. This is why we desperately need your help. The best way NOQ Report readers can help is to donate. Our Giving Fuel page makes it easy to donate one-time or monthly. Alternatively, you can donate through PayPal as well. We are on track to be short by about $5300 per month in order to maintain operations.
The second way to help is to become a partner. We’ve strongly considered seeking angel investors in the past but because we were paying the bills, it didn’t seem necessary. Now, we’re struggling to pay the bills. We had 5,657,724 sessions on our website from November, 2020, through February, 2021. Our intention is to elevate that to higher levels this year by focusing on a strategy that relies on free speech rather than being beholden to progressive Big Tech companies.
During that four-month stretch, Twitter and Facebook accounted for about 20% of our traffic. We are actively working on operating as if that traffic is zero, replacing it with platforms that operate more freely such as Gab, Parler, and others. While we were never as dependent on Big Tech as most conservative sites, we’d like to be completely free from them. That doesn’t mean we will block them, but we refuse to be beholden to companies that absolutely despise us simply because of our political ideology.
We’re heading in the right direction and we believe we’re ready talk to patriotic investors who want to not only “get in on the action” but more importantly who want to help America hear the truth. Interested investors should contact me directly with the contact button above.
As the world spirals towards radical progressivism, the need for truthful journalism has never been greater. But in these times, we need as many conservative media voices as possible. Please help keep NOQ Report going.
Join fellow patriots as we form a grassroots movement to advance the cause of conservatism. The coronavirus crisis has prompted many, even some conservatives, to promote authoritarianism. It’s understandable to some extent now, but it must not be allowed to embed itself in American life. We currently have 11,000+ patriots with us in a very short time. If you are interested, please join us to receive updates.
It’s “kids in cages” all over again, only worse this time.
Project Veritas released images they obtained from the recently built migrant “housing” facility in Donna, Texas. They are utterly horrifying as children are crammed inside holding bins with “space blankets” covering them, often from head to toe. These are not the types of living conditions the Biden administration wants people to see, which is why until today we’ve never seen them.
BREAKING: Project Veritas Obtains Horrifying NEVER-BEFORE-SEEN Images From Within Donna, TX Immigrant Detention Center; THOUSANDS of Illegal Immigrants PACKED Into Tight Spaces And Wrapped In Space Blankets On Floor; Insider: ’50+ COVID Positive’#BidenBorderCrisispic.twitter.com/mXQM6YbttJ
Photos from inside the U.S. Customs and Border Protection temporary overflow facility reveal the crowded, makeshift conditions at the border as the government’s longer-term child shelters and family detention centers fill up. Reports have been mixed overflow rates ranging from the hundreds to the tens of thousands. But press has been kept away from reporting on the conditions on the ground.
Even leftist mainstream media has been pushing a little to get the White House to allow journalists and photographers into one of the many overcrowded facilities along the border and beyond, but have thus far been mostly unsuccessful. As White House Press Secretary has said, “We remain committed to transparency. I don’t have an update at this time.”
Commitment to transparency isn’t a difficult concept to understand, but the Press Secretary seems challenged by it. Transparency would be to allow journalists to report to the American people just how awful the conditions are in these migrant facilities. Thanks to Project Veritas, now we know why they’ve been so adamantly opposed to anyone seeing what’s really going on.
“Each of eight ‘pods’ in the so-called soft-sided facility has a 260-person occupancy, said Rep. Henry Cuellar (D-Texas), who provided the photos to Axios to raise awareness about the situation,” Axios reported. “But as of Sunday, he said, one pod held more than 400 unaccompanied male minors.”
BREAKING: These photos were taken at the inside of Biden’s immigrant detention facilities in Texas.
Ever since Joe Biden was installed into the White House, hundreds of thousands of migrants from Central America began their trek across Mexico and into the United States. Some have claimed to have been essentially invited by Democrats and the White House, claiming to not really understand why there is pushback at all against their incursion.
But it isn’t just Biden’s presence in the Oval Office that has prompted the breach. Many of his initial executive orders focused on reducing barriers to entry for illegal immigrants while hampering Customs and Border Protection’s ability to detain them. “Catch and release” is back in full force with many not even receiving court dates to continue the asylum process.
However bad you thought it was at the border, it’s almost certainly worse than that. The reason the White House is so opposed to transparency is because if people knew the truth, they’d be demanding aggressive action immediately.
Prior to this report, JD and Tammy did an episode of Non-Compliant America that broke down the media blackout at the border. Now, we can see why they weren’t letting anyone in.
Media blackout at the border means things are MUCH worse than we even suspect
“How bad could things really be at the border? We already know the border crisis is terrible based on anecdotal reports, and that should truly concern us. If things weren’t as bad as we thought, the White House would be quick to try to debunk it with their friendly mainstream media puppets. The fact they won’t let media anywhere near the various migrant facilities is telling… and terrifying.”
‘The Purge’ by Big Tech targets conservatives, including us
Just when we thought the Covid-19 lockdowns were ending and our ability to stay afloat was improving, censorship reared its ugly head.
For the last few months, NOQ Report has appealed to our readers for assistance in staying afloat through Covid-19 lockdowns. The downturn in the economy has limited our ability to generate proper ad revenue just as our traffic was skyrocketing. We had our first sustained stretch of three months with over a million visitors in November, December, and January, but February saw a dip.
It wasn’t just the shortened month. We expected that. We also expected the continuation of dropping traffic from “woke” Big Tech companies like Google, Facebook, and Twitter, but it has actually been much worse than anticipated. Our Twitter account was banned. One of our YouTube accounts was banned and another has been suspended. Facebook “fact-checks” everything we post. Spotify canceled us. Why? Because we believe in the truth prevailing, and that means we will continue to discuss “taboo” topics.
The 2020 presidential election was stolen. You can’t say that on Big Tech platforms without risking cancelation, but we’d rather get cancelled for telling the truth rather than staying around to repeat mainstream media’s lies. They have been covering it up since before the election and they’ve convinced the vast majority of conservative news outlets that they will be harmed if they continue to discuss voter fraud. We refuse to back down. The truth is the truth.
The lies associated with Covid-19 are only slightly more prevalent than the suppression of valid scientific information that runs counter to the prescribed narrative. We should be allowed to ask questions about the vaccines, for example, as there is ample evidence for concern. One does not have to be an “anti-vaxxer” in order to want answers about vaccines that are still considered experimental and that have a track record in a short period of time of having side-effects. These questions are not allowed on Big Tech which is just another reason we are getting cancelled.
There are more topics that they refuse to allow. In turn, we refuse to stop discussing them. This is why we desperately need your help. The best way NOQ Report readers can help is to donate. Our Giving Fuel page makes it easy to donate one-time or monthly. Alternatively, you can donate through PayPal as well. We are on track to be short by about $5300 per month in order to maintain operations.
The second way to help is to become a partner. We’ve strongly considered seeking angel investors in the past but because we were paying the bills, it didn’t seem necessary. Now, we’re struggling to pay the bills. We had 5,657,724 sessions on our website from November, 2020, through February, 2021. Our intention is to elevate that to higher levels this year by focusing on a strategy that relies on free speech rather than being beholden to progressive Big Tech companies.
During that four-month stretch, Twitter and Facebook accounted for about 20% of our traffic. We are actively working on operating as if that traffic is zero, replacing it with platforms that operate more freely such as Gab, Parler, and others. While we were never as dependent on Big Tech as most conservative sites, we’d like to be completely free from them. That doesn’t mean we will block them, but we refuse to be beholden to companies that absolutely despise us simply because of our political ideology.
We’re heading in the right direction and we believe we’re ready talk to patriotic investors who want to not only “get in on the action” but more importantly who want to help America hear the truth. Interested investors should contact me directly with the contact button above.
As the world spirals towards radical progressivism, the need for truthful journalism has never been greater. But in these times, we need as many conservative media voices as possible. Please help keep NOQ Report going.
Join fellow patriots as we form a grassroots movement to advance the cause of conservatism. The coronavirus crisis has prompted many, even some conservatives, to promote authoritarianism. It’s understandable to some extent now, but it must not be allowed to embed itself in American life. We currently have 11,000+ patriots with us in a very short time. If you are interested, please join us to receive updates.
Dems say they want bipartisan support for a multitrillion-dollar
infrastructure package, while at the same time discussing ways
to pass it over Republican opposition if necessary.
by David Ditch: Now that the bloated, debt-financed “stimulus” package has been signed into law, Congress has begun working on its next spending-spree target, infrastructure.
House Speaker Nancy Pelosi, D-Calif., released a statement on March 12 calling on House committee chairs to work with Republicans in constructing an infrastructure package.
In like fashion, Sen. Joe Manchin, D-W.Va., said in a recent interview that he would be willing to block infrastructure legislation that isn’t bipartisan.
Yet, the specific language Pelosi chose—coupled with comments from other prominent Democrats—suggests that this call for bipartisanship should be taken with a grain of salt.
From Pelosi’s statement: “Building our transportation system has long been bipartisan. It is our hope that spirit will prevail as we address other critical needs in energy and broadband, education and housing, water systems and other priorities.”
While it’s true that infrastructure bills often pass with strong bipartisan support, past federal infrastructure spending was focused on national networks, such as airports and the highway system.
What Pelosi and many others want is a big expansion of federal power, not a continuation of the bipartisan infrastructure status quo.
Just three days after Pelosi’s statement, the chairman of the Senate Environment and Public Works transportation and infrastructure subcommittee, Sen. Ben Cardin, D-Md., was caught saying that Democrats would likely push an infrastructure package through using the reconciliation tool. That can enable legislation to pass the Senate with a bare partisan majority.
That sentiment is not isolated. House Budget Committee Chairman John Yarmuth, D-Ky., has said that Democrats plan to move forward with a reconciliation package in the summer, and Senate Budget Committee Chairman Bernie Sanders, I-Vt., has been discussing reconciliation plans with the White House since February.
Thus, Pelosi’s rhetoric on bipartisanship might well be a short-term fig leaf at best. If Republicans choose not to support another multitrillion-dollar progressive wish list, Democrats can simply use reconciliation to get as much of what they want as possible.
Since rhetoric in support of the infrastructure package will revolve around universally beloved buzzwords such as “jobs” and “schools,” it’s important to understand the problems with what is being proposed.
First, big spending comes with a big cost. Whether that cost takes the form of tax hikes, adding to the national debt, or both, that must be taken seriously rather than blithely dismissed.
Second, federal infrastructure spending has a terrible track record when it comes to creating jobs. Further, unemployment has fallen rapidly from where it was last spring, and the federal government is on course to spend more than $45,000 per household on COVID-19 relief and stimulus.
The idea that America needs yet more spending to stimulate the economy has no basis in reality.
Third, the proposal goes against many key principles that have served America well since its founding.
State and local governments tend to have responsibility for infrastructure projects that are local in nature, such as water lines and construction work at public schools.
This division of responsibility is helpful for accountability, transparency, and efficiency. If there’s a pothole on Main Street, you can tell the mayor. If your child’s school could use improvements, you can go to the superintendent and discuss whether funds in the budget should be reprioritized.
That’s far better than having everything run through Washington, D.C.
Congress is famously dysfunctional and already struggles to manage the leviathan-like federal government we have today. Federal bureaucrats are often unaccountable and inaccessible to the public.
The system of separating power between different levels of government, known as subsidiarity and federalism, is vital to the functioning of a large, diverse nation such as ours.
People in different places have different needs and preferences, and that’s best reflected by having government work at the closest level possible to the public it serves.
In contrast, the plan being formulated by Congress would place Washington at the center of funding nearly all forms of infrastructure.
Under the plan, local governments would be given federal grants to pay for projects. In exchange, localities would bend a knee to federal bureaucrats enforcing rules that make the projects cost more and take longer to complete.
Not only would this reduce the value of spending for important projects, but it would also entice local officials to use the “free” federal money to pay for dubious deals like the infamous “Bridge to Nowhere.”
Rather than furthering the delusion that Washington can solve all of the nation’s problems, Congress should instead reduce federal micromanagement of infrastructure projects.
Providing state and local governments with more freedom to fund and build what they need would mean we can get more done, faster, and with the same amount of money (or less).
In the meantime, Americans should recognize that despite the statement made by Pelosi, plans are well underway to ram another budget-busting bill through Congress, regardless of whether it has bipartisan support.
———————— David Ditch is a research associate specializing in budget and transportation policy in the Grover M. Hermann Center for the Federal Budget at The Heritage Foundation.
Tags:David Ditch, Heritage Foun dation, Democrats, ready to railroad, infrastructure, boondoggle To share or post to your site, click on “Post Link”. Please mention / link to the ARRA News Service and “Like” Facebook Page – Thanks!
by Gary Bauer: Migrants For Biden
If Central American migrants could vote in our elections, it would be a landslide for the open borders left. They are certainly voting with their feet, marching north in massive numbers.
Over the weekend, Fox News visited a migrant camp on the Mexican side of the border. They had to go Mexico because the Biden Administration is preventing the media from taking pictures at our border detention facilities.
Think about that for a moment. There’s more freedom of the press on the Mexican side of the border than the American side!
But what Fox News found in Tijuana is deeply troubling. There are 1,000 migrants in just one of the camps. The flag flying over that camp is not the Mexican flag or even the American flag. No, it’s a huge Biden 2020 flag, and many migrants are wearing clothing with Biden’s campaign logo.
I am obviously pro-Trump. But what’s happening on the southern border now should outrage every American taxpayer who cares about border security.
The Biden Administration just signed an $86 million contract to house migrants in American hotels. The National Guard troops in Washington, D.C., had to sleep in parking garages or the hard floors of the U.S. Capitol!
A whistleblower just reported that the Biden White House has ordered illegal immigrants to be released into the country without a court date to make their case that they qualify for entry into the country. This is Obama’s failed catch-and-release policy on steroids.
And the southern border is so overwhelmed that the Biden Administration is now flying illegal immigrants to border facilities along the Canadian border. States like New Hampshire, Montana and Minnesota will now be processing illegal immigrants from Mexico and Central America.
Again, we know that migrants in our detention facilities are testing positive for COVID-19 at twice the positivity rate in Texas and nearly three times the national average. (That’s just the ones we catch and test.) And now we’re flying them across the country.
Whenever it’s pressed on the border crisis, the White House talks about its values and compassion. But how does any of this help the United States? We’re still reeling from a deadly virus and an economic crisis! Where’s the compassion for the American taxpayer?
The Biden/Harris White House is clearly out-of-step with the values of the American people. Polling shows that two-thirds of Americans support “blocking nearly all immigration” into the country during the pandemic.
That policy is supported by 49% of self-identified Democrats, 67% of Independents, 69% of self-identified Hispanics and 61% of all minorities.
This is public policy malfeasance at its worst.
Trump Responds
President Trump responded to the worsening crisis on the southern border this weekend. In a statement, Trump said:
“We proudly handed the Biden Administration the most secure border in history. All they had to do was keep this smooth-running system on autopilot. Instead, in the span of a just few weeks, the Biden Administration has turned a national triumph into a national disaster. . .
“They are causing death and human tragedy. In addition to the obvious, drugs are pouring into our country at record levels from the Southern Border, not to mention human and sex trafficking. This Administration’s reckless policies are enabling and encouraging crimes against humanity.”
The Crisis Is A Strategy
What we’re witnessing at the border is a human tragedy. It is also a national security threat. But never forget what the main point is from the progressive point of view: Open borders is just another Democrat voter registration drive.
Maybe not next year, but down the road Democrats will guarantee that today’s illegal immigrants become tomorrow’s Democrat voters. That’s why amnesty is such a high priority for the left. And House Democrats just passed two amnesty bills that are bigger than the 1986 amnesty.
In addition to reversing Trump’s border security policies, Biden also reversed Trump’s order that illegal immigrants should not be counted by the Census for purposes of congressional reapportionment.
Just to be clear, Biden ordered the Census to include illegal aliens for the purpose of determining how many seats in the House of Representatives and how many votes in the Electoral College each state gets.
Most Americans probably don’t realize it, but illegal aliens do influence the size of state congressional delegations, even though they cannot or should not vote. Because the Census includes everyone and not just citizens, states with large concentrations of illegal immigrants get more votes in Congress than states that don’t have large numbers of illegal immigrants. How is that fair?
If non-citizens were excluded from the reapportionment process, California would likely lose as many as five House seats and Electoral College votes. States like Indiana and Ohio would probably gain extra representation in the House and votes in the Electoral College.
But to the left immigration policy and border security aren’t about what is best for America and our workers. It’s all about political power, and what is best for the Democrat Party.
By the way, during the campaign Joe Biden said we should be taking in at least two million migrants. If he doesn’t get control of the border, and he won’t, he may well get two million migrants coming into the country.
America’s Enemies & The Left
I want to revisit a theme I have mentioned before, something that the Wall Street Journal has also noticed, and that is America’s enemies and the left increasingly use the same rhetoric to attack our country. In fact, it’s increasingly difficult to tell them apart.
For example, during last week’s summit in Alaska, the communist Chinese delegation accused the United States of “slaughtering” black Americans. Of course, President Joe Biden and Vice President Kamala Harris would want to set the record straight about what a good and decent country America is, right? WRONG!
They went to Atlanta Friday and engaged in raw race baiting on the issue of anti-Asian hate crimes. And they did it even though there is virtually no evidence of racial bias in the Atlanta murders.
Vice President Harris declared, “Racism is real in America and it has always been. Xenophobia is real in America and always has been. Sexism, too.”
So the first female, bi-racial child of immigrant parents to become vice president of the United States is condemning our country as racist and xenophobic. That’s rich!
But just hours after she used this narrative against us, an official communist Chinese media outlet was parroting the left’s narrative that the murders of six Asian Americans in Atlanta is evidence of our “systemic racism.”
Is anyone speaking up for America anymore?
Iran Targets America
There was breaking news yesterday that American intelligence intercepted communications in January indicating that elements of Iran’s Revolutionary Guard were plotting to surveil and infiltrate Fort McNair in Washington, D.C., setting the stage to assassinate General Joseph Martin, the Army’s vice chief of staff.
It’s not clear from the press reports exactly when in January this intelligence was received. But we do know that this plot against America did nothing to dissuade Joe Biden and Kamala Harris from attempting to open negotiations with the Iranian regime for yet another nuclear bailout deal.
Moreover, what does that tell you about the assets the Iranians already have in the United States? As we have warned for years, Hezbollah has sleeper cells all over Latin America and in the U.S.
By the way, 11 Iranians were arrested last month in Arizona after illegally crossing the U.S. border.
————————— Gary Bauer (@GaryLBauer) is a conservative family values advocate and serves as president of American Values and chairman of the Campaign for Working Families
Tags:Gary Bauer, Campaign for Working Families, Migrants For Biden, Trump Responds, America’s Enemies, The LeftTo share or post to your site, click on “Post Link”. Please mention / link to the ARRA News Service and “Like” Facebook Page – Thanks!
DHS is now spending millions to house illegal migrants in hotels, while also flying others up to northern border states. by Thomas Gallatin: As the number of migrants illegally flowing across the U.S. southern border accelerates, the Biden administration is running out of facilities to house these illegals and has decided to charter flights to fly them up to states on the northern border. Read that again. Slowly.“Border officials requested the air support from U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement,” The Washington Post reports, “because 1,000 members of families and unaccompanied minors crossed the Rio Grande on Friday morning, and border agents have another 1,000 migrants they have been unable to process since [Thursday] night, the communications show.” As of Saturday, the Border Patrol had more than 5,000 unaccompanied minors in custody.Speaking of detained migrant families, it was recently revealed that the Biden administration has quietly ended long-term detentions. The Washington Timesreports, “Now, with long-term detention over, families are either held for a few days for processing or released outright at the border without any ICE detention. In either case, they are generally free to make their way deeper into the country with deportation hearings years down the line.” This is an example of Joe Biden creating yet another pull factor for migrants, underscoring that this current border crisis is of his own doing, not Donald Trump’s, as the administration is falsely seeking to spin it.The Biden administration is scrambling to contain the “humanitarian crisis” that has turned into what Texas Governor Greg Abbott described as “a complete disaster.” DHS now plans on spending $86 million in taxpayer funds to put up thousands of illegal migrants in hotels for upwards of six months. DHS Secretary Alejandro Mayorkas defended the decision, explaining that the U.S. is “on pace to encounter more individuals on the southwest border than we have in the last 20 years.”Again, this crisis is entirely thanks to Biden reversing Trump’s effective border enforcement policies. On Sunday, Trump blasted Biden for turning “a national triumph into a national disaster.” Trump also leveled blame at Mayorkas, stating, “The pathetic, clueless performance of Secretary Mayorkas on the Sunday Shows today was a national disgrace. His self-satisfied presentation — in the middle of the massive crisis he helped engineer — is yet more proof he is incapable of leading DHS. Even someone of Mayorkas’ limited abilities should understand that if you provide Catch-and-Release to the world’s illegal aliens then the whole world will come.”
Even Mexican authorities are siding with Trump. No less than The New York Times reports, “Some Mexican officials argue that [Trump’s] harsh policies may have at times helped lessen their load by deterring migrants from attempting to make the journey north.”
Meanwhile, the Biden administration is spinning its failed border policies as advancing a moral humanitarian effort versus that of the “immoral” policies of the Trump administrations. And yet, such claims belie reality, as the humanitarian crisis has only escalated under Biden’s mismanagement. As Trump’s former special advisor Stephen Miller observed, “What humanitarian principle is served by rewarding and encouraging the brutal monstrous trafficking of minors? What value or humanitarian principle is served by making it easier for criminal organizations to savagely assault innocent men, women, and children, for-profit, because that is what is happening right now.”
Furthermore, the Biden administration is seeking to hide its “humanitarian” border efforts from the nation as officials refuse to grant media access to Customs and Border Protection. Veteran photojournalist John Moore explained, “I respectfully ask US Customs and Border Protection to stop blocking media access to their border operations. I have photographed CBP under Bush, Obama and Trump but now — zero access is granted to media.” Thus, he added, “These long-lens images [were] taken from the Mexican side.”
This disaster is only growing, and no matter how Biden and the Democrats try to spin this as Trump’s fault, the reality on the ground defies such a blatantly false characterization. Even Democrat Representative Sheila Jackson Lee recognizes it, recently admitting, “The plan does not look like it’s working.” But like a good Democrat, she offered the caveat “at this time” and blindly doubled down: “But you have to get it implemented.”
Trump had largely ended much of the problem by closing down many of the pull factors that enticed migrants to make the journey in the first place. Simply put, Trump turned off the tap; Biden has turned it back on, full blast, and now he’s attempting to blame Trump for the mess. Biden, who is heeding the demands of his radical leftist handlers, owns this disaster.
————————- Thomas Gallatin writes for The Patriot Post.
Tags:Thomas Gallatin, The Patriot Post, The Ever-Worsening, Biden Border CrisisTo share or post to your site, click on “Post Link”. Please mention / link to the ARRA News Service and “Like” Facebook Page – Thanks!
by Ron Paul: Mask tyranny reached a new low recently when a family was kicked off a Spirit Airlines flight because their four-year-old autistic son was not wearing a mask. The family was removed from the plane even though the boy’s doctor had decided the boy should be exempted from mask mandates because the boy panics and engages in behavior that could pose a danger to himself when wearing a mask.
Besides, four-year-olds do not present much risk of spreading or contracting coronavirus. Even if masks did prevent infections among adults, there would be no reason to force children to wear masks.
Mask mandates have as much to do with healthcare as Transportation Security Administration (TSA) screenings have to do with stopping terrorism. Masks and TSA screenings are “security theater” done to reassure those frightened by government and media propaganda regarding coronavirus and terrorism that the government is protecting them.
Covid oppression will worsen if vaccine passports become more widely required. Vaccine passports are digital or physical proof a person has taken a coronavirus vaccine. New York is already requiring that individuals produce digital proof of taking a coronavirus vaccine before being admitted to sporting events.
Imagine if the zealous enforcers of mask mandates had the power to deny you access to public places because you have not “gotten your shot.” Even worse, what if a potential employer had to ensure you were “properly” vaccinated before hiring you? This could come to pass if proponents of mandatory E-Verify have their way.
E-Verify requires employers to submit personal identifying information — such as a social security numbers and biometric data — to a government database to ensure job applicants have federal permission to hold jobs.
Currently, E-Verify is only used to assure a job applicant is a citizen or legal resident. However, its use could be expanded to advancing other purposes, such as ensuring a potential new hire has taken all the recommended vaccines.
E-Verify could even be used to check if a job applicant has ever expressed, or associated with someone who has expressed, “hate speech,” “conspiracy theories,” or “Russian disinformation,” which is code for facts embarrassing to the political class.
Many employers will be reluctant to hire such an employee for fear their businesses will become the next targets of “cancel culture.” Those who doubt this should consider how many businesses have folded under pressure from the cultural Marxists and fired someone for expressing an “unapproved” thought.
Politicians and bureaucrats have used overblown fear of coronavirus to justify the largest infringement of individual liberty in modern times. Covid tyranny has been aided by many Americans who are not just willing to sacrifice their liberty for phony security, but who help government take away liberty from their fellow citizens.
The good news is that, as it becomes increasingly clear that there was no need to shut down the economy, throw millions out of work, subject children to the fraud of “virtual” learning, and force everyone to wear a mask, more people are turning against the politicians and “experts” behind the lockdowns and mandates. Hopefully, these Americans will realize that, in addition to coronavirus lockdowns and mandates, the entire welfare-warfare-fiat money system is built on a foundation of lies.
———————– Dr. Ron Paul (@ronpaul), Chairman of the Ron Paul Institute for Peace and Prosperity, is a former U.S.Congressman (R-TX). He twice sought the Republican nomination for President. As a MD, he was an Air Force flight surgeon and has delivered over 4000 babies. Paul writes on numerous topics but focuses on monetary policies, the military-industrial complex, the Federal Reserve, and compliance with the U.S. Constitution.
Tags:Dr. Ron Paul, want a job, get a shotTo share or post to your site, click on “Post Link”. Please mention / link to the ARRA News Service and “Like” Facebook Page – Thanks!
by Seton Motley: Every business that wants to be around next year began this year with a budget. A roadmap on how they will spend their resources – on employees, materials, etc.
For almost all businesses, government is the largest line item. Paying taxes – and paying to comply with regulations – consumes the largest chunk of their operating expenses.
This of course explains why Big Business and Big Government so often collude to grow an ever-bigger government. Big Business can afford the additional costs. Their smaller competitors? Not so much.
This also partly explains Big Government’s China Virus lockdowns. Big Businesses – including especially Big Tech – have during the shutdowns added hundreds of billions of dollars to their bank accounts. Their smaller competitors? Not so much. Nine million (and counting) have either closed for good – or are well on their way to oblivion.
So yes, of course, businesses of all sizes budget for government. Because they have to – because they want to still be around next year.
So when government parachutes in with even more government – things can quite quickly get ugly.
It certainly happened last year with the out-of-nowhere lockdowns. And it’s happening again right now in California (as if California’s nation’s-most-ridiculous lockdowns weren’t bad enough).
As is always the case, when California’s government demands more – we get less. Because as is always the case, more time, effort and money spent on government – means less time, effort and money spent on us.
“The move is a major victory for internet activists and state legislators who had passed tough new regulations in 2018 after the Federal Communications Commission rolled back its own net neutrality rules.”Who are the “Internet activists” for whom this is a “major victory?” Media Marxist joints like….
“The California Internet Consumer Protection and Net Neutrality Act passed in 2018 to fill the void left by the Trump FCC’s repeal of federal open-internet rules and policies.”Why do we call these joints Media Marxist?
Leftist ‘Media Reform’ Outfit Free Press and Their Marxist Co-Founder Robert McChesneyMcChesney is a barrel of Commie laughs:
“There is no real answer (to the U.S. economic crisis) but to remove brick by brick the capitalist system itself, rebuilding the entire society on socialist principles….“Any serious effort to reform the media system would have to necessarily be part of a revolutionary program to overthrow the capitalist system itself….
“At the moment, the battle over network neutrality is not to completely eliminate the telephone and cable companies. We are not at that point yet. But the ultimate goal is to get rid of the media capitalists in the phone and cable companies and to divest them from control.”Funny, funny stuff.
McChesney’s “Consumer Interest” joint – and their fellow “Consumer Interest” joints – are THRILLED with California’s newly-imposed law.
“The U.S. wireless carrier said the state law bans “sponsored data” services that allowed companies such as video providers to pay for some data usage of certain AT&T wireless customers.
“’Given that the Internet does not recognize state borders, the new law not only ends our ability to offer California customers such free data services but also similarly impacts our customers in states beyond California,’ AT&T said in a statement.”So the Media Marxist joints bizarrely claim the “Consumer Interest” mantle. But they get exactly the massive government expansion they want in California – and We the Consumers nationwide get screwed.
Because as anyone with an IQ above nine on a warm day knows:
More for government – means less for us.
——————— Seton Motley is the President of Less Government and he to ARRA News Service.
Tags:Seton Motley, President, Less Government, Of COURSE, More for Government, Means Less for UsTo share or post to your site, click on “Post Link”. Please mention / link to the ARRA News Service and “Like” Facebook Page – Thanks!
by I & I Editorial Board: Almost exactly a year ago, then-candidate Joe Biden promised something that many apparently believed. “I’ll always tell you the truth,” he said. “This is the responsibility of a president. That’s what is owed the American people.”
So how is Biden doing on that promise?
Not very well, when you consider his inability to tell the truth about the COVID-19 vaccine, the economic rebound already underway, or the border crisis. Biden won’t tell the truth about the first two because he’d have to credit President Donald Trump. And he won’t tell the truth about the border crisis because he himself is entirely to blame for it.
Biden has repeatedly claimed that when he got to the White House, there was no plan in place to distribute the vaccine and that the credit for the widespread distribution all belongs to him. In his prime-time address earlier this month, for example, Biden said that “I have as president of the United States put us on a war footing to get the job done. Sounds like hyperbole, but I mean it, a war footing. Thank God we’re making some real progress now.”
But the former head of Operation Warp Speed, the program created by Trump to speed development and production of COVID-19 vaccines, told NBC’s “Face the Nation” over the weekend that “90% of what is happening now is the plan that we had.”
Of course, all you have to do is look at the data to see that rollout of the vaccine had nothing to do with Biden. By the time Biden took office, daily doses were well above 1 million – for a vaccine that nobody, including Biden, thought would be approved by then.
Biden isn’t telling the truth about the economy, either, or his $1.9 trillion plan to “rescue” it.
Earlier this month, for example, he said that “today’s jobs report shows that the American Rescue Plan is urgently needed, in our view … the rescue plan is absolutely essential for turning this around.”
As we’ve pointed out in this space, while Biden has been talking about how dire the economy is, growth has been booming. This quarter will be no exception. The Atlanta Federal Reserve Bank’s GPDNow estimate for Q1, which ends at the end of this month, is currently at 5.7%. The Congressional Budget Office forecasts that the economy will have recovered all the ground it lost during the pandemic lockdowns before this quarter is over – and well before any of Biden’s “rescue” plan has had a chance to make an impact on growth.
As of January, the unemployment rate in 18 states was below 5%. And the day Biden talked about how urgently needed his “rescue” plan was, the national unemployment rate dropped to 6.2% in February as 379,000 jobs were created.
Biden is also not telling the truth when he claims that “every major economist” supports his $1.9 trillion spend-a-thon.
Last week, he said that “major economists — left, right, and center — support this plan.” It’s an echo of an earlier statement in which he said that “Every single major economist out there — left, right, and center — supported this plan.”
But as the Cato Institute’s David Boaz points out, “major economists from left, right, and center (are) opposing the plan as proposed and passed.”
Like Greg Mankiw, chief economic adviser to President George W. Bush. And Olivier Blanchard, former chief economist of the IMF. Michael Strain of the American Enterprise Institute. David Henderson and John Cochrane of the Hoover Institution. Constance Hunter, chief economist at KPMG, and the vast majority of business economists. Tyler Cowen of George Mason University. Nobel laureate Eugene Fama. Even Jason Furman, former chairman of President Obama’s Council of Economic Advisers, while saying he would support the plan on a ‘yes or no’ vote, warned that it risked triggering inflation and should be better designed.Then there’s the dire situation at the border, which Biden either refuses to acknowledge or tries to pin on Trump. Most likely that’s because Biden is directly responsible for the humanitarian crisis that erupted after he took office.
The Heritage Foundation recently launched an immigration policy tracker to keep tabs on all the ways Biden has reversed Trump administration border security policies. It shows 21 areas where Biden has revoked, reversed, or is considering changes.
“President Biden has quickly dismantled those effective policies, opened the border, stopped immigration enforcement, and brought chaos to our immigration system, prioritizing illegal aliens over Americans,” the tracker notes.
Biden’s latest gambit for avoiding the border issue has been to take advantage of the tragic shootings in Atlanta to claim that the nation is suddenly gripped with an anti-Asian crisis. But that, too, doesn’t constitute telling the truth. According to data from Statista, there were 215 hate crimes against Asians in 2019 (the latest year for which data are available), compared with 775 against whites and 2,391 against blacks.
Of course, Biden won’t be held to account for his failure to live up to that bold promise about being a truthteller. The mainstream media has, after all, already decided that Biden is as honest as the day is long, and they aren’t about to let anything like his blatant falsehoods get in the way of that narrative.
————————- I & I Editorial Board
Tags:I & I Editorial Board, Joe Biden ‘Will Always Tell You The Truth’, Except About, COVID Vaccine, Economy, Border Crisis, …To share or post to your site, click on “Post Link”. Please mention / link to the ARRA News Service and “Like” Facebook Page – Thanks!
Denigrating Biden is a national security threat. by Daniel Greenfield: Democrats never give up beating a dead horse until it’s lying in pieces in the gutter. Senate Democrats are back to demanding that the FBI investigate Justice Kavanaugh’s high school years, and the Biden admin is rebooting the Russia hoax to protect Hunter and the Big Guy.Director of National Intelligence Avril Haines presided over the release of the latest report, which claims to offer an intelligence analysis, but reads like a synthesis of Biden campaign talking points, right down to its absurd insistence that, Putin was helping Trump because he “probably also considers President Biden more apt to echo the idea of American Exceptionalism.”Finally we’re getting an intel product that makes the Steele dossier seem credible.The intelligence analysis also claims that the Hunter Biden thing is a Russian smear and that while the Russians tried to interfere in the election, nothing they did changed the outcome.That’s convenient. Really convenient.
But Haines isn’t an intelligence professional. She’s an Obama lawyer who was brought in to politicize intelligence at the CIA and then as a legal adviser to the National Security Council.
“To safeguard the integrity of our intelligence community, the DNI must insist that, when it comes to intelligence, there is simply no place for politics ever,” Haines had told the Senate.
But that was her confirmation hearing. This is the reality of the job that she was picked to do.
“Foreign Threats to the 2020 US Federal Elections” is a stew of Democrat leftover talking points which never veers from its political agenda even if the result is self-contradictory gibberish.
The report’s first judgement insists that no “technical aspect of the voting process” was altered, while its second judgement contends that Putin authorized “influence operations aimed at denigrating President Biden’s candidacy and the Democratic Party, supporting President Trump”, but then backtracks to clarify that “unlike in 2016, we did not see persistent Russian cyber efforts to gain access to election infrastructure.”
If Putin wanted President Trump to win and Biden to lose, why didn’t he hack the election? If he could do it in 2016, why couldn’t he do it in 2020? Did he develop carpal tunnel syndrome?
Before the election, Democrats had insisted that Russia would redouble its efforts to help Trump, and hack the election, but now they argue that Putin tried to help Trump, but stopped short of interfering with the results. There’s no consistency here as an intelligence analysis, but it’s entirely consistent with the political agendas of Democrat talking points which simultaneously seek to silence any suspicions about the election, and yet continue pushing their Russia hoax.
Why did Russia support Biden? According to Biden’s intel report, Moscow was threatened by Biden’s belief in American Exceptionalism. There have been all sorts of conspiracy theories floating around the country, but none less plausible than Biden’s American Exceptionalism.
There’s more evidence that Freemason UFOs are terrorizing kangaroos in the outback than that any Democrat, let alone Biden, believes that America is the greatest country in the world.
Obama, Biden’s old boss, had argued that every country believes it’s exceptional. Biden’s pick for Secretary of State has announced that America First would no longer guide our foreign policy. Biden’s response to 9/11 was proposing to send a $200 million check to Iran.
There was a guy on the ticket running on Make America Great Again. His name wasn’t Biden.
But the report argues that Moscow “placed increasing emphasis on undermining the candidate it saw as most detrimental to its global interests.”
The Russians had been pleading with President Trump to extend their scam arms accord, which allowed the Russians to cheat while restricting our weapons programs, for at least a year. Trump turned them down, while Biden offered a 5-year extension with no preconditions.
And that was before the election.
The Biden intel report convolutedly tries to explain the arms accord by arguing that “Russian leaders preferred that former President Trump win reelection despite perceiving some of his administrations’ policies as anti-Russia.”
If you’re keeping track of this string of random lies thinly disguised as an intelligence report, the Russians preferred Trump because he was good for its global interests, even though he was actually bad for its global interests, but it all makes sense because… look a squirrel!
The Biden intel report isn’t operating in the real world. Instead it’s an attempt at rebooting the Russia smear to cover up the Hunter Biden scandal. And so the Biden report pushes claims that the Hunter Biden scandal is a Russian plot. Even though it’s the FBI that’s investigating him which must mean that it’s another arm of Moscow along with Hunter’s old business partners.
The report claims that the Russians not only “published disparaging content about President Biden, his family”, including, “stories centered on his son”, but they also tried to convince “left-leaning” voters that both Biden and Trump were just as bad.
How would this “intelligence report” have read any differently if it had been written by Biden’s campaign advisers? Then again, Haines had been one of Biden’s campaign advisers.
Take the China section which claims that the People’s Republic of China believed that Biden would “pose a greater challenge over the long run because he would be more successful in mobilizing a global alliance against China and criticising China’s human rights.”
Any intelligence analyst worth his salt knows that Beijing lives in terror of someone criticising its human rights record. Just ask the tank guys in Tiananmen Square. Or the Chinese thugs beating up protesters in Hong Kong. And San Francisco. Not to mention Cornell University.
Xi is probably shaking in his boots because Biden might criticise his human rights record.
Politicised intelligence is a bad thing and this is badly politicised intelligence that sends the very clear message that Biden and the Democrats are not putting their Russian hoax to bed. Instead they’re going to shut down reporting on Hunter Biden by labeling it Russian disinformation.
Before the election, Facebook and Twitter had unilaterally censored stories about Hunter Biden by falsely labeling them as Russian disinformation. But this censorship was unilateral and had no backing from intelligence officials. Now Big Tech will have all the backing from D.C. it needs.
“Foreign Threats to the 2020 US Federal Elections” isn’t a report: it’s a smear and a cover-up.
The intelligence report seeks to transform Democrat talking points about Biden and Trump into facts by embedding them into an official government document. That’s yet another fundamental abuse of national security by the leftovers of the Obama administration who did more to abuse national security in 8 years than the entire national security industry had ever done on its own.
And it’s a warning that the politicization and abuse of national security is the new normal again.
Biden and his appointees will have no shame about abusing national security to attack political opponents and exonerate political allies. This is only the first shot, but expect more of Obama’s old habit of using the NSA to spy on political opponents under the guise of national security.
Now that “Foreign Threats to the 2020 US Federal Elections” has labeled stories about Hunter Biden as a Russian conspiracy and a threat to free elections, expect Big Tech to censor them, and the intelligence services to treat anyone researching them as a foreign election threat.
In 2016, the Democrats began claiming that free speech was the greatest threat to free elections. Biden’s intel hacks have built an entire report around that argument.
“Denigrating Biden”, as the report puts it, is a national security threat. And will be treated the way denigrating dictators is handled by the intelligence services of Russia and China.
————————— Daniel Greenfield (@Sultanknish) is Shillman Journalism Fellow at the David Horowitz Freedom Center and an investigative journalist and writer focusing on radical Left and Islamic terrorism.
Tags:Daniel Greenfield, Biden Intel Report, Reboots Russia Hoax, Censor Hunter Corruption StoriesTo share or post to your site, click on “Post Link”. Please mention / link to the ARRA News Service and “Like” Facebook Page – Thanks!
by Bill Donohue: We are getting close to the point where if a white person says he prefers vanilla ice cream to chocolate, he risks being labeled a racist. The ruling class, in particular, is obsessed with this issue, seeing racism lurking behind every decision that adversely affects people of color.
We need to grow up. The first thing we need to do is get rid of the term “people of color.” It is meaningless. Asians have little in common with African Americans or Hispanics. Indeed, Asians have little in common with each other: The Chinese do not share a common history or culture with the Japanese, never mind with the Nigerians or Argentineans. The same is true of Hispanics—they vary considerably by their country of origin.
If the goal is to find racism, it is a sure bet it will be found. So when a self-confessed sex addict killed six Asian women in a massage parlor in Atlanta, the account he offered was immediately dismissed. He did not kill because he is a wacko, the ruling class said, but because he hates Asians. But if the massage parlor women had been Irish, what would they have said about that?
On March 20, a 66-year-old Asian man was punched in the face in Manhattan. Without missing a beat, the media said this was one more example of anti-Asian sentiment. But was it? The offender was a homeless man who walked the streets with a blanket. The assault happened in Chinatown, so the ruling class smelled racism. However, had it happened a few blocks away in the Bowery, no one would have suspected racism.
Last year, Catholic churches were burned and Catholic statues were destroyed—all by left-wing mobs—yet the ruling class never condemned these acts for being anti-Catholic. They are only interested in assaults on “people of color.” But even there, their select interest in anti-Asian crime is more politically motivated than it is a sincere expression of concern. Consider how it is being addressed.
White House Press Secretary Jen Psaki blamed President Trump for the recent attacks on Asians. Katelyn Beaty, former managing editor of Christianity Today, blamed Christianity: the shooter came from a “purity culture.” Similarly, Freedom From Religion Foundation noted that since the shooter was a Christian, the role his religion played must be considered. As usual, CNN fingered white supremacy as the major cause.
As it turns out, blacks, not white supremacists or white Christians, are disproportionately responsible for violence against Asians. But even here we need to be careful about putting too much stock in race-based theories. After all, most of the crime committed against blacks is done by blacks.
No doubt there are many reasons why Asians are being targeted these days. There is one factor, however, that doesn’t command the attention of the ruling class: the extent to which they themselves are responsible.
Everyone knows that Asians, on the whole, excel in school. They succeed so much that they have angered the white ruling class. Indeed, the elites resent the fact that African Americans and Hispanics don’t do as well in school, and it is this attitude that accounts for racial quotas in prestigious schools. More important, the ruling class has nurtured a culture of resentment, one that portrays Asians as unfairly getting ahead.
Last year, Asians in California worked hard to defeat Proposition 16, an initiative to reinstate affirmative action. Had it passed, it would have granted preferential treatment based on race, benefiting blacks and Hispanics, but at the expense of Asians. White liberals outspent their Asian opponents by a ratio of more than 20-1, yet they still lost.
The president of the Asian American Coalition for Education, Yukong Zhao, sent a message to white liberals. “Asian Americans will fight fiercely and defeat your racist policies wherever and whenever tried.”
This was an accurate observation—the quotas are racist. It does not matter that Harvard’s anti-Asian admissions policy was upheld by the courts. Of course, Harvard has a right to say that it can consider such personality traits as courage and leadership when making determinations for admission. But every honest person knows this is a ruse: such attributes have nothing to do with academic performance; they were chosen to limit Asian attendance.
What’s happening at Harvard is happening at Yale, Princeton, Columbia, Cornell, Brown, the University of California and elsewhere. It’s also happening in elite public high schools throughout the nation. In New York City, Mayor Bill de Blasio has done everything he can to keep Asians from taking up too many seats in the city’s select public high schools. Perversely, he also works against blacks by trying to destroy charter schools.
The ruling class, which is dominated by white liberals, says their anti-Asian policies have nothing to do with fomenting a culture of resentment against Asians. They would rather blame Christians and white supremacists. But to anyone who has seriously studied this issue, their rationale not only lacks evidence, it lacks common sense as well.
————————- Bill Donohue is president of Catholic League.
Tags:Bill Donohue, Catholic League, Ruling Class, Race ObsessedTo share or post to your site, click on “Post Link”. Please mention / link to the ARRA News Service and “Like” Facebook Page – Thanks!
Tags:AF Branco, Editorial Cartoon, Magic Carpet RideTo share or post to your site, click on “Post Link”. Please mention / link to the ARRA News Service and “Like” Facebook Page – Thanks!
The negative consequences of full-time distance learning,
decreased social interaction, and the cancellation of group sports
are exponential as we prolong school shutdowns across our country.
Dr. Ben Carson: We recently passed the one-year anniversary of “15 days to slow the spread.” We must acknowledge the substantial difficulties that continuous lockdowns during the COVID-19 pandemic have had on Americans, particularly on our children and adolescents.
The negative consequences of full-time distance learning, decreased social interaction, and the cancellation of group sports are exponential as we prolong school shutdowns across our country.
The reality is that online learning may work for some, but doesn’t work for all. The negative impact on many students is real, but most acutely seen in our low-income, minority, rural, and special-needs populations.
For students that can access the internet—and not all of them can—many assumptions about full-time distance learning were made that proved to be wrong. For example, the amount of work it would take teachers to transition from in-person education to online education was greatly underestimated.
Similarly, for students, using a computer or tablet for recreation doesn’t necessarily translate to navigating a computer for learning, particularly for younger children. And keeping students engaged is an important part of teaching effectively, which has proven difficult to do remotely.
In fact, there is an epidemic of absenteeism. It is estimated that for approximately 3 million of the most marginalized students nationwide, March 2020 may have been the last time they experienced formal education. These students failed to even enroll for school in the fall.
Unfortunately, the long-term detrimental effects of full-time distance learning will be hard to estimate, making it difficult to understand just how we remediate these effects before they turn into long-term challenges.
Because teachers unions continue to insist that schools remain closed, we are leaving many of our most vulnerable students permanently behind. But children are missing more than the education that classroom instruction provides. Child abuse and neglect is going unchecked. And we are seeing disturbing trends in the increase in incidents of self-harm, social anxiety, substance abuse, overdoses, and even suicide.
Extended school closures are taking their educational, physical, and emotional toll on our children. And if you believe the science, there’s no good reason to keep these closures in place.
Studies show children under age 10 have lower transmission rates of COVID-19, as well as significantly lower hospitalization and mortality rates.
The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention has provided guidance for schools to safely reopen. And there is plenty of evidence to rely on from the real world.
Four states — Arkansas, Iowa, Florida, and Texas — have ordered their public school systems to return to class and children have been safely learning in class, some since August.
For those who can afford it, private schools across the country are offering in-person learning for months. Catholic schools in all 50 states safely reopened in August where local officials allowed it.
Internationally, places like Taiwan, Norway, and Italy have minimized school closures, and when utilizing mitigation methods like hygiene, masks, and distancing, found little secondary transmission or contribution to “second waves” of community spread.
The cure cannot be worse than the disease. We may have a vaccine for COVID-19, but we don’t have a shot that will take away the lifelong harm of keeping our children out of the classroom.
For the majority of the country, the decision to reopen schools is left to the local school boards and superintendents. But rather than resume in-person education, they have cobbled together a patchwork of programs: remote learning, hybrid and blended schedules, distance learning, synchronous or asynchronous instruction, three-hour minimums, one-day-a-week minimums … it’s enough to make anyone’s head spin.
As a conservative, I strongly support local control. I just wish more localities would do the right thing. Most of us know that the education system is rightly left up to the state and local authorities. But, sadly, many of those local decisions have been hijacked by teachers unions and other special interest groups.
Too often we see unions fighting to keep schools closed despite the evidence and despite additional mitigation strategies, such as prioritizing teachers and administrators for vaccination.
Instead, in places like Los Angeles, the nation’s second-largest school district, the union demanded a grab-bag of progressive priorities that have nothing to do with the pandemic or safely reopening, like defunding the police, instituting a new statewide wealth tax, and even a charter school moratorium. And now that many of the educators are eligible for a vaccine, they are moving the goal posts yet again.
We have worked too hard to reduce the impact of a child’s ZIP code on their life outcomes to allow this further erosion. What we need is a commonsense approach to reopen schools that prioritizes our children’s best interests by implementing the mitigation strategies that are known to work.
We have the evidence. We have the guidance. We have seen it work. Now it is time to work together to do what’s best for our children. It’s time for us to put children before politics and reopen schools.
—————————- Dr. Ben Carson is a world-renowned neurosurgeon who served as the 17th secretary of the Department of Housing and Urban Development. He is the founder of the American Cornerstone Institute.
Tags:Dr. Ben Carson, Ben Carson, Time to Send Our Children, Back to SchoolTo share or post to your site, click on “Post Link”. Please mention / link to the ARRA News Service and “Like” Facebook Page – Thanks!
by Rick Crawford: Last week, the House voted on H.R. 6, the Dream and Promise Act of 2021. On top of providing a pathway to legal status for millions of individuals who are currently living in the United States illegally, H.R. 6 will cost American taxpayers billions. The Congressional Budget Office estimated that last Congress that the bill would increase budget deficits by $34.6 billion over ten years. This bill expands the scope of green card eligibility, increasing the cost while using taxpayer dollars to incentivize illegal immigration. It would also create a taxpayer-funded grant program to help individuals apply for green cards, and it expands green card availability to criminals. The bill’s green card provisions apply to gang members, those who committed potentially serious crimes as juveniles, those with multiple DUI convictions, and those with misdemeanor firearms-related convictions.
The House also voted on H.R. 1603, the Farm Workforce Modernization Act. This legislation acknowledges the many problems with the H-2A temporary worker program, but it doesn’t come close to fixing the problems. To counter this flawed legislation, I introduced my own H-2A bill called the AGRI Act that would completely repeal the H-2A program and replace it with the AGRI Program. Under the AGRI Act, seasonality requirements will be broadened and the dependence on the Adverse Effect Wage Rate will be changed, similarly to the Farm Workforce Modernization Act. However, the AGRI Program would allow employers to offer market-based contracts and wages while the Farm Workforce Modernization Act simply caps the wage increases. The AGRI Act replaces E-Verify and requires DHS to provide guest workers with a traceable, biometric ID card. Most importantly, the AGRI Act does NOT offer a path to legal residency, something my Democrat colleagues are pushing with H.R. 1603. Instead, it tightens enforcement so workers do not look for other jobs, and it requires workers to return to their country of origin for one month following every 10 months of labor. It incentivizes workers to return after their contract term by making the employee’s portion of FICA contributions refundable at the U.S. consulate in the worker’s country of origin.
Both H.R. 6 and H.R. 1603 would guarantee to spur additional illegal immigration and provide a pathway to legal status for millions of individuals who live in the U.S. illegally. The bill I introduced does not create a pathway to citizenship or provide amnesty. A pathway to citizenship already exists, and the legislation we voted on this week cheapens what other people have gone through to become U.S. citizens. These bills come at a time when data and evidence have proven our Southern border is in full-blown crisis and is seeing the largest surge in illegal immigration in two decades. There have been accounts of unaccompanied children crossing the border while holding hands, fentanyl traffickers exploiting the surge in illegal immigration, and apprehended migrants appearing on the terrorist watch list. President Biden and Congress must prioritize fixing our broken systems and our crisis at the border. I urge President Biden to acknowledge the crisis, finish the construction of the border wall, and fix our broken immigration and asylum systems.
————————- U.S. Congressman Rick Crawford represents Arkansas 1st District.
Tags:Rick Crawford, Biden’s Border CrisisTo share or post to your site, click on “Post Link”. Please mention / link to the ARRA News Service and “Like” Facebook Page – Thanks!
Honduran migrants, en route to the border with the United States,
walk along a road in Camotan, Guatemala, on Jan. 16, 2021.
by Todd Starnes: The Biden Administration plans to spend more than $86 million dollars to house illegal alien families in hotels.
Axios first reported that a Texas-based non-profit will oversee the project — housing illegals in hotels near the border in Arizona and Texas.
“Biden is putting illegal aliens up in hotel rooms paid for with your tax dollars,” Rep. Matt Gaetz (R-FL) wrote on Twitter. “Trump put them on plane back to Guatemala.”
“Unacceptable. Un-American,” wrote Rep. Madison Cawthorn (R-NC).
Immigration and Customs Enforcement will provide medical care, food service, social workers and China Virus testing — all paid for with your hard-earned money.
Acting ICE Director Tae D. Johnson said in a statement to The Hill that the agency signed a short-term $86.9 million contract with Endeavors to “provide temporary shelter and processing services for families who have not been expelled and are therefore placed in immigration proceedings for their removal from the United States.”
The feds say that hotel rooms are a safer option than border patrol stations.
So, not only is the border open, ICE will leave the light on for you.
“Our border is not open,” Johnson said. “The majority of individuals continue to be expelled under the Centers for Disease Control’s public health authority.”
Rep. Lauren Boebert (R-CO) made an interesting point about the price page of President Biden’s National Vacation.
“So Biden is spending $86,000,000 to purchase hotel rooms for 1,200 illegal alien families for six months,” she wrote on Twitter. “By that math, he’s spending around $395 a night per room. How many of you have stayed in a $395/night hotel room?”
What are they doing – housing everybody at the Ritz Carlton? Why not put them up at the Hampton Inn? Not only will it safe taxpayers a few pesos, but they’ll even throw in a free breakfast.
Sadly, the average American citizen can’t afford a family trip to Dollywood – even with the paltry $1,400 handout from the Biden Administration.
Unless, of course, the Ritz Carlton is offering a “Stimulus Check” weekend getaway.
One final point here, while illegal aliens enjoy turn-down service courtesy of American taxpayers, last January National Guard troops had to sleep on concrete floors in a parking garage in Washington, D.C.
This is what putting America last looks like.
——————— Todd Starnes (@toddstarnes) is A Christian Conservative, the host of Fox News & Commentary and heard daily on 250+ radio stations and on his iTune podcasts.
Tags:Todd Starnes, commentary, President Biden, to House Illegals, In Taxpayer-funded HotelsTo share or post to your site, click on “Post Link”. Please mention / link to the ARRA News Service and “Like” Facebook Page – Thanks!
by Heritage Foundation: After serving as The Heritage Foundation’s leadership team for the last three years, President Kay C. James and Executive Vice President Dr. Kim R. Holmes have announced their resignations. James will be staying on as president for up to six months until a replacement is found, after which she will become a Heritage distinguished visiting fellow. She will also remain on Heritage’s board of trustees. Holmes’ resignation is effective April 16.
“When we came on board as the executive leadership team three years ago, we set several goals and told Heritage’s board of trustees that we would serve for three to five years to see them through,” said James. “We accomplished everything we set out to do. Now it’s time to let someone else take the reins.”
James has served as the president of The Heritage Foundation, America’s premier conservative think tank, since 2018 and as a trustee of Heritage’s board since 2005. Throughout her service at Heritage, she has been dedicated to helping develop and promote solutions to the issues Americans face that are based on the principles of individual freedom, limited government, free enterprise, traditional American values, and a strong national defense.
With an unwavering commitment to Heritage’s members, to its board and staff, and to the American people, James has pushed the organization to new heights. One of her great passions has been guiding Heritage to reach out and share its message with young people, minorities, and women who don’t necessarily consider themselves conservative but who practice conservative principles in their daily lives.
During her time at Heritage, James has been instrumental in the organization playing a major role in influencing public policy in areas such as the economic and health recovery from the coronavirus pandemic, election integrity, immigration, China’s increasing global influence, Big Tech, improving education, tax reform and deregulation, strengthening America’s civil society, and more.
She also created Heritage’s newest policy institute, the Edwin J. Feulner Institute, which seeks to reinvigorate every American’s appreciation for this exceptional nation and its founding principles. Under her leadership, Heritage also created its Center for Technology Policy, which deals with high-level policy solutions for the ever-increasing roles the internet, artificial intelligence, and other advanced technologies have in government, business, and national defense, as well as their impact on public speech and personal privacy.
“I am incredibly grateful to Kay James and Kim Holmes for their leadership of The Heritage Foundation over the past three years,” said Barb Van Andel-Gaby, chairman of Heritage’s board of trustees. “Their tireless dedication to Heritage has taken the organization to new heights, led to numerous accomplishments, and positioned the Heritage team to be ready for the battles ahead. Heritage today is the most important conservative organization in America because of their leadership.
“Working alongside Kay, I have come to know a caring and compassionate leader whose love for America is evident in all that she does. That’s why I am so excited she will be staying closely connected to Heritage as a distinguished visiting fellow after the board hires her successor. It is important that we have a successful transition and having Kay remain affiliated with Heritage is great news for everyone.”
Van Andel-Gaby added: “Today, the Heritage leadership team and staff are as focused as ever on the Heritage mission. The fabric of our republic is being threatened, and the talented scholars at Heritage are working harder than ever to push back on the progressive left in America. Heritage’s board stands with them as they continue to fight.”
James said serving as Heritage’s president was the pinnacle of a long career.
“I have enjoyed leading such an astounding group of professionals who truly care about the future of this country and who come to work every day to develop solutions for the issues that Americans face,” said James. “I am proud of the many things we have accomplished together, including reaching out to new, nontraditional audiences of women, minorities, and young people and showing them how conservative solutions provide the best outcomes for all Americans.
“We helped America get through the coronavirus pandemic by forming the National Coronavirus Recovery Commission and bringing experts together from across the country to devise ways to save the lives and livelihoods of Americans and of people all around the world. I am also proud that we led Heritage through the pandemic while keeping us on strong financial footing and ensuring the organization continued to provide desperately needed policy solutions to governments and the American people even as our employees worked remotely. We made sure our employees were always safe and had the resources they needed to carry out their critical work. We also helped other conservative organizations survive the COVID storm by offering help with fundraising, communicating with constituencies, and managing during times of crisis.
“When I became president in 2018, I brought with me a strong management agenda, including creating a multiyear strategic plan with measurable goals, zero-based budgeting, succession planning for senior management, an annual employee survey to assess our strengths and opportunities, senior leadership training, enterprise-wide risk management, and customer service training. I believe that agenda has made Heritage a stronger organization and will ensure that it continues developing solutions for America for years to come.
“During our time here, Kim and I restructured several of our teams, such as communications, development, and government relations, to improve our impact and outreach. Our research and media teams have put out more content than ever before. We are reaching more Americans through our virtual events, media interviews, and opinion pieces than we ever have in Heritage’s history. And we are maintaining a strong financial position by making smart budgeting decisions and coming up with innovative fundraising strategies.
“I hope that one of the most profound, yet simple, things I did was to develop and commit to writing Heritage’s set of 14 ‘True North Principles of Conservatism.’ Articulating them helps us to be fully transparent with the public and policy makers about the principles that guide our policy recommendations, to hold this organization accountable to always following those principles, and to lay out the bedrock principles for which the conservative movement must always stand.
“Over the past three years, Kim and I achieved everything we set out to do, and we did it with a terrific group of dedicated people who want nothing but what’s best for America. It has been an absolute honor and privilege to work with them.”
Under James’ and Holmes’ leadership, out of over 8,200 think tanks worldwide, Heritage was ranked No. 1 in the world for having the “Most Significant Impact on Public Policy” three years in a row, No. 1 for “Best Use of Social Media and Networks,” No. 1 for the “Best Use of the Internet,” and rose from No. 13 to No. 6 in the world for “Best Managed Think Tank,” according to the University of Pennsylvania’s world-renowned Global Go-To Think Tank Index.
James said of Holmes, “As a historian, diplomat, policy expert, author, and skilled manager, Kim Holmes has served The Heritage Foundation, the conservative movement, and our nation with distinction. But even more importantly to me, during his tenure as executive vice president, his wise counsel and institutional experience have been invaluable to me. Heritage and I are extremely grateful for his dedicated service and tremendous contributions. He will be sorely missed as a guiding spirit of The Heritage Foundation.”
Holmes’ service at Heritage spanned 36 years. He joined Heritage in 1985 and rose to vice president in 1991. He oversaw the think tank’s defense and foreign policy team for more than two decades and was a founding editor of the annual Index of Economic Freedom. In 2002, he left Heritage for the U.S. State Department to serve as assistant secretary of state for international organization affairs during President George W. Bush’s first term.
In 2018, he returned to Heritage at James’ request to serve as executive vice president, bringing a wealth of both policy and management experience to the role.
“It has been a privilege to work at Heritage for over three decades,” said Holmes. “I am profoundly thankful to Kay James and to Heritage’s founder, Ed Feulner, for their support and leadership over the years. Heritage is strongly positioned to provide principled conservative public policy solutions to the current challenges facing America. I am deeply proud of our accomplishments and honored to have played a role in helping Heritage to be ‘True North’ for the conservative moment long into the future. I look forward to seeing the great successes yet to come.”
The Heritage Foundation is the nation’s most broadly supported public policy research institute, with more than a half-million members. Founded in 1973, it develops and promotes public policy solutions that advance free enterprise, limited government, individual freedom, traditional values, and a strong national defense. Heritage does not support policies that deviate from these principles, nor are our recommendations ever influenced by donations or outside political pressure.
———————— Heritage Foundation Press Release
Tags:Heritage Foundation, President, Executive Vice President Announce ResignationsTo share or post to your site, click on “Post Link”. Please mention / link to the ARRA News Service and “Like” Facebook Page – Thanks!
by NRA-ILA: For several years the FBI has been operating a shadow gun ban regime whereby Americans who are not prohibited from possessing firearms under federal law are being denied their Second Amendment rights without due process. This extralegal practice was brought to light again in recent weeks in the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Sixth Circuit case Turaani v. Wray. The case revealed that the FBI’s current administration of the National Instant Criminal Background Check System amounts to a may-issue gun purchasing scheme that is incompatible with the proper adjudication of a Constitutional right.
For more than a decade, gun control advocates and their allies in Congress have pushed legislation that would prohibit those on one of the federal government’s watch lists from purchasing firearms through the NICS system. As the federal government’s watch lists are oftenerroneous and the procedures for placing an individual on them are nebulous, opaque, and do not comport to any reasonable standard of due process, such legislation would empower the government to extinguish Americans’ Second Amendment rights with nearly unfettered discretion.
Given that such measures are a threat not only to Americans’ Second Amendment rights, but also their First and Fifth Amendment rights, NRA has been joined by the American Civil Liberties Union in opposing this dangerous legislation. NRA is not opposed to prohibiting dangerous individuals from possessing firearms, but the government must be forced to prove that an individual is dangerous by securing a conviction against them in a court of law.
Despite Congress having repeatedly rejected this may-issue scheme for gun ownership, the FBI has pressed forward with their shadow gun ban.
In 2013, the Congressional Research Service published a report titled, “Terrorist Watch List Screening and Background Checks for Firearms.” The document made clear that the FBI was checking the government’s watch lists during NICS background checks. Moreover, if a person came up on a list the transfer would be flagged and delayed. The report explained,
As part of the background check process, NICS typically responds to a federally licensed gun dealer, otherwise known as a federal firearms licensee (FFL), with a NICS Transaction Number (NTN) and one of three outcomes: (1) “proceed” with transfer or permit/license issuance because no prohibiting record was found; (2) “denied,” indicating that a prohibiting record was found; or (3) “delayed,” indicating that the system produced information suggesting that there could be a prohibiting record.60 In the case of a possible watchlist match, NICS sends a delayed transfer (for up to three business days) response to the querying federally licensed gun dealer or state POC. During a delay, NICS staff contacts immediately the FBI Headquarters’ Counterterrorism Division and FBI Special Agents in the field, and a coordinated effort is made to research possibly unknown prohibiting factors. If no prohibiting factors are uncovered within this three-day period, firearms dealers may proceed with the transaction at their discretion.Therefore, the FBI delays, as a matter of practice, firearms transactions involving individual for whom they have no information suggesting they are prohibited from possessing firearms. This would be bad enough if it involved a temporary delay, however, the FBI does not clear the delay. Rather, the non-prohibited individual must rely on the Federal Firearms Licensee (FFL or gun dealer) to proceed with firearm transfer once three business days have elapsed since the NICS check was initiated, as they are permitted to do by law. Such “default proceed” transfers are at the FFL’s discretion and some FFLs are reluctant to transfer a firearm under these circumstances. If a person delayed in this manner is unable to acquire the firearm from a reluctant FFL after a default proceed, the FBI has denied a non-prohibited individual their right to purchase a firearm.
In Turaani v. Wray, the FBI went a step further.
According to the facts presented in Judge Jeffrey Sutton’s opinion, in 2018 the plaintiff (Turaani) attempted to buy a firearm from an FFL. The requisite NICS check resulted in a delay. Then, as Sutton described,
The next day, FBI agent Jason Chambers went to the dealer’s house, which doubled as his place of business, to speak to him about Turaani. Chambers wanted to see what information Turaani had provided about himself and explained that “we have a problem with the company” Turaani “keeps.” He showed photographs of Turaani with another person of apparent Middle Eastern descent, whom the dealer did not recognize. And Chambers left his contact information with the dealer.Turaani followed up with the dealer a few days later to purchase the gun. The dealer explained that he had received a visit from the FBI. While he “technically could sell the gun” because the three-day delay had passed without further prohibitions on the sale, the dealer told Turaani that he was “no longer comfortable doing so.To recap, the FBI delayed the firearm transfer of a non-prohibited individual merely due to “the company” he “keeps.” Then the FBI paid a visit to the FFL that all but assured the firearm transfer would not go forward. Of course, freedom of association is an essential component of the First Amendment right.
Following the FBI’s actions, Turaani then filed suit, claiming that the federal government had impermissibly restricted his rights. However, the Sixth Circuit ruled for the government, claiming that while the FBI did share information with the FFL that made the dealer reluctant to transfer the firearm, they did not force the FFL to halt the transfer.
What the court failed to fully appreciate is that FFLs are licensed by the federal government and subject to its oversight. There is an obvious measure of coercion attendant a visit from the FBI to an individual whose livelihood is directly regulated by another branch of the Department of Justice.
The FBI’s shadow ban regime could be used to target any number of politically disfavored groups and individuals.
The possible passage of new restrictions on firearms and the return of military veterans facing significant challenges reintegrating into their communities could lead to the potential emergence of terrorist groups or lone wolf extremists capable of carrying out violent attacks.Further targeting gun rights supporters for heightened scrutiny, the report went on to explain,
Weapons rights and gun-control legislation are likely to be hotly contested subjects of political debate in light of the 2008 Supreme Court’s decision in District of Columbia v. Heller in which the Court reaffirmed an individual’s right to keep and bear arms under the Second Amendment to the U.S. Constitution, but left open to debate the precise contours of that right. Because debates over constitutional rights are intense, and parties on all sides have deeply held, sincere, but vastly divergent beliefs, violent extremists may attempt to co-opt the debate and use the controversy as a radicalization tool.In recent months, rhetoric about using the federal government to target those with divergent political views as “terrorists” has reached a fever pitch. The ACLU and other civil libertarians have warned about attempts to empower the federal government to pursue a new and misguided domestic war on terror. Former CIA Director John Brennan even suggested that the national security apparatus be turned on libertarians.
As bad as the current shadow gun ban regime is, there is legislation moving through Congress to make it even worse. H.R. 1446, would eliminate the three-day default proceed on NICS checks and would empower the FBI to indefinitely block FFLs from transferring firearms.
Under the bill, there would no longer be a set timeframe under which the FFL could proceed with a transfer if the FBI failed to give a definitive answer to a NICS check. An unresolved delay would become a presumptive prohibition on the transfer, even if the FBI never identified a disqualifying record.
Instead, the intended transferee – who already filed the Form 4473 with the FFL – would have to file a second petition with the government making the exact same declarations of eligibility and, once again, asking the FBI to rule on the matter.
But what would happen if the FBI didn’t resolve the follow-up petition?
In that case, the bill would require the FFL to wait at least 10 additional business days from the date the intended recipient filed the petition to consider making a default transfer. How the intended recipient is supposed to prove to the FFL the petition was even filed in the first place is not specified. This onerous and nebulous appeal procedure would only serve to exacerbate the threat posed by FBI’s current abuses.
The prejudices and unproven hunches of federal bureaucrats should never determine the exercise of a Constitutional right. That is why NRA members and other gun rights supporters must continue to work to oppose legislation that would give the federal government further discretion over the exercise of Second Amendment rights or compound the government’s current abuses.
——————- NRA-ILA
Tags:FBI’s Shadow Gun Bans, Threaten, First and Second Amendment RightsTo share or post to your site, click on “Post Link”. Please mention / link to the ARRA News Service and “Like” Facebook Page – Thanks!
You are subscribed to email updates from ARRA News Service.
To stop receiving these emails, you may unsubscribe now.
Email delivery powered by Google
Google, 1600 Amphitheatre Parkway, Mountain View, CA 94043, United States
This newsletter is never sent unsolicited. It was sent to you because you signed up to receive this newsletter on the RedState.com network OR a friend forwarded it to you. We respect and value your time and privacy. If this newsletter no longer meets your needs we will be happy to remove your address immediately.
Visit the Townhall Media Preference Center to manage your subscriptions
Everyone knows the New York Times is famous for trafficking in misinformation. And now the irony is delicious as the ‘paper of record’ says the satire site The Babylon Bee’ is trafficking in … you guessed it … misinformation.Read more…
(RELIGION NEWS SERVICE) — Americans are becoming more confident they can attend in-person religious services but church attendance at Easter services will still be far lower than usual this year,…Read more…
(BALTIMORE SUN) — A week ago, health department officials ordered a Baltimore-based megachurch to close its doors over coronavirus-related violations. Baltimore City Health Department inspectors said parishioners weren’t wearing masks…Read more…
This email was sent to rickbulownewmedia@protonmail.com. You are receiving this email because you asked to receive information from WND. We take your privacy and your liberty very seriously and will keep your information in the strictest confidence. Your name will not be sold to or shared with third parties. We will email you from time to time with relevant news and updates, but you can stop receiving information from us at any time by following very simple instructions that will be included at the bottom of any correspondence you should receive from us.
Our mailing address is: WND | 580 E Street PO Box 100, | Hawthorne, NV 89415
NOT GETTING OUR MAIL, YET?SIGN UP HERE FOR BPR DAILY EMAILS
Your input is critical to us and to the future of conservatism in America. We refuse to be silenced, and we hope you do too. Sign up for daily emails and never miss a story.
For the latest BPR videos subscribe to our Rumble page.
You may unsubscribe or change your contact details at any time.
47.) ABC
March 23, 2021 – Having trouble viewing this email? Open it in your browser.
Morning Rundown
10 dead, including police officer, in Boulder, Colorado, grocery store shooting: Ten people were killed, including a police officer, after a gunman opened fire at a King Soopers grocery store in Boulder, Colorado, Monday afternoon, police said. Officers initially responded to a report of someone being shot in the parking lot of the store, and when they arrived at the scene, a suspect carrying a long gun opened fire on them. Eric Talley, 51, who had been a part of the Boulder Police Department since 2010, was the first officer to arrive at the scene where he was fatally shot. A suspect was wounded during the confrontation with police and taken into custody, according to Boulder Police Department Commander Kerry Yamaguchi. The suspect was not immediately identified by officials, but they said he was sent to an area hospital to be treated for his injuries. Yamaguchi did not reveal a motive, but said there are no additional suspects at this time. Eyewitnesses shared videos from the parking lot of the King Soopers grocery store on social media Monday afternoon. The videos show officers ordering a suspect to come out of the store with his hands up and surrender. Videos from inside the store show shoppers and employees trying to flee or hide. “Today, ten lives were tragically lost, including Boulder Police Officer Eric Talley,” Colorado Gov. Jared Polis said in a statement. “And tonight, the families of these victims, our fellow Coloradans, my neighbors, are hearing the devastating news that their loved one who simply woke up and went to work this morning, or who ran out to pick up eggs, won’t be coming home.”
White House officials to visit Mexico, Guatemala to address migrant surge: As new photos released Monday by Rep. Henry Cuellar, D-Texas, revealed crowded conditions inside a U.S. Customs and Border Protection overflow facility in Donna, Texas, several White House officials announced they are heading to Mexico and Guatemala this week to address the migrant surge. White House coordinator for the southern border Roberta Jacobson and the National Security Council’s senior director for the Western Hemisphere, Juan Gonzalez, traveled to Mexico on Monday. Gonzalez will continue on to Guatemala for what administration officials described as “ongoing discussions on how to manage an effective and humane plan of action on migration.” Jacobson and Gonzalez will be joined by the State Department Northern Triangle Special Envoy Ricardo Zuniga. The trip comes as migrant crossings of the southern border are increasing, with nearly 100,000 migrants detained at the border in February. In addition, the number of unaccompanied minors being held in CBP custody for more than 240 hours has increased almost exponentially in the past week. “This is an important trip and one that builds on the administration’s focused work on addressing the root causes of irregular migration as a cyclical regional issue,” a senior administration official said on a call with reporters.
Questions raised over ‘incomplete’ data as AstraZeneca reports COVID-19 vaccine effective for adults: Late Monday, the Data and Safety Monitoring Board (DSMB) released a statement expressing concern over information released by AstraZeneca on initial data from its COVID-19 vaccine clinical trial. The DSMB said AstraZeneca may have included outdated information from that trial and that data may have provided an “incomplete” view of the efficacy of the vaccine. Preliminary data from final-stage testing in the U.S. of a COVID-19 vaccine developed by England’s University of Oxford and the British-Swedish pharmaceutical giant showed the two-dose shot was highly effective in all age and ethnicity groups, stopped hospitalization in all cases and did not raise the overall risk of blood clots. AstraZeneca will need to follow the same approval process and timeline as the other three vaccine producers. If authorized by the Food and Drug Administration after an independent review, the vaccine could be available in May.
This nursing home has its own golden retriever puppy: Times can be “ruff” amid the COVID-19 pandemic, but one puppy is bringing smiles to many at a Scotland, South Dakota, nursing home. At Good Samaritan Society, Gracie, a golden retriever, is spreading the love to all 30 nursing home residents. “We’ve seen a lot of changes since she’s come,” Pam Stewart, the facility’s social services manager, told “GMA.” “We’ve seen a lot of smiles, cuddles.” Staff at Good Samaritan said Gracie also helps residents stay positive during the pandemic. “It’s giving them a lot to talk about versus what they’ve seen in the world,” said Stewart.
GMA Must-Watch
This morning on “GMA,” it’s National Puppy Day, and as more people head back to work following the adoption of a pandemic puppy, we get some expert advice on how to get your pup comfortable being alone and a little less attached. Plus, in our new series, “Cold Cash From Your Freezer,” Becky Worley has some cash-saving tips for buying in bulk and ways to reduce waste by freezing some unexpected items. And Jessica Simpson joins us live to talk about the new paperback edition of her book and more upcoming projects. All this and more only on “GMA.”
There has been another tragic mass shooting, this time in Boulder, Colorado. We have the latest on that and fresh questions about the AstraZeneca vaccine from U.S. health officials
Ten people are dead, including a police officer, after a gunmen opened fire at a Boulder, Colo., grocery store on Monday.
A suspect, who was injured during the shooting, is in custody, police said. But authorities did not provide any details about a potential motive. Get the latest here.
Talley, the father of seven children and an 11-year veteran of the Boulder police force, was hailed for his “heroic action” by Police Chief Maris Herold.
The grandfather of two teenage girls who survived the attack at the King Soopers store by hiding in a coat closet with their father described the event as “traumatizing.”
“This has got to stop,” Steven McCue told NBC affiliate KUSA of Denver. “Every week — every week in the United States there’s a shooting. Now it’s our turn. And that should never be repeated anywhere.”
Colorado Gov. Jared Polis called the shooting an “unspeakable tragedy.”
Sen. John Hickenlooper, D-Colo., also noted the history of mass shootings in the state from Columbine High School in 1999 to the Aurora movie theater attack in 2012.
“Our state grieves tonight as we mourn ten more Coloradans senselessly killed by gun violence,” said Hickenlooper.
The National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases said results from a U.S. trial of the AstraZeneca vaccine “may have included outdated information” that “provided an incomplete view of the efficacy data.” The unusual statement was issued early Tuesday, a day after the drug company announced that the trial showed no serious side-effects, and that its vaccine was 100 percent effective in stopping severe and fatal cases.
New photos from an overflow facility in Texas showed crowded conditions for migrants over the weekend amid an increase in the number of unaccompanied children crossing the border
The Biden administration has pinpointed the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau as a key tool to help deliver on promises to address systemic racial inequality.
The protections provided by Title IX to shield student-athletes from disparate treatment do not apply to the NCAA, but this should nonetheless be the last time the value of its elite female athletes is so flagrantly denigrated.
One photojournalist documented what it was like inside the city’s hospitals during the height of the pandemic where he says “knowledge and compassion made a stand against the virus.”
9 sleep aids the Shopping team relies on, including a window treatment, elevated bedding and skin care routines.
One fun thing
If protecting yourself from Covid-19 isn’t enough of a lure, how about a freshly-baked glazed donut?
Krispy Kreme is offering customers an extra incentive to get vaccinated — a free Original Glazed doughnut to those who present their vaccine card at any Krispy Kreme store in the U.S.
And it isn’t just a one-time offer — those with vaccine cards can return every single day for free donuts through the end of 2021.
From NBC’s Chuck Todd, Mark Murray and Carrie Dann
FIRST READ: Eric Greitens wants a comeback in Missouri. It could scramble the GOP’s Senate map.
Donald Trump paid little to no political price for the sex scandals, investigations and legal jeopardy that always surrounded him – at least until the end, when his party lost the White House and control of the U.S. Senate.
But does that apply to other Republican politicians?
AP Photo/Jeff Curry
We’re about to find out with former Missouri Gov. Eric Greitens’ announcement that he’s running for the Senate seat being vacated by retiring Sen. Roy Blunt, R-Mo.
Greitens resigned his governorship in 2018 amid sexual misconduct and campaign-finance allegations, NBC’s Ben Kamisar writes.
More from Kamisar:
“A woman who Greitens subsequently admitted to having an extramarital affair with accused him of taking a nude photograph of her without her consent, and told state House investigators that he assaulted her. Prosecutors initially charged him with a felony invasion-of-privacy charge related to the episode, but that charge was dropped.”
On Fox News announcing his Senate bid, Greitens said he was exonerated after dropped charges and after a state ethics committee concluded that his campaign – but not Greitens himself – committed campaign-finance violations.
Greitens told Fox he resigned from office for his family, because “it was what I needed to do for the people who I love the most.”
Still, Greitens’ Senate candidacy is risky business for a Republican Party that’s seeking to win back the Senate with a challenging map and – so far – five announced Senate GOP retirements.
If he’s the nominee, Republicans will have decide whether to embrace someone with this kind of record.
(U.S. Reps. Ann Wagner, Vicky Hartzler and Billy Long are other potential GOP candidates to run for Blunt’s seat.)
We remember when Roy Moore lost a Senate seat in Alabama (a state Trump won by 25 points in 2020), and when Kris Kobach lost the gubernatorial race in Kansas (a state Trump won by 15 points).
Candidates matter.
Donald Trump, as the saying goes, could shoot someone on 5th Avenue and get away with it.
But what about Eric Greitens?
Meet the GOP’s potential – and Trump-infused – Senate 2022 class
Greitens wasn’t the only Republican who announced a Senate bid on Monday.
So did Rep. Mo Brooks, R-Ala. – for the seat being vacated by retiring Sen. Richard Shelby, R-Ala.
Brooks, of course, spoke at that Jan. 6 rally, saying, “Today is the day American patriots start taking down names and kicking ass.” (Brooks later said the context of his remarks was on the 2022 and 2024 elections, not about the violence that would later take place at the Capitol.)
Brooks. Greitens. Josh Mandel or Jane Timken in Ohio.
Meet the Republican Party’s potential – and Trump-infused – 2022 Senate class.
TWEET OF THE DAY: Another week, another mass shooting
Data Download: The numbers you need to know today
51 percent: The share of Republicans who now say they support gay and lesbian couples marrying legally in a new PRRI poll, the first time the survey has found a majority of Republicans in support.
67 percent: The share of Americans overall who support same-sex marriage.
$3 trillion: The reported price tag for President Biden’s big infrastructure/climate proposal.
More than 200,000: The number of people who have used a special enrollment period to sign up for Obamacare
29,998,618: The number of confirmed cases of coronavirus in the United States, per the most recent data from NBC News and health officials. (That’s 55,033 more than yesterday morning.)
545,506: The number of deaths in the United States from the virus so far, per the most recent data from NBC News. (That’s 658 more than yesterday morning.)
126,509,736: Number of vaccine doses administered in the U.S.
12.8 percent: The share of Americans who are fully vaccinated
37: The number of days left for Biden to reach his 100-day vaccination goal.
Senate confirms Biden’s pick for Labor secretary
By a 68-29 vote on Monday, the Senate confirmed Boston Mayor Marty Walsh to be President Biden’s Labor secretary, per NBC’s Frank Thorp.
BIDEN CABINET WATCH
State: Tony Blinken (confirmed)
Treasury: Janet Yellen (confirmed)
Defense: Ret. Gen. Lloyd Austin (confirmed)
Attorney General: Merrick Garland (confirmed)
Homeland Security: Alejandro Mayorkas (confirmed)
HHS: Xavier Becerra (confirmed)
Agriculture: Tom Vilsack (confirmed)
Transportation: Pete Buttigieg (confirmed)
Energy: Jennifer Granholm (confirmed)
Interior: Deb Haaland (confirmed)
Education: Miguel Cardona (confirmed)
Commerce: Gina Raimondo (confirmed)
Labor: Marty Walsh (confirmed)
HUD: Marcia Fudge (confirmed)
Veterans Affairs: Denis McDonough (confirmed)
UN Ambassador: Linda Thomas-Greenfield (confirmed)
Director of National Intelligence: Avril Haines (confirmed)
EPA: Michael Regan (confirmed)
SBA: Isabel Guzman
And the number of the week is … 3,143
Get ready for a super deep dive into some county-level numbers, over at The Chuck Toddcast.
Ten people are dead, including a police officer, after a gunman opened fire in a Boulder, Colorado supermarket. Also, the U.S. federal government is scrambling to find suitable housing for thousands of migrant minors. All that and all that matters in today’s Eye Opener. Your world in 90 seconds.
A police officer and nine other people are dead after a gunman opened fire at a Boulder, Colorado supermarket. Police said a suspect is in custody but have not released his name or potential motive. Eyewitnesses describe the chaotic scene. Omar Villafranca reports.
Rep. Joe Neguse, a Democrat from Colorado, joins “CBS This Morning” following a shooting at a Boulder, Colorado grocery store in his district, which left 10 dead.
President Biden’s economic advisers are expected to brief him on a new proposal they say will create U.S. jobs. It reportedly includes about $1 trillion in spending on improvements to roads, bridges and the cellular network. More funding could be included for investments like free community college, universal pre-K and paid family leave. Nancy Cordes shares the details.
A new study suggests Americans under shelter-in-place orders gained approximately 1.5 lb of weight gain every month. Researchers reported Americans who kept up their lockdown habits could easily have gained about 20 pounds over the course of a year.
Plus: Homeschooling rates have doubled, the USPS is about to get even slower at delivering mail, and more…
Pandemic weight fluctuations go both ways. A confusingly worded write-up of a survey from the American Psychological Association (APA) and some viral tweets about it have spawned some panic about pandemic weight gain in the U.S. Many have been interpreting the survey to say that Americans have put on an average of 29 pounds during the pandemic, with American millennials putting on an average of 41 pounds. Yikes!
But let’s look a little closer. Turns out, these are the averages among people who say they put on unwanted weight—so about 42 percent of the adults surveyed. That’s not insignificant, but it’s also nowhere near the dire situation the first statistics alone suggest. The average is also significantly higher than the median weight gain among the group that put on unwanted pounds, suggesting some extreme weight gain has seriously inflated the picture here. (The APA says about 10 percent of survey participants gained 50 or more pounds.)
The median weight gain among adults who put on unwanted weight was just 15 pounds—so, a large portion of that same group gained less than 15 pounds.
The APA reports that 61 percent of U.S. adults “report undesired weight change since the start of the pandemic,” a figure that includes the 18 percent of survey participants who experienced undesired weight loss. The average weight loss among this group was 26 pounds, and the median weight loss was 12 pounds.
Men were more likely than women to report undesired weight loss (20 percent vs. 17 percent), while women were more likely to report undesired weight gain (45 percent vs. 39 percent). But men who gained undesired weight put on more of it: 37 pounds on average, compared to 22 pounds for women.
The youngest adults—Gen Z, which the survey defines as adults ages 24 and under—were the most likely to put on weight, with more than half (52 percent) reporting undesired weight gain.
Forty-eight percent of millennials (ages 25-42 per the survey parameters) put on undesired weight, compared with 41 percent of Gen Xers (ages 43-56) and 37 percent of boomers (ages 57-75). Boomer gainers put on the least new weight compared with other groups, at an average of 16 pounds.
Gen Z and millennials were equally likely—at 22 percent—to report undesired weight loss, compared to 17 percent of Xers and 14 percent of boomers. Weight loss averages among these age cohorts ranged from 22 to 26 pounds.
You can see survey results broken down by some other demographic categories in the chart below.
Homeschooling rates have doubled. New data from the U.S. Census Bureau shows the number of children being homeschooled—which does not include virtual instruction through a public or private school program—doubled between spring and fall 2020:
In the first week (April 23-May 5) of Phase 1 of the Household Pulse Survey, about 5.4% of U.S. households with school-aged children reported homeschooling .
By fall, 11.1% of households with school-age children reported homeschooling (Sept. 30-Oct. 12). A clarification was added to the school enrollment question to make sure households were reporting true homeschooling rather than virtual learning through a public or private school.
That change represents an increase of 5.6 percentage points and a doubling of U.S. households that were homeschooling at the start of the 2020-2021 school year compared to the prior year.
FREE MARKETS
The U.S. Postal Service (USPS) is about to get even worse. “Postmaster General Louis DeJoy will unveil the largest rollback of consumer mail services in a generation as part of his 10-year plan for the U.S. Postal Service” The Washington Postreports. The plan is to further cut post office hours, raise postage prices, and allow longer delivery times for first class mail.
“Does it make a difference if it’s an extra day to get a letter?” DeJoy asked the House
Oversight and Reform Committee in February. “Because something has to change. We cannot keep doing the same thing we’re doing.”
Battered by people turning to USPS alternatives, DeJoy somehow expects that making government mail service even worse will solve the Postal Service’s problems. It’s… a take, but probably not a good one.
QUICK HITS
• A shooter opened fire at a Boulder, Colorado, supermarket on Monday, killing 10 people. “A suspect is in custody,” CNN reports, “but authorities did not share any information on his identity, the type of weapon used or any possible motive.”
• The Department of Defense is working on draft legislation that could make it easier for military spouses to transfer occupational licenses between states. It’s starting with standards for teaching, social work, cosmetology, massage therapy, and dentistry/dental hygiene but “others will follow,” the Military Times reports. “All told, Defense Department officials calculate there are about 132,140 active duty spouses in numerous professions that require licensing.”
Elizabeth Nolan Brown is a senior editor at Reason, where she writes regularly on the intersections of sex, speech, tech, crime, politics, panic, and civil liberties. She is also co-founder of the libertarian feminist group Feminists for Liberty.
Since starting at Reason in 2014, Brown has won multiple awards for her writing on the U.S. government’s war on sex. Brown’s writing has also appeared in The New York Times, Los Angeles Times, The Daily Beast, Buzzfeed, Playboy, Fox News, Politico, The Week, and numerous other publications. You can follow her on Twitter @ENBrown.
Reason is the magazine of “free minds and free markets,” offering a refreshing alternative to the left-wing and right-wing echo chambers for independent-minded readers who love liberty.
We’ve all had an uncontrollable case of the giggles before. The timing of nervous laughter isn’t always appropriate. But when you are the vice president of the United States, you might want to cont … MORE
This newsletter is never sent unsolicited. It was sent to you because you signed up to receive this newsletter on the Townhall.com network OR a friend forwarded it to you. We respect and value your time and privacy. If this newsletter no longer meets your needs we will be happy to remove your address immediately.
Visit the Townhall Media Preference Center to manage your subscriptions
You can unsubscribe by clicking here.
Or Send postal mail to:
Townhall Daily Unsubscribe
P.O. Box 9660, Arlington, VA 22219
* Copyright Townhall and its Content Providers.
All rights reserved.
55.) REALCLEARPOLITICS MORNING NOTE
03/23/2021
Share:
Carl Cannon’s Morning Note
Biden’s Start; Border Bound; Pet Peeve
By Carl M. Cannon on Mar 23, 2021 09:06 am
Good morning, it’s Tuesday, March 23, 2021. Thirty-two years ago today, in a speech to the National Association of Manufacturers, President George H.W. Bush reprised an old political chestnut — if only to undercut it.
Speaking about NAM officials Richard “Dick” Heckert and Alexander “Sandy” Trowbridge, Bush 41 said the following: “Harry Truman used to say: ‘If you want a friend in Washington, buy a dog.’ And I’m here to disagree with him, because I feel in Dick, your chairman, and in Sandy, your president, and in the membership of this illustrious organization, that our administration has a friend not only in Washington but all across the country.”
It was a nice sentiment, and the National Association Manufacturers’ members and officers at the Mayflower Hotel in Washington laughed along with Bush in appreciation of the compliment. Except that Harry Truman didn’t often proclaim that if you want a friend in Washington, get a dog. There’s no evidence that he ever uttered that line, or anything like it. It’s not how he viewed politics. Or dogs. I’ve debunked this hoary tale previously, but with two adopted dogs in the White House, I figured it was time to do so again.
First, I’d direct you to RCP’s front page, which presents our poll averages, videos, breaking news stories, and aggregated opinion columns spanning the political spectrum. We also offer original material from our own reporters, columnists, and contributors, including the following:
* * *
Assessing Biden’s Start: Poll Finds Support for Activist Government. I report on the findings from the latest survey by RealClear Opinion Research.
Biden Sends Border Czar to Meet With Mexican Officials. Phil Wegmann has the story.
Heritage Seeks New Leader as James Plans to Step Down. Phil got the scoop on the influential think tank’s impending change of command.
Clash of Green Jobs and Blue Collars. The new administration touts clean energy as providing good-paying jobs, but Vince Bielski interviewed workers, union organizers, developers and regulators, who tell a different story to RealClearInvestigations.
A Republican Approach to the “Climate Emergency.” At RealClearEnergy, Alex Flint arguesfor a market-based plan that doesn’t grow the size of government, but instead encourages economic growth and true innovation.
Giving Away Money Is Not “Highly Popular.” RealClearMarkets editor John Tamny writes that when governments spend, they penalize the productive and shrink the capital available to the productive.
The Perils of “Action Civics.” At RealClearEducation, Peter W. Wood warns that the activism promoted in many schools is more akin to passive obedience to progressive orthodoxy than civics rooted in our nation’s founding principles.
How Working Women Respond to School Closings and Tax Changes. At RealClearPolicy, Robert Cherry examines trends in the labor force participation rate.
The Scourge of Chronic Groin Pain. RealClearScience editor Ross Pomeroy spotlights an uncomfortable subject for men.
* * *
You knew it would happen when Joe and Jill Biden rescued two dogs from a Delaware shelter. No, I don’t mean you knew that the 78-year-old president would sustain a hairline fracture of his foot while playing with Major or that the 3-year-old German shepherd would bite a Secret Service agent. No, I’m talking about various commentators reprising the fictional Harry Truman
line about dogs and Washington. Even the Associated Press repeated it.
To be clear, this quote is not merely unverified, it’s preposterous. Truman grew up on a farm and viewed dogs as working animals. He also spent much of his professional life in Washington and had many friends in the city. Moreover, neither he nor his wife, Bess, considered canines to be cuddly creatures that should coddled and adored: In contrast to the Bidens, the Trumans gave away two that were given to them while Truman was president.
But there is a line in a 1975 play about Truman, “Give ‘Em Hell Harry,” in which the president’s character delivers a version of the line at the end of a populist rant: “Banks, boy, there’s a bunch of crooks for you. They’re happy to lend you money when you prove you don’t need it. You want a friend in life, get a dog!”
There this line lay quietly, like a sleeping dog, for a decade or so until it slowly awoke. Fueled by cocktail chatter and garbled translations from theater critics, it emerged during the Reagan administration as a “Truman” quote. On Feb. 24, 1986, Attorney General Edwin Meese spoke at a party and attributed this line to the 33rd U.S. president: “If you really want a friend in Washington, buy a dog.”
Notice how the word “life” had been replaced by “Washington.” This makes sense considering how much the Reagan Revolution had targeted Washington, D.C., and the federal government as the source of the nation’s problems. To be fair, however, Meese offered it as a laugh line, and an ironic one: The party was hosted at the Heritage Foundation by “Friends of Ed Meese.”
Ed Meese surely did have friends. He also seems to have started something. Databases were new then, but an account of this quote did appear in The Washington Post. A year later, in a story about how St. Patrick’s Day was celebrated in the nation’s capital, a lobbyist named H. Spofford Canfield IV garbled the already suspect quote rather spectacularly, telling Tom Baden, Washington correspondent for the Syracuse Post-Standard: “Harry Truman once said that the first thing you do in Washington is get a dog, because you’ll need a friend.”
On June 7, 1987, the bogus quote was returned to its original (bogus) form by Stanford professor and future White House economist Michael J. Boskin, who passed it along to Alan Greenspan as friendly advice via The New York Times. Now the dogs were really on the loose.
On Nov. 16, 1987, White House press spokesman Marlin Fitzwater used the invented Truman-dog quote, with a slight variation, in defense of deputy White House chief of staff Kenneth Duberstein, who had been accused by various columnists of trying to undermine other White House officials — including, you guessed it, Ed Meese.
“As Harry Truman once said, ‘If you want a friend in Washington, get a dog,'” Fitzwater told reporters. “Duberstein’s at the kennel right now.”
By this time, the rhetorical dog was truly chasing its own tail. By the following spring, President Reagan was using the line himself, sometimes twice a week, prefacing it by calling it Truman’s “famous” comment and using the “get a dog” wording. But “buy a dog” had adherents, too. (That phrasing is interesting because, as famed quote investigator Ralph Keyes has demonstrated, “Need a friend? Buy a dog” was a common construction of newspaper want ads as far back as 1911. This wasn’t political or social commentary; these were simply advertisements intended to sell pets.)
Anyway, by the end of the Reagan years, the revisionism had started. Critics didn’t question the authenticity of the Truman quote; instead, they took issue with the sentiment behind it. On Sept. 6, 1988, in a speech at the National Press Club, outgoing Education Secretary Bill Bennett said that Truman’s dictum about friends and dogs in Washington rang “funny, but false.”
On March 10, 1989, Maureen Dowd used the line, attributed to Truman but without citing a source, in a piece about how new president George H.W. Bush actually had plenty of friends. This story must have delighted Bush and his speechwriters, because the 41st president began using the “Truman” quote regularly — and the same way Bennett and Dowd had: To negate Truman’s supposed point. That was the context for that March 23, 1989 speech to the National Association of Manufacturers.
The following decade, at the 1996 National Prayer Breakfast, President Clinton used it in a riff that strung together two unrelated adages in the same breath: “I think it was Harry Truman who said if you want a friend in Washington, you need to buy a dog,” Clinton said. “I think of what Benjamin Franklin said. He said our enemies are our friends, for they show us our faults.”
The Franklin quote, which comes from “Poor Richard’s Almanack,” is garbled, though close enough. But some stories are, in the sardonic old newsroom phrase, “too good to check.” So 20 years later, when John Kasich was one of the last Republicans standing against Donald Trump in the 2016 GOP primaries, he told an audience, “You know what Truman said — ‘You want a friend in Washington, buy a dog.”
Trump is not a pet person. One of his go-to insults is to compare people who anger him to dogs. His successor is a dog lover, as most previous U.S. presidents have been. But on the bright side, the Bidens didn’t have to clean up any residual messes — at least the kind left behind by House cats or dogs. Which reminds me of a presidential dog story that I believe is true. The source is Ron Nessen, a former journalist and White House press secretary in the Ford administration, and a man with a reputation for veracity.
It seems that President Ford’s dog, Liberty, had an accident on the Oval Office carpet. As a Navy steward rushed in, paper towels in hand, to deal with the mess, Jerry Ford interceded. “I’ll do that,” said the president. “No man should have to clean up after another man’s dog.”
On March 17th, new Department of Homeland Security Secretary Alejandro Mayorkas parroted the oft-repeated line that the biggest terrorist threat America faces comes from “domestic ideologically motivated extremism.”
Good morning. It’s Tuesday, March 23, and Colorado is reeling from yesterday’s deadly grocery store rampage. Have feedback? Let us know at hello@join1440.com.
Ten people were killed yesterday after a gunman opened fire inside a King Soopers grocery store in Boulder, Colorado, as customers waited in line to check out. As of this morning, the victims had not been publicly identified, though reports say 51-year-old police officer Eric Talley, the first officer on the scene was among those killed. See photos from the scene here.
Eyewitness accounts provided little insight into the motivation for the attack—shoppers recalled the shooter, also unnamed as of this morning, dressed in black and opening fire as soon as he entered the store. After a standoff of about an hour, footage showed the suspect being led away in handcuffs (w/video, warning: sensitive content).
Colorado has one of the highest rates of mass shootings per capita, many occurring in or near Denver. The list includes the 1999 Columbine High School massacre and the 2012 theater shooting in Aurora, Colorado.
AstraZeneca Vaccine Data
Editor’s Note: In overnight news, a government panel said AstraZeneca may have provided outdated information in its results, possibly delaying authorization. This story is developing.
A COVID-19 vaccine developed by drugmaker AstraZeneca and the University of Oxford showed an efficacy of 79% in US trials, according to data released yesterday. The two-dose regimen was 100% effective in preventing serious illness, hospitalization, and death, and was found to be equally effective in younger patients and those over 65 years of age. The company will seek emergency use authorization, with the drug potentially available as early as May.
The report follows a temporary suspension of the vaccine in more than a dozen European countries last week over blood clotting concerns. Regulators concluded the vaccine does not increase the general risk of blood clots. Scientists are still studying cases of a condition known as cerebral venous sinus thrombosis. European health officials identified 18 cases of CVST out of more than 20 million people vaccinated. A causal link to the vaccine has not been identified.
Three shots are currently authorized in the US—Moderna (two doses), Pfizer/BioNTech (two doses), and Johnson & Johnson (one dose). AstraZeneca’s vaccine can be stored at regular refrigeration temperatures for up to six months. See how the drug works here.
Almost 83 million people in the US have received at least one vaccine shot, with the country averaging about 2.5 million doses per day. As of this morning, 542,949 total COVID-19 deaths had been reported, with a rolling seven-day average of just over 1,000 deaths per day. New cases have plateaued at around 55,000 new cases per day. Explore the data here.
(Another) Election in Israel
Voters in Israel head to the polls today to cast ballots in the country’s fourth round of national elections in less than two years. The nation has been politically paralyzed since April 2019, when longtime Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu failed to form a governing coalition. Today’s elections follow the collapse of a fragile power-sharing agreement between Netanyahu and challenger Benny Gantz reached last March.
No party in Israel has ever won a majority of the 120-person legislature (known as the Knesset). As a result, parties must successfully form coalitions to govern. Whether Netanyahu retains control, despite the prominence of his center-right Likud party, will likely come down to which smaller groups win a handful of seats—a system that places outsized power on the more minor parties.
One factor that may tip the race is Netanyahu’s handling of the pandemic. Israel leads the world in vaccination rate, having inoculated roughly half its population, enabling the country’s economic reopening.
Know someone who needs smart, objective news? Introduce us.
>Elgin Baylor, basketball Hall of Famer and 11-time NBA All-Star, dies at 86 (More) | Houston Texans quarterback Deshaun Watson now faces 13 separate civil lawsuits alleging sexual misconduct (More)
>First round of women’s NCAA tournament in the books, second round begins today(More) | Men’s Sweet 16 field set after first two rounds of March Madness deliver several upsets(More)
>Cardi B becomes first female rapper ever to have five No. 1 songs on the Billboard Hot 100 chart(More) | ViacomCBS to raise $3B in stock sale to invest in streaming following recent launch of Paramount+ (More)
Science & Technology
>Scientists create map predicting where the world’s undiscovered species are; only 10% to 20% of the world’s species are believed to have been formally described (More) | Browse map here (More)
>Researchers demonstrate method of reading the brain’s electrical activity using ultrasound; approach represents a noninvasive route to brain-computer interfaces (More)
>Carbon-ring molecules, believed to have played a key role in the development of life on Earth, observed for the first time in an interstellar cloud (More)
Business & Markets
>US stock markets up (S&P 500 +0.7%, Dow +0.3%, Nasdaq +1.2%), with tech stocks surging on falling bond yields (More)
>Leon Black to step down as chairman of asset manager Apollo, the company he cofounded 31 years ago, after review of ties to convicted sex offender Jeffrey Epstein; former SEC chairman Jay Clayton appointed non-executive chairman (More)
>US supply of homes for sale drops 29% to 1.03 million, largest year-over-year decline on record (More)
From our partners: Cut through the business noise. The Daily Upside, written by a former investment banker, gives you a deeper dive into business news in an engaging and insightful style. Sign up for the free newsletter.
Politics & World Affairs
>US Supreme Court to review lower court’s decision overturning the death sentence for Boston Marathon bomber Dzhokhar Tsarnaev; case to be heard in the fall (More)
>Coordinated sanctions leveled by the US, United Kingdom, Canada, and European Union against China over the treatment of the country’s Muslim Uighur minority (More) | Saudi Arabia offers cease-fire to Yemen rebels in bid to end bloody seven-year conflict (More)
>Rep. Henry Cuellar (D, TX-28) releases photos from inside facility hosting unaccompanied migrant children; Biden administration has been criticized for lack of media access amid migrant surge (More) | Former Boston Mayor Marty Walsh (D) confirmed as labor secretary (More)
IN-DEPTH
The Mystery of Harriet Cole
Atlas Obscura | Jessica Leigh Hester. In 1888, famed anatomist Rufus Weaver painstakingly dissected and mounted an entire human nervous system, dubbing it “Harriet Cole.” Despite attracting thousands of astonished viewers over the decades, little is known about the person from which the specimen was produced. (Read)
Google and the Age of Privacy Theater
Wired | Gilad Edelman. Google made waves earlier this month when it announced it would stop using third-party cookies—data files that track your internet browsing history. Yet surveillance of our online behaviors, usually in a quest to sell ads, likely isn’t going anywhere, and claims of a privacy revolution may be exaggerated. (Read, $$)
Over 98% of the people who try this bar give it a five-star rating. When we’re on the go, we throw a Verb Bar in our purse or gym bag for the perfect energy boost. How they fit as much caffeine as an espresso in a delicious 90-calorie bar is beyond us, but hey, we’re not complaining.
… and new study finds Americans gained 1.5 pounds per month during lockdown.
From our partners: One of the worst ways to spend your time is manually formatting customer spreadsheets. This elegant import button automatically formats, validates, and transforms messy spreadsheets. Try it for free. #Ad
Historybook: Patrick Henry delivers “Give me liberty, or give me death!” speech (1775); Sir Roger Bannister, first person to run a sub-4-minute mile, born (1929); Adolf Hitler becomes dictator of Germany (1933); RIP Elizabeth Taylor (2011).
“There is no deodorant like success.”
– Elizabeth Taylor
Enjoy reading? Forward this email to a friend.
Why 1440? The printing press was invented in the year 1440, spreading knowledge to the masses and changing the course of history. Guess what else? There are 1,440 minutes in a day and every one is precious. That’s why we scour hundreds of sources every day to provide a concise, comprehensive, and objective view of what’s happening in the world. Reader feedback is a gift—shoot us a note at hello@join1440.com.
Interested in advertising to smart readers like you? Apply here!
On the menu today: As the Biden administration envisions using reconciliation more frequently, I look back at Democrats’ objections to the use of it in 2017; Senate Democrats conclude they can determine criminals’ motivations better than the FBI director can; Sidney Powell declares in court that her claims were never meant to be treated as “facts” by “reasonable people”; and AstraZeneca can’t put together two good days in a row.
Democrats: See, Reconciliation Is Different When We Do It
A Washington story, in three parts.
Part One: Then-Brooklyn Law School professor Rebecca Kysar, writing in Slate, back in January 2017, objecting to the use of reconciliation to pass the Trump tax cuts:
Reconciliation has been used in the past to enact simple changes in the tax code, but it has never been used for complex tax reform. In fact, the past three tax reform acts were passed with wide bipartisan support. During the Nixon years, tax reform drew upon … READ MORE
Far-left America-hater Rashida Tlaib lashed out at conservatives who oppose Washington DC statehood today. Tlaib smeared conservatives at Heritage Foundation… Read more…
This email was sent to rickbulow1974@gmail.com. You are receiving this email because you asked to receive information from The Gateway Pundit. We take your privacy and your liberty very seriously and will keep your information in the strictest confidence. Your name will not be sold to or shared with third parties. We will email you from time to time with relevant news and updates, but you can stop receiving information from us at any time by following very simple instructions that will be included at the bottom of any correspondence you should receive from us.
Our mailing address is: 16024 Manchester Rd. | St. Louis, MO 63011
The pandemic has been challenging for all of us, but Americans of Asian descent have had to deal with an additional crisis that accompanied the arrival of COVID-19: an alarming increase of hate, vitriol, and harassment directed at them simply because of their ethnic backgrounds or national origin.
The California Department of Education (CDE) voted to adopt the fourth version of an ethnic studies curriculum after four years, three previous versions, and more than 100,000 objections. The reason for so many objections? The curriculum continues to be founded on critical race theory (CRT), which is the view that our legal, economic, and social institutions are inherently racist and are exploited by some Whites to retain their dominance by oppressing and marginalizing others.
Hoover Institution fellow Scott Atlas explains why Gavin Newsom’s tiered reopening system has no science behind it. Atlas also compares the data from various states and asserts that it proves that the lockdowns were not effective.
Hoover Institution fellow Charles Plosser discusses what he expects to hear from Treasury Secretary Janet Yellen’s and Federal Reserve chair Jerome Powell’s testimonies.
The opinions expressed in this publication are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect the opinions of the Hoover Institution or Stanford University.
Thank you for subscribing to the Hoover Daily Report.
This email was sent to: rickbulow1974@gmail.com
Remove me from this list Ι Update my settings
71.) DAILY INTELLIGENCE BRIEF
Daily Intelligence Brief.
Good morning, it’s March 23, 2021. On this day in history, Patrick Henry delivered the speech featuring “give me liberty or give me death” amid the American Revolution (1775); “O.K.” — short for a slang misspelling of “all correct” — becomes a thing, in The Boston Morning Post (1939); James Cameron’s Titanic wins 11 Academy Awards, tying Ben-Hur (1998).
TOP STORIES:
Russia Wants to Work with China to Reduce Influence of the U.S. Dollar
As tensions escalate with the United States, Russia wants to reduce the influence of the U.S. dollar in the world. To achieve that goal, Russia wants China, the world’s second-largest economy, to partner together on the issue.
On Chinese state-run television, Russian Foreign Minister Sergey Lavrov said, “In addition to strengthening cooperation under the UN framework on the immediate end to unilateral coercive measures, China and Russia should also take the opportunity to enhance their scientific and technological innovation and improve their national strength in response to the sanctions.
“The risks of sanctions should be reduced by strengthening the self-reliance of the science and technology industry, [and] promoting settlement by local and other international currencies that can replace the U.S. dollar so as to gradually move away from the Western-controlled international payment system.”
Talk Between U.S. and Chinese Officials See No Progress as Blinken Confronts CCP
Last week, Secretary of State Antony Blinken and Secretary of Defense Lloyd Austin met with Chinese officials, Chinese Director of the Office of the Central Commission for Foreign Affairs Yang Jiechi, and Foreign Minister Wang Yi. DIB analysts reviewed a transcript of the Alaska meeting, suggesting there was no progress during the summit.
During the meeting, Blinken welcomed Jiechi and Yang to the summit. Then he said he wanted to address China’s treatment of Uyghur Muslims in China, abuses in Hong Kong, Taiwan and cyber attacks against the America.
Yang responded to Blinken by attacking the U.S. for human rights abuses and saying that the U.S. can’t negotiate from a position of strength.
Yang said, “So we believe that it is important for the United States to change its own image and to stop advancing its own democracy in the rest of the world. Many people within the United States actually have little confidence in the democracy of the United States, and they have various views regarding the government of the United States. In China, according to opinion polls, the leaders of China have the wide support of the Chinese people. So, no attempt to — the opinion polls conducted in the United States show that the leaders of China have the support of the Chinese people.”
Feds to Deputize Portland Police for New Gun Violence Task Force
Portland, which initially aimed to reduce its police force and budget, plans to deputize law enforcement officers for a new task force with a mission to reduce gun violence in the city.
According to OPB, “A new proposed task force would consist of agents from the Federal Bureau of Investigation and Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives, as well as federally deputized investigators from the Portland Police Bureau’s new Enhanced Community Safety Team.
It comes with limited authority for the officers, said Portland Police Bureau Deputy Chief Chris Davis. We want to form a collaboration with these two federal investigative entities to help us with the investigative side of dealing with gun crimes.”
Gun violence has reached a level so concerning in Portland that community groups are currently calling for a “Bullet Free Weekend.”
DAILY RUMOR:
Did Google Results Temporarily Show Richard Grenell as the President of the United States
TRUE or FALSE: TRUE
On Saturday, March 20, 2021, Google results showed former Acting Director of National Intelligence Richard Grenell as the President of the United States. Grenell, who served in the Trump Administration in multiple roles, had some fun with the error first noticed on Wikipedia.
Grenell tweeted, “I hereby order multiple desalinization plants to be built in California. And I also hereby order new Nuclear power plants to be built in California. Oh, and Eric Swalwell hereby loses his security clearance.”
DAILY PERSPECTIVE ON COVID-19
Since the Outbreak Started
As of Monday, March 22, 2021, 22,810,715 people in the U.S. have recovered from coronavirus. Also, the U.S. reports 30,557,373 COVID-19 cases, with 555,006 deaths.
Daily Numbers
For Monday, March 22, 2021, the U.S. reports 30,055 cases, with 292 deaths.
WHAT THIS MEANS FOR US AS AMERICANS
Russian Foreign Minister Sergey Lavrov’s comments about working with China against the U.S. dollar show how two of the world’s largest economies could potentially reduce American economic influence.
Russia’s desire to reduce the dollar’s power fits one of its objectives as the head of the Eurasian Economic Union. Russia formed the Eurasian Economic Union to promote an economic alternative to the European Union. Current members of the EEU include Russia, Belarus, Armenia and Kyrgyzstan. In 2015, the EEU said it wanted to adopt a single currency for member countries by 2025. While China doesn’t indicate any plans to join the EEU, it has a pattern of manipulating its currency, a move it engaged in 2019, following tariffs imposed by the former Trump Administration.
As analysts assessed in the DIB last week, talks between U.S. and Chinese officials showed no signs of progress. Additionally, with the U.S. Treasury sanctioning two Chinese officials tied to human rights abuses against Uyghur Muslims on Monday, relations between the U.S. and Chinese government will continue to be tense. As the U.S. continues to push back against China, Americans should anticipate China to build on its partnerships with Russia and Iran. For example, on Friday, Chinese Foreign Minister Wang Yi, will travel to Tehran to discuss Iran-China “strategic cooperation.”
Portland’s choice to deputize law enforcement using the ATF and FBI shows how serious gun violence is in the city and is evidence that reducing police forces hasn’t made the city safer.
The Daily Intelligence Brief, The DIB as we call it, is curated by a hard working team with a diverse background of experience including government intelligence, investigative journalism, high-risk missionary work and marketing.
This team has more than 68 years of combined experience in the intelligence community, 35 years of combined experience in combat and high-risk areas, and have visited more than 65 countries. We have more than 22 years of investigative reporting and marketing experience. Daily, we scour and verify more than 600 social media sites using more than 200 analytic tools in the process. Leveraging the tools and methods available to us, we uncover facts and provide analysis that would take an average person years of networking and research to uncover. We are doing it for you every 24 hours.
From All Things Possible, the Victor Marx Group and Echo Analytics Group, we aim to provide you with a daily intelligence brief collected from trusted sources and analysts.
Sources for the DIB include local and national media outlets, state and government websites, proprietary sources, in addition to social media networks. State reporting of COVID-19 deaths includes probable cases and probable deaths from COVID-19, in accordance with each state’s guidelines.
Thank you for joining us today. Be safe, be healthy and
Email not displaying correctly? View it in your browser.
Welcome to the FEE Daily, your go-to newsletter for free-market news and analysis, authored by FEE.org Opinion Editor Brad Polumbo. If you’re reading this online, click here to make sure you’re subscribed to the email list.
Biden Plotting ANOTHER $3+ Trillion Spending Blowout
If you thought that after spending $6 trillion in a year we were done blowing out the budget, I wouldn’t blame you. But apparently, we’re not quite finished. President Biden and his allies in Congress are reportedly plotting another $3 trillion in spending.
“Administration officials are crafting a plan for a multipart infrastructure and economic package that could cost as much as $3 trillion and fulfill key elements of President Biden’s campaign agenda,” Fox Business reports.
The president’s next spending bonanza will reportedly include massive infrastructure spending, but also climate change policies, education subsidies, taxpayer-financed pre-K for all, and tuition-free (aka taxpayer-funded) community college. To pay for it, Biden is considering income and corporate tax hikes.
Senate Minority Leader Mitch McConnell blasted the reported scheme as “a so-called ‘infrastructure’ proposal that may actually be a Trojan horse for massive tax hikes and other job-killing left-wing policies.”
While we’ll need to see the details of the package when it comes out, it appears McConnell is right. I wrote a few months back about how Biden’s “Build Back Better” campaign agenda, which much of this spending is based on, is a Trojan horse for a Big Government power grab.
The president will frame this expansion of government and redistribution of resources away from taxpayers as needed to rebuild society after the COVID-19 pandemic. But this is what politicians always claim. The truth is it’s simply a vast expansion of government power masquerading as recovery reconstruction.
What could possibly go wrong?
10 Lives Lost in Heartbreaking Colorado Shooting
Tragedy filled our social media feeds last night as reports flowed in regarding a mass shooting at a Boulder, Colorado supermarket.
“A gunman killed 10 people, including a police officer, Monday afternoon at a supermarket in Boulder, Colo.,” the Wall Street Journalreports. “The suspect is in custody, police said at a press briefing Monday evening outside the King Soopers grocery store where the mass shooting took place at about 2:30 p.m. local time. They didn’t provide the suspect’s name or a possible motive. The suspected gunman used an AR-style rifle in the attack, law-enforcement officials briefed on the investigation said.”
This is a tragedy. But it may lead to a renewed push for gun control. We should be wary of any attempt to use this awful event as an excuse to curtail our right to self-defense with misguided proposals that won’t actually make us safer.
Data of the Day: Devastating new Pew Research data show that amid pandemic lockdowns in 2020, the number of poor people worldwide increased by 131 million.
You don’t always have time to read a full in-depth article. Thankfully, FEE Fellow Patrick Carroll is here to give you the key takeaways from one highlighted article each day.
We’ve known for months now that the lockdowns have taken a toll on mental health, especially for young people. But how harmful have they been? New survey results from Pew research give us a clue, as Brad Polumbo reports.
“Pew finds that an astounding 32 percent of young adults aged 18 to 29 report experiencing high levels of ‘psychological distress,’” Brad notes. The survey results also show that women and lower-income individuals were more likely to experience psychological distress.
With that said, it’s important that we characterize the cause of these problems accurately. Far too many in the media will undoubtedly attribute these results to the pandemic, when in reality, much of these issues have been caused by the lockdowns.
Thus, not only was the current mental health crisis predictable, it was also preventable. If politicians had taken a less heavy-handed approach, we wouldn’t be facing these life-threatening unintended consequences.
But tragically, politicians have a habit of glossing over these consequences and acting as if they know what’s best for others. As Brad writes, “lawmakers and public health experts foolishly thought they could solve everything with top-down mandates and centralized control—and the collective psyche of an entire generation of young people will be forever scarred as a result.”
Pew Research: Lockdowns Prompting Devastating Levels of ‘Psychological Distress’ Among Young People
by Brad Polumbo
Most young people are at little risk of dying from the coronavirus. But a new Pew Research survey shows that they are disproportionately bearing the consequences of heavy-handed pandemic lockdowns and isolating government restrictions.
The Myth That Australia’s Gun Laws Reduced Gun Homicides
by Ryan McMaken
“I researched the strictly tightened gun laws in Britain and Australia,” data analyst Leah Libresco wrote in The Washington Post. “Neither nation experienced drops in mass shootings or other gun related-crime that could be attributed to their buybacks and bans.”
The FEE Store has the books, magazines, and merchandise you’re looking for to begin or deepen your knowledge of the economic, ethical, and legal principles of a free society. 100% of the proceeds go to advance FEE’s mission. Support by shopping now!
Weeks after the administration previewed (via Bloomberg) its plans to push ahead with the first major federal tax hike since 1993 to fund its infrastructure ambitions, the first details of the Biden’s multitrillion-dollar infrastructure-climate plan have just been leaked via the New York Times.
The damage we’re inflicting on children is too devastating to be waved away in the name of public health—it’s quickly becoming an emergency in its own right.
Perhaps we have collectively “lost our mind.” Perhaps what we need is not a new technology but a new way of living that uses existing technologies to echo “old ways” that worked rather well on much lower energy consumption.
An astonishingly sweeping, radical movement to level cities and states is underway, propping up the failures and pounding down those that have been successful. Most everything is being federalized. The role of cities and states as we have known them – as laboratories of democracy – is being eviscerated. It’s being financed by both the United States Treasury and the Federal Reserve bank, which are now joined at the hip in fiscal profligacy.
Imagine buying your dream home, arriving at it to move in, and finding out there’s a squatter that won’t leave. That was the case for Tracie and Myles Albert, who recently bought a 4 bedroom home in Riverside, California and found out the hard way that the seller wasn’t quite ready to hand over the keys.
These are the folks that are policing “reality” (the “reality” they have manufactured, and are manufacturing moment by moment), deciding what officially happened, and didn’t happen, and what it means, and who qualifies as an “authoritative news source,” and “fact-checking” everything we see on the Internet. It’s not a bunch of pimply-faced IT nerds writing sloppy code in Menlo Park. It’s GloboCap and the Military-Industrial Complex.
CNN weirdo Brian Stelter announced with Glee Sunday that Dr Anthony Fauci is the subject of a new children’s book titled “Dr. Fauci: How A Boy From Brooklyn Became America’s Doctor,” prompting many to immediately label it a propaganda campaign.
Despite the UK’s largely successful rollout of the coronavirus vaccine, a public health official says masks and other social distancing restrictions are likely to remain in place for years because the public has become used to them.
The United States Supreme Court ruled on March 4 that federal government agencies may invoke the “deliberative process privilege” to conceal documents from release under the Freedom of Information Act. It was widely viewed as a setback for government transparency.
The latest response to one of our Freedom Of Information Act (FOIA) requests shows the lengths to which the Federal government has gone to obscure its underwriting of the construction of a national ID database.
Better hang on folks, as technocracy’s plan to digitize you to the blockchain so you can be manipulated and controlled as a digital asset is being deployed — just as they said they would.
Attorney Julie Boyer’s child client was on trial for injury to real property after he stopped to pick a flower from a yard near his bus stop, according to The Herald-Sun. Illustrating the ridiculous nature of sending a child to court for picking a flower is the fact that he had no idea what was going on.
The UK government Culture Secretary announced Thursday that “Covid-19 certification” is coming to enable people to attend sports events and go to theatre performances, but in the same breath denied that COVID passports are being introduced.
The notion that Americans will always be free is part of the catechism that is force-fed to public school students. For hundreds of years, philosophers, politicians, and reformers have touted a law of history that assures the ultimate triumph of freedom. “Oppressed people cannot remain oppressed forever. The urge for freedom will eventually come,” Martin Luther King Jr. wrote in his famous “Letter from Birmingham Jail.”
The former head of the Cream City Foundation, which sponsors Drag Queen Story Hour in Milwaukee, has been arrested on charges of possessing child pornography.
You are subscribed to email updates from BlackListed News.
To stop receiving these emails, you may unsubscribe now.
Email delivery powered by Google
Google, 1600 Amphitheatre Parkway, Mountain View, CA 94043, United States
Welcome to the Tuesday edition of Internet Insider, where we dissect tech and politics unfolding online. Today:
We talk to Gigi Sohn, a distinguished fellow at the Georgetown Law Institute for Technology Law & Policy, a Benton Senior Fellow & Public Advocate, and former FCC staffer, about the latest movement regarding net neutrality rules, the digital divide, and more.
Sohn is a long-time advocate for net neutrality and co-founded Public Knowledge. Sohn’s name has also recently been part of speculation as a potential pick for President Joe Biden to fill out the FCC.
Below is a conversation between Deputy Tech Editor Andrew Wyrich and Sohn. It has been edited for length and clarity. Relevant links have been added throughout for more context. You can read an extended version of the interview on Daily Dot on Tuesday afternoon.
BREAK THE INTERNET
Q&A: Gigi Sohn on net neutrality, digital divide, more
Andrew: I thought we could start with net neutrality. It’s long been assumed that Biden, if he was elected, would have a Democratic FCC who would bring back the rules, and there have been some signs recently that it does look like that is going to happen in some form or another. Sen. Ed Markey just said it was a “new era” for net neutrality. Do you agree?
Gigi: I absolutely agree, net neutrality is coming back one way or another and I think the way it will first come back is through the FCC when there’s a full complement of commissioners. That’s the big thing we are waiting for, obviously.
But not to beat a dead horse, the first thing that needs to come back before net neutrality comes back is FCC authority. The courts have told us you can’t have real net neutrality unless the agency has Title II authority. So that’s the first thing the FCC has to do. That of course gives them not only the power to adopt new net neutrality rules, it gives them the power to adopt new privacy rules if they want to.
When I was at the FCC we adopted very strong privacy rules for broadband providers. Congress repealed them using the Congressional Review Act. Well, we’re not allowed to bring back the same rules or substantially similar rules, but we could bring back stronger rules. We could do that. We could go after fraudulent billing, we could go after price gouging. I think, very importantly for closing the digital divide, it puts our authority to strengthen Lifeline, to make improvements to the High Cost Fund, it puts it on firmer legal ground. I think people don’t realize that.
I think people don’t always understand. The Communications Act says that Lifeline funds and funds for the High Cost Fund will go to telecommunications services. Well, right now, broadband providers are not telecommunications services under Title II.
So if somebody wanted to challenge that in court, they’d probably win. What the FCC would be doing by reclassifying—saying broadband is a telecommunications service, not an information service—is basically strengthen the legal ground for giving subsidies for poor people and our broadband infrastructure.
It does feel like part of the net neutrality debate kind of papers over the authority aspect because blocking, throttling, paid prioritization—and in some cases zero rating—is kind of the big headline-grabbing thing. What kind of authority right now under Title II would be beneficial for the FCC? Also, how important would have that authority been during the pandemic?
“Papers over it” is being kind. I think it’s purposefully left out of the conversation, particularly by those that don’t want it reinstated.
You can largely say, “Well, no blocking, no throttling, no paid prioritization. We really haven’t done that.” And, there are some instances here and there where they have done it, but for the most part, yeah, you haven’t done it.
Of course, everybody’s on their best behavior because California’s law is being challenged in the courts—they just appealed the California lower court’s decision; the Mozilla case is still an open case, the court remanded several parts of the Mozilla decision back to the FCC to decide how can you continue to do Lifeline—like I said—if you don’t Title II, how can you continue to protect public safety? So, you have all this litigation still open, so everyone’s on their best behavior.
But even if we didn’t have that, and the ISPs were behaving, it still doesn’t address the authority question. So it’s purposefully left out, I think you’re being kind.
Why would it have been important during the pandemic for the FCC to have authority? Because without that authority, the chairman was left with one option to make sure that people didn’t get kicked off their broadband or didn’t get subject to strict data caps. And that was to beg the companies not to do this.
So he had no ability to essentially demand that the companies not kick off people for failure to pay or charge late fees. It was all voluntary … The chairman asked the companies, again just as a pretty please, relax your data caps and adopt a low cost service if you don’t already have one … and or expand what you’ve got. A handful of them did that, but, again, there was no ability to actually say “we’re in the middle of a national crisis, you will do that.”
SPONSORED
Guard yourself against COVID-19 variants
After an early round of studies, the CDC has confirmed two COVID strains identified in California as “variants of concern.” These strains are showing signs of being about 20% more transmissible, even though more study is needed for this to be conclusive. It’s a scary thought to think about after so many vaccines have been administered and it seems like an end might be in sight. But it also reinforces that wearing a mask is a radically necessary act.
We founded The Mask Up Project knowing that misinformation and confusion about masks could stand in the way of saving lives. That’s why our non-profit’s goal is to get masks into the hands of people bravely fighting this pandemic on the front lines. To do that, we also have to raise our voices and help the message be known: that small piece of fabric you loop over your ears not only protects your life, but that of every person you come into contact with. Learn how you can be a part of the solution at MaskUp.org.
Andrew: We’ve also spoken about how important a net neutrality bill would be. There’s kind of two roads at the same time: the FCC and Congress. Markey has alluded to it recently. What would you say the chances of a bill actually making it Biden’s desk are?
Gigi: It depends. California is obviously the big one, right, that sets the national standard. You have the FCC going back to Title II, but we don’t know if the FCC is going to just readopt what we did in 2015 or they may make the rules stronger.
I’m hoping there comes a point where the industry says “Oh boy, we better cut our losses” and get a bill in Congress. That would not just only be net neutrality, but would also include undeniable, inarguable, authority over broadband. Unquestionable: One where they can’t go to court and say a Republican FCC can change its mind.
I think it’s important for that law to have explicit authority, and I hope it would be broad, but also expressly give the FCC the ability to adopt net neutrality rules or lay out what the rules should be.
I think there’s a lot of questions as to whether a bill would pass considering the need for 60 votes and Sen. Kyrsten Sinema being one Democrat who hasn’t expressly supported the Save the Internet Act, which I’m assuming is probably what Markey would be reintroducing. There’s a lot of smoke, and I’m wondering when we’ll really start seeing some fire?
The first flame will be lit when we have a full complement of FCC commissioners. That will be the first start. Again, the California litigation will make its way through the 9th Circuit.
First of all, we don’t know if the filibuster rules are going to stay 60, they may become 55. And remember, all three [Republican] votes for the CRA? All three of them are still there. And there’s some new Republicans, so who knows? Depending on the political whims, and if industry says “We don’t want the patchwork. We’ve got Title II here, we’ve got California here. What do we do? Give us a law.” If industry starts comes around, then more Republicans come around, and perhaps Sinema comes around.
I’m not willing to just say because of what has happened over the last decade, there’s no way you could get a law. I think things have changed enormously.
Let’s talk about the digital divide. Both sides of the aisle have talked about closing the digital divide for years now. Are you optimistic about the digital divide and homework gap shrinking under a Democratic FCC?
I am, but they can only do so much. I expect that under a Democratic FCC that E-Rate money—the money for schools and libraries—will go to home connectivity for K-12 students. I expect under a majority Democratic FCC that they will fix the problems with Lifeline and hopefully expand the subsidy. I also expect this FCC will promote competition. For example by getting rid of exclusives for cable operators in what we call “multi-tenant environments,” otherwise known as condos and apartment buildings. Thirty percent of the American public lives in MTEs. Imagine if they had a choice?
So those are some of the things the FCC can do, and they must do. But it’s also going to take a big bet from Congress on infrastructure and affordability. The Assessable, Affordable Internet For All Act, for me, is really like the dream bill in a lot of ways…
The FCC definitely has the ability to make things better, but they don’t have the ability to fix it alone. It’s got to be an all hands on deck approach.
Given everything we’ve talked about, and what things are looking like right now, what are your feelings generally about the next few years and how they’ll play out in terms of technology and telecom policy?
I’m optimistic, but everything depends on leadership. Look, having somebody like Tim Wu in the White House—that’s fantastic, he’s doing both tech and telecom policy. If we have more appointments like that, my optimism is going to go through the roof.
I have no doubt that whoever is at the FCC or the FTC is going to be an improvement over Trump. That’s a no-brainer. The question for me is how bold is the leadership going to be?
I think, particularly given the state of the digital divide in this country, you have to have bold leadership, not just kind of status-quo what Democrats have done in the past. It hasn’t been enough.
I would say the same thing about tech policy, particularly with tech policy. The Obama administration, I think everybody admits, treated the big tech platforms with kid gloves and that can’t be the case anymore. I think it’s critically important for the Biden administration to pick people who are willing to go out on a limb.
You can read the entire conversation on the Daily Dot on Tuesday afternoon.
This email was sent to rickbulownewmedia@protonmail.com. You are receiving this email because you asked to receive information from The Western Journal. We take your privacy and your liberty very seriously and will keep your information in the strictest confidence. Your name will not be sold to or shared with third parties. We will email you from time to time with relevant news and updates, but you can stop receiving information from us at any time by following very simple instructions that will be included at the bottom of any correspondence you should receive from us.
Our mailing address is: The Western Journal P.O. Box 74273 Phoenix, AZ 85087
Unsubscribe or Update Preferences
82.) SEAN HANNITY
March 23, 2021
Latest News
CALL IT A DAY? White House Calls Press ‘Lid’ at 1:13PM, Rest of Biden’s Day Closed to Media
We need your help to keep doing our work that holds politicians, corporations and other leaders accountable. Help us thumb our noses at political correctness and remind Americans everywhere that there are millions of us who remain clear-eyed about our country’s greatness. Patriots will be able to read Daily Caller without any of the ads that we have long used to support our mission, will have access to all premium content, and can participate in chats with our team. We can save America together. Become a Daily Caller Patriot today.
“Is life so dear, or peace so sweet, as to be purchased at the price of chains and slavery? Forbid it, Almighty God! I know not what course others may take; but as for me, give me liberty or give me death.” —Patrick Henry (1775)
Please join us in prayer for our nation’s Military Patriots standing in harm’s way in defense of Liberty, for their families, and for our nation’s First Responders. We also ask prayer for your Patriot team, and our mission to, first and foremost, support and defend our Republic’s Founding Principles of Liberty, and to ignite the fires of freedom in the hearts and minds of our countrymen.
You have received this email because you are subscribed to The Patriot Post at rickbulownewmedia@protonmail.com. To manage your subscription or to unsubscribe, click here.
The Patriot Post is protected speech, as enumerated in the First Amendment and enforced by the Second Amendment of the Constitution of the United States of America, in accordance with the endowed and unalienable Rights of All Mankind.
SUBSCRIBE to receive important News and information from the National Newspaper Publishers Association. Our member media companies reach more than 22 million consumer households each week in print and millions more online.
BlackPressUSA.com, the public news website of the National Newspaper Publishers Association (NNPA), is committed to showcasing the work of NNPA member publications and to telling the untold stories of the Black community in the United States and the Black Diaspora around the world.
NNPA NEWSWIRE — From rock and roll to blues, jazz, and hip-hop, music is as much the African American way of life as the afro was Black people’s style in the 1970s. Finally honoring that history, the National Museum of African American Music (NMAAM) has opened in Nashville, Tenn. Read on »
NNPA NEWSWIRE — “The crows and musical numbers pay homage to racist minstrel shows, where White performers with blackened faces and tattered clothing imitated and ridiculed enslaved Africans on Southern plantations,” Disney officials noted about “Dumbo” on its streaming platform. “The leader of the group in Dumbo is Jim Crow, which shares the name of laws that enforced racial segregation in the Southern United States,” the statement continued. Read on »
NNPA NEWSWIRE — His fans affectionately describe his work as the perfect combination of Donny Hathaway, Stevie Wonder, Herbie Hancock and Chick Corea. Frank has worked with many of the entertainment industry’s giants including but not limited to: Prince, Branford Marsalis, George Duke, Patrice Rushen, The Rude Boys, Phil Perry, Tommy Davidson, Fred Hammond, John P. Kee, Songwriting duo Kenny Gamble and Leon Huff, rap duo D.J. Jazzy Jeff and the Fresh Prince (Will Smith), Frankie Beverly and Maze, Teena Marie, Lalah Hathaway, Terri Lynn Carrington, Phyllis Hyman, Valerie Simpson, Philip Bailey, and more. Read on »
NNPA NEWSWIRE — Available exclusively on digital platforms, The Ever Fonky Lowdown features the Jazz at Lincoln Center Orchestra with Wynton Marsalis and vocalists Camille Thurman, Ashley Pezzotti, Christie Dashiell, and Doug Wamble. The new recording also features narration from acclaimed actor Wendell Pierce (The Wire, Treme, Jack Ryan) who plays the role of “Mr. Game,” whose commentary reveals the “hustle” that keeps us at each other’s throats and prevents us from working together to build a more equitable and friendly world. “Mr. Game” is a composite strongman, part evangelical preacher, lawyer, businessman, politician, street hustler, newsman, social worker, street corner prophet, and reality show celebrity. His language is refined, colloquial and slang and his confidence and populist message keeps you hooked on the line for more. He is consistently charismatic, conniving and irreverent and so shocking in his disrespect for convention as to be provocative. Read on »
NNPA NEWSWIRE — Dr. Ebony Hilton serves as the moderator for a panel comprised of fellow physicians who are also members of the NNPA’s Coronavirus Task Force: Dr. Taison Bell, Dr. Leigh-Ann Webb, Dr. Cameron Webb, and Dr. Rochanda Mitchell. Read on »
NNPA NEWSWIRE — “Protect your children and your grandchildren, protect those who you come in contact with,” Congressman Clyburn stated during the annual National Newspaper Publishers Association Fund’s (NNPAF) Black Press Week. “Take the shot. It’s safe to do,” the congressman declared during an interview with Real Times Media President and CEO Hiram Jackson. Read on »
To submit a news story, commentary or press release to BlackPressUSA and the NNPA Newswire for review, email newswire@nnpa.org. Include a high resolution version of any accompanying photography as well as appropriate photo credits. Not all submissions are published or distributed.
SUBSCRIBE TODAY! to receive regular updates from BlackPressUSA.com
BlackPressUSA is brought to you by the National Newspaper Publishers Association